HP FAX-700 Facsimile Machine
HP FAX-750 Facsimile Machine
HP FAX-900 Facsimile Machine
HP FAX-950 Facsimile Machine
R
HP Part No: 5962-9599EUS
Printed in U.S.A.
First Edition – December 1994
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Publication History
Changes in text to document updates, subsequent to the initial release, are supplied in new editions of the guide.
The printing history of this guide is provided below:
First Edition. . . . . . . . . . . . . December 1994
iii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Conventions
This guide uses the following conventions:
Caution
Warning
Note
Caution messages appear before or after procedures which, if not observed, could result in
loss of data or in damage to equipment.
Warning messages signal a specific procedure or practice which, if not followed correctly,
could cause personal injury.
Notes contain important information set off from the text.
iv
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
About This Guide
This guide is designed as a reference for people who provide post-sale technical support to end users of the HP FAX-700,
HP FAX-750, HP FAX-900, and HP FAX-950 facsimile machines. It represents a collection of information gathered from
Hewlett-Packard’s dealer and end-user support organizations. The purpose of this guide is to provide answers to frequently
asked questions and solutions to common problems.
While the content of this guide is comprehensive, it is not all inclusive. Therefore, it is not a substitute for other types of product
documentation, such as user’s and reference manuals. Additional reference information or updates may be obtained by using
the resources located in chapter 6, Service and Support Information.
Organization
This guide is organized to help you quickly locate the information you need. You will find a table of contents at the beginning of
each chapter and a comprehensive index at the back of the guide.
Your constructive criticism concerning this guide will help us create better guides in the future. If you have comments, please
complete the Reader’s Comment Sheet located at the front of the guide.
Updates
Updates and corrections to this guide will be made available through HP FIRST at (800) 333-1917. (Must call using a Group 3
fax machine.)
v
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
Product Information
Subject
Page
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Fax Product Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Technical Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Product Features and Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Product Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Print Cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Media Print Area (FAX-700 and FAX–750) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Media Print Area (FAX-900 and FAX-950) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Product Information 1Ć1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Introduction
This Technical Support Solutions Guide contains information necessary to support the HP FAX-700, HP FAX–750,
HP FAX-900, and HP FAX-950 facsimile (fax) machines. This guide is divided into six chapters as follows:
D
D
D
D
D
D
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Product Information
Installation and Configuration
Operation and Usage
Optimization
Problem Resolution
Service and Support Information
Fax Product Technology
HP fax machines are standalone systems designed to send and receive facsimiles by way of telephone lines. Internally,
the system includes a modem, document scanner, and a printer. External features often include an automatic
document feeder, telephone handset, telephone line jack, and control panel. The user plugs the unit into a standard
phone jack, like an ordinary telephone or answering machine, and it is ready to send and receive documents.
Technical Overview
Telephone networks are duplex analog lines because they were originally designed to carry only voice signals in both
directions. Because computer data is encoded digitally, a “translator” is needed to convert the digital data to an analog
signal. These translators, or modems (modulator/demodulator), are used at each end of the phone line.
The sending modem converts the digital data to analog data by varying the frequency, phase, or amplitude of the signal
to represent the data bits. The receiving modem converts the analog signal back to digital data. The sending and
receiving systems communicate using agreed-upon protocols or standards.
HP fax machines are CCITT Group 3 standard machines. These Group 3 machines use a digital coding scheme to
convert the scanned image data into ones and zeroes. The schemes used are Modified Read (MR), Modified Huffman
(MH), and Modified Modified Read (MMR). The digitally coded scanned image is converted to analog form by a
modem before being transmitted by way of the telephone line. Images received by way of the telephone line are in
analog form and must be converted into a digitally coded image by the modem.
1Ć2 Product Information
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
See Figure 1-1 for a simple diagram of the transmission process for Group 3 machines.
Original
Original
Document
Document
Out
In
Scanner
Printer
Scanner
Printer
Data Compression
Data Compression
Transmission Over Phone Line
Modem
Modem
Figure 1Ć1. Simple Diagram of Transmission Between Fax Machines
Product Description
The following paragraphs describe the HP FAX-700, HP FAX–750, HP FAX-900, and HP FAX-950 Facsimile
Machines.
HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Description
The HP FAX-700 and HP FAX–750 are standalone plain paper inkjet facsimile (fax) machines. They are CCITT
group 3-ECM compatible. Designed to fit on a desktop, the fax machines weigh 8.39 kg (18.5 lb) for the HP FAX-700
and 8.72 kg (19.25 lb) for the HP FAX-750. They are full-featured business fax machines with quick dialing for 50
stations, consisting of 40 auto dial and 10 one-touch buttons. They use cut sheet plain paper and 51626A print
cartridges. They include 250 KB of memory for broadcasting, delayed transmission, and memory reception. The HP
FAX-700 and HP FAX-750 have telephone/facsimile switching and a telephone answering machine interface. They
also can act as convenience copiers. Other features include polling, auto-redial, semi-dual access, and transmission
confirmation through printed reports or the front panel. Features of the HP FAX-700 and HP FAX-750 are compared
with other HP fax machines in Table 1-2. See Figure 1-2 on the next page for a line drawing of these facsimile
machines.
Product Information 1Ć3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
HP FAX-700
HP FAX-750
750-1 & 750-2
Figure 1Ć2. HP FAXĆ700 and FAXĆ750 Facsimile Machines
HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 Description
The HP FAX-900 is a stand alone plain paper inkjet facsimile (fax) machine. It is CCITT Group 3-ECM compatible.
Designed to fit on a desktop, the fax machine weighs 8.5 kg (18.7 lb). The HP FAX-900 is a full-featured business fax
machine with speed dialing for 50 stations, consisting of 34 speed-dialing and 16 one-touch keys. The HP FAX-900
uses cut sheet plain paper and thermal inkjet cartridges. The HP FAX-900 includes 250 KB of memory for
broadcasting, delayed transmission, and memory reception of up to 12 pages. The HP FAX-900 has both
telephone/facsimile switching and a telephone answering machine interface with distinctive ring. It also acts as a
convenience copier. Other features include polling, auto-redial, semi-dual access, and transmission confirmation
through reports or the front panel. Features of the HP FAX-900 are compared with other HP fax machines in
Table 1-2. See Figure 1-3 for a line drawing of the HP FAX-900:
900–7
Figure 1Ć3. HP FAXĆ900 Facsimile Machine
The HP FAX-950 is a stand alone plain paper inkjet facsimile (fax) machine. It is CCITT group 3-ECM compatible.
Designed to fit on a desktop, the fax machine weighs 8.5 kg (18.7 lb). The HP FAX-950 is a full-featured business fax
machine with speed dialing for 100 stations, consisting of 72 speed-dialing, 24 one-touch keys, and 4 program keys.
1Ć4 Product Information
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The HP FAX-950 uses cut sheet plain paper and thermal inkjet cartridges. The HP FAX-950 includes 512 KB of
memory (expandable up to 2.5 MB for broadcasting, delayed transmission, and memory reception of up to 28 pages.
The HP FAX-950 has telephone/facsimile switching, a telephone answering machine interface with distinctive ring,
and a handset. It also acts as a convenience copier. Features of the HP FAX-950 are compared with other HP fax
machines in Table 1-2. See Figure 1-4 for a line drawing of the HP FAX-950.
950–7
Figure 1Ć4. HP FAXĆ950 Facsimile Machine
Product Features and Comparison
Table 1-1 describes the features of the HP fax machines described in this guide, and Table 1-2 gives a brief
comparison of selected facsimile machines within the Hewlett-Packard line.
Product Information 1Ć5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 1-1. HP Fax Machine Features
Capability
Description
700
750
900
950
Shares
a
single line with TeleĆ
Distinguishes betweenF
F
F
F
phone and TAM (Telephone
Answering Machine)
voice calls and fax
calls.
OneĆtouch Dialing
ControlĆpanel buttons
F
F
F
F
F
F
programmed with teleĆ
phone numbers for
faster dialing.
Speed (Auto) Dialing
Program Keys
A
sents
twoĆdigit number repreFĆ
F
F
a
telephone number.
Used to perform deferred
transmission and polling,
as group dialing, or as
extra oneĆtouch keys.
Group Dialing
The ability to broadcast aF
document or documents
to groups of individuals.
F
F
Fax Parameters (Settings)
Settings that allow the uFser
or service person to custĆ
omize the fax for specific
needs.
F
F
F
F
Halftone Scanning
(Photograph Mode)
The ability to interpret
shades of gray into dot
patterns to produce an
appearance of gray in an
image. This feature imĆ
proves the image quality
of photographs.
F
F
Error Correction Mode
Detects errors that occurF
document and automatiĆ
cally requests retransĆ
mission of the erroneous
portion.
F
F
F
F
F
F
during the transmission of
a
Automatic Journals
A
print
facsimile can be set tFo
a
summary sheet of
each transmission or pollĆ
ing operation, or sumĆ
a
mary sheet of the last 32
transactions.
1Ć6 Product Information
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 1-1. HP Fax Machine Features (Continued)
Capability
Description
700
750
900
950
Polled
Polling
Ability to have
in memory for another staĆ
tion to retrieve.
a
documentF
F
F
The ability to call other stFaĆ
F
F
F
F
tions to retrieve information.
Passwords
Private codes selected by
the user to prevent informaĆ
tion being sent to the
wrong station or unauthoĆ
rized access by people and
other faxes.
Deferred Communication
Relayed Transmission
The ability to delay transĆF
F
F
F
F
mission to another station.
Sending documents to reĆ
lay stations to be forwarded
to receiving end stations.
The FAX-950 can send to
relay station, but cannot
a
be used as
a
relay station.
Confidential Mailboxes
(See note.)
Allows documents received
into memory to be retrieved
F
F
F
only by
password.
a
user entering
a
Automatic and Fixed Reduction
Automatic and Manual Dialing
Print reduction modes
which fit an incoming doĆ
F
F
F
F
F
cument onto
size.
a
given paper
Automatically redials if Fthe
line is busy or if there is no
answer; retains the last
number dialed for easier
reuse.
Memory Transmission
Memory Reception
Stores documents in memFory
F
F
F
F
for transmission.
Can store received documents
in memory before printing if the.
fax machine is out of ink or
paper.
Note: The HP FAXĆ950 has
a
maximum of
7
confidential mailboxes.
Product Information 1Ć7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 1-2. Product Comparison
Feature
FAXĆ700
FAX-750
FAXĆ900
FAXĆ950
Plain Paper
F
F
F
F
(100 sheet capacity)
cut sheet printing
of fax messages
and copies
Easy front reloading
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
OneĆyear warranty
with overnight
exchange
MultiĆpage automatic
document feeder
20 pages
20 pages
30 pages
30 pages
Sequential broadĆ
casting
50 locations
50 locations
53 locations
112 locations
Automatic dialing:
-
Redial
minuteat
5
3
times
F
F
intervals
-
Redial number
times ofset in fax
F
F
parameters (15 max).
times 5at minute
1
intervals then once ea.
min.15until total numĆ
ber is reached
-
-
Scheduled dialing
50 locations
50
50 locations
50 locations
96 locations
speed*Ćdial
50
34
72
numbers
- oneĆtouch
dial keys
10 (included
in 50 speedĆ
dial numbers)
10 (included
in 50 speedĆ
dial numbers)
16
24
-
Program Keys
4
Memory (page)
12
12
12
28
(Based on CCITT
Test Chart #1
stored at stanĆ
dard resolution)
(Based on CCITT
Test Chart #1
stored at stanĆ
dard resolution)
(Based on CCITT
Test Chart #1
stored at stanĆ
(Based on CCITT
Test Chart #1
stored at stanĆ
dard resolution)
dard resolution)
(Customer exĆ
pandable up to
150 pages)
(Customer exĆ
pandable up to
150 pages)
* Called autoĆdial numbers in the FAXĆ700 and FAXĆ750 User's Guide. There are 50 autoĆdial numbe
the onFAXĆ700 and FAXĆ750. The first 10 autoĆdial numbers are also accessible through the 10
oneĆtouch keys.
1Ć8 Product Information
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 1-2. Product Comparison (Continued)
Feature
FAXĆ700
FAX-750
FAXĆ900
FAXĆ950
Remote diagnostics
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
Shares line with
telephone and
answering machine
Polling
1
location
1
location
53 locations*
112 locations
OutĆofĆpaper
reception
F
F
F
F
OutĆofĆink indicator
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
CCITT Standard
Error Correction
mode
Management
reports
F
F
F
F
F
F
Four program
function keys
Confidential transĆ
mission and recepĆ
tion
Confidential mail
box
F
Relay transmission
F
F
Transmit and reĆ
ceive while printĆ
ing
Phone handset
F
F
F
F
Adjustable
handset
ringer loudness
Maximum Resolution:
Sending
203 dpi
F
F
F
F
F
F
300 dpi
F
F
Receiving
203 dpi
300 dpi
*FAXĆ900 can poll but can not be polled.
Product Information 1Ć9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Product Specifications
Product specifications for the HP facsimile machines are provided in Table 1-3, Table 1-4, and Table 1-5.
Table 1-3. General Specifications
Specification
HP FAXĆ700
HP FAX-750
HP FAXĆ900
HP FAXĆ950
Compatibility
CCITT Group
3
CCITT Group
3
CCITT Group
3
CCITT Group
3
Transmission Speed
9
Chart No. 1*, memĆ Chart No. 1, memĆ
seconds using
9
seconds using
12 seconds using 12 seconds usĆ
Chart No. 1, memĆ ing Chart
N
ory to memory,
Standard resoluĆ
tion
ory to memory,
Standard resoluĆ
tion
ory to memory,
Standard resoluĆ
memory to
memory, StanĆ
tion
dard resolution
Coding Scheme
Modified Huffman
(MH)
Modified Read
(MR)
Modified Modified
Read (MMR)
Modified Huffman
(MH)
Modified Read
(MR)
Modified Modified
Read (MMR)
Modified Huffman Modified HuffĆ
(MH) man (MH)
Modified Read Modified Read
(MR)
Modified Modified Modified ModiĆ
(MR)
Read (MMR)
fied Read
(MMR)
Modem
Group :3V.29,
Group: V3.29, V.27
ter with fallback
function and V.21
Group: V3.29,
Group :3V.29,
V.27 ter with fallĆ
back function and
V.21 channel
V.27 ter with
fallback function
and V.21 chanĆ
V.27 ter
fallback function
and V.21
w
channel No.
2
No.
2
nel No.
2
channel No.
2
Modem Speed
9600, 7200, 4800,
2400 bps
9600, 7200, 4800,
2400 bps
9600, 7200, 4800, 9600, 7200,
2400 bps 4800, 2400 bps
Dialing Memory
Capacity
50 stations (10
oneĆtouch numĆ
bers and 40 autoĆ
dial numbers.)
50 stations (10
oneĆtouch numĆ
bers and 40 autoĆ
50 stations (16
oneĆtouch numĆ
100 stations (24
oneĆtouch numĆ
bers,
keys, and 72
bers and 34
4
prog
dial numbers).
speed dial
Each station can
store up to 36
characters per
telephone number
(digits, pauses,
and spaces) and
up to15 charĆ
acters per name
Each station can
store up to 36
characters per
telephone number
(digits, pauses,
and spaces) and
up to 15 charĆ
acters per name
numbers.) Each
station can
store up to 36
characters per
telephone numĆ
ber (digits,
speedĆdial numĆ
bers.) Each st
tion can store up
to 36 characters
per telephone
number (digits,
pauses, and
pauses, and
spaces) and up
spaces) and up
to 15 characters
per name
to 15 characters
per name.
Image Memory
Capacity
12 pages (256
KB internal
memory), based
on Chart No.
at standard resoluĆ
tion
12 pages (256
KB internal
memory), based
on Chart No.
at standard resoluĆ
tion tion
12 pages (256
KB internal
memory), based
28 pages (512
KB internal
memory), based
1
1
on Chart No.
1
at standard resoluĆ at standard reĆ
solution
on Chart
N
1Ć10 Product Information
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 1-3. General Specifications (Continued)
Specification
HP FAXĆ700
HP FAX-750
HP FAXĆ900
HP FAXĆ950
Product Dimensions
Width 345.4 mm
(13.6 in)
Width 429.3 mm
(16.9 in)
Width 401 mm
(15.8 in)
Width 478 mm
(18.8 in)
Height 218.4 mm
(8.6 in)
Height 218.4 mm
(8.6 in)
Height: 267 mm
(10.5 in)
Height: 267 mm
(10.5 in)
Depth 330.2 mm
(13 in)
Depth 330.2 mm
(13 in)
Depth: 597 mm
(23.5 in)
Depth: 597 mm
(23.5 in)
Product Weight
8.99 kg (19 lb)
(excluding paper)
9.46 kg (20 lb)
(excluding paper)
8.6 kg (19 lb)
(excluding paper) (excluding
paper)
8.6 kg (19
Operating TemperĆ
ature (Electronics)
0 _C to _4C0
0 _C to _4C0
5 _C to _3C5
5 _C to _3C5
32 _F to 1_0F4
32 _F to 1_0F4
41 _F to _9F5
41 _F to _9F5
Optimum Operating
Temperature
15 _C to _3C5
15_C
to_C35
15 _C
to_C35 15 _C
to_C35
59 _F to _9F5
59 _F to _9F5
59 _F to _9F5
59 _F to _9F5
NonĆOperating
Temperature
-40 _C to _7C5
-40 _F to 1_6F7
15% to 95% RH
-40 _C to _7C5
-30 _C to _6C0 -30 _C to _6C0
-40 _F to 1_6F7
-22 _F to 1_4F0 -22 _F to 1_4F0
Operating Humidity
Optimum Humidity
15% to 95% RH
20% to 70% RH
20% to 70
20% to 80
%
RH
20% to 80
%
RH
20% to 80
%
RH 20% to
NonĆOperating
Humidity
5% to 95% RH
5% to 95% RH
5% to 80% RH
5% to 80%
Configuration Battery Maintains dialing
Backup
Maintains dialing
and configuration
Maintains dialing Maintains
and configuration dialing
and configuration
memory for at least
10 days. Requires
memory for at least
10 days. Requires
memory for at
least10 days.
and configura
tion memory for
2
days of power on
to fully charge the
battery. battery.
2
days of power on
to fully charge the
fully charge the
battery.
Requires
of power on to
2
days
at least
Requires
1
2
of power on to
fully charge the
battery.
Voltage
100
Ć
127 Vac
100
Ć
127 Vac
200
108 Ć
240 Vac
132 Vac or
200
108
240 Vac
Ć
132
Ć
Ć
(dependent on
country version)
(dependent on
country version)
This table is continued on the next page
Product Information 1Ć11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 1-3. General Specifications (Continued)
Specification
HP FAXĆ700
HP FAX-750
HP FAXĆ900
HP FAXĆ950
Current (max)
Frequency
1.0
47
A
(1000 ma)
63 Hz
1.0
47
A
(1000 ma)
63 Hz
0.6
47
A
(600 mA)
63 Hz
0.6
47
A
(600
63
Ć
Ć
Ć
Ć
H
Power Consumption
(Approximate)
Standby
Sending
Receiving
Copying
Maximum
10
25
30
30
45
W
W
W
W
W
10
25
30
30
45
W
W
W
W
W
11
25
16
29
40
W
W
W
W
W
11
25
16
29
40
W
W
W
W
W
Acoustics (ApproxĆ
imate in all operĆ
ating modes)
50 dBA
50 dBA
50 dBA
50 dBA
Table 1-4. HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Power Supply Output Conditions
+5 VD
+5 VA
+24 VH
+24 VM
Rated Output
Voltage
5.0 V
+12 V
0.1 A
–12 V
0.1 A
+24 V
Rated Output
Current
1.2 A
0.2 A
1.8 A
ꢀ5%
1.2 A
0.2 A
0.6 A
0.6 A
2.1 A
0.5 A
0.5 A
1.3 A
Min. Output
Current
0.01 A
0.1 A
0.01 A
0.1 A
Momentary
Peak Current
1.8 A
Total 3.4 A
Total Varia-
tion
ꢀ5%
ꢀ5%
ꢀ5%
ꢀ2%
ꢀ7%
Ripple Noise
100 mV p-p
100 mV p-p
100 mV p-p
100 mV p-p
50 mV p-p
50 mV p-p
High Current
Protection
Short Protection (Drop Type or letter type)
1Ć12 Product Information
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 1-5. Scanner Specifications
Specification
HP FAXĆ700
HP FAX-750
HP FAXĆ900
HP FAXĆ950
Scanning Method
Solid state chargeĆ
coupled device
Solid state chargeĆ
coupled device
Solid state chargeĆ Solid state
coupled device
device
chargeĆcoupled
Document Size
Min. width:
148 mm
(5.83 in)
Min. length:
128 mm
(5.04 in)
Max. width:
216 mm
(8.5 in)
Min. width:
148 mm
(5.83 in)
Min. length:
128 mm
(5.04 in)
Max. width:
216 mm
(8.5 in)
Min. width:
148 mm
(5.83 in)
Min. length:
128 mm
(5.04 in)
Max. width:
216 mm
(8.5 in)
Min. width:
148 mm
(5.83 in)
Min. length:
128 mm
(5.04 in)
Max. width:
216 mm
(8.5 in)
Max. length:
356 mm
(14 in)
Max. length:
356 mm
(14 in)
Max. length:
356 mm
(14 in)
Max. length:
356 mm
(14 in)
[A single docuĆ
ment 2000 mm
(78.74 in)
long can be sent
with assistance.]
[A single docuĆ
ment 2000 mm
(78.74 in)
long can be sent
with assistance.]
[A single docuĆ
ment 2000 mm
(78.74 in) (78.74 in)
long can be sent
[A single docuĆ
ment 2000 mm
long can
with assistance.]
with assistance.]
Document Thickness
Single Page:
0.006 mm to
0.15 mm
(0.0024 in to
0.0059 in)
0.006 mm to
0.15 mm
(0.0024 in to
0.0059 in)
0.006 mm to
0.15 mm
(0.0024 in to
0.0059 in)
0.006 mm to
0.15 mm
(0.0024 in to
0.0059 in)
Document Thickness
Multiple Pages
0.006 mm to
0.14 mm
(0.0024 in to
0.0055 in)
0.006 mm to
0.14 mm
(0.0024 in to
0.0055 in)
0.006 mm to
0.14 mm
(0.0024 in to
0.0055 in)
0.006 mm to
0.14 mm
(0.0024 in to
0.0055 in)
Document Weight
Single Page:
16 lb to 24 lb
16 lb to 24 lb
16 lb to 24 lb
12 lb to 30 lb
12 lb
16 lb
Document Weight
Multiple Pages:
16 lb to 24 lb
16 lb to 24 lb
Effective Scanning
Width
216 mm
(8.35 in)
216 mm
(8.35 in)
212 mm
(8.35 in)
212 mm
(8.35 in)
Resolution
(Standard)
(203 dpi
98 dpi)
8 dots/mm
3.85 dots/mm
x
(203 dpi
98 dpi)
8 dots/mm
3.85 dots/mm
x
203 dpi
x
300 dpi
98 dpi
11.8 dots/mm
3.85 dots/mm)
x
x
98 dpi
(8 dots/mm
3.85 dots/mm)
x
x
x
x
x
x
Resolution
(Fine)
(203 dpi
196 dpi)
8 dots/mm
7.7 dots/mm
x
(203 dpi
196 dpi)
8 dots/mm
7.7 dots/mm
x
203 dpi
196 dpi
(8 dots/mm
7.7 dots/mm)
x
300 dpi
196 dpi
11.8 dots/mm
7.7 dots/mm)
x
x
x
Resolution
(Local Copy)
(203 dpi
300 dpi)
8 dots/mm
11.8 dot/mm
x
(203 dpi
300 dpi)
8 dots/mm
11.8 dots/mm
x
Product Information 1Ć13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 1-5. Scanner Specifications (Continued)
Specification
HP FAXĆ700
HP FAX-750
HP FAXĆ900
HP FAXĆ950
Maximum Resolution
203 dpi sending
203 dpi receiving
203 dpi sending
203 dpi receiving
203 dpi sending 300 dpi sending
300 dpi receiving 300 dpi receivin
ADF Capacity
(automatic docĆ
ument feeder)
20 pages (20 lb
paper)
20 pages (20 lb
30 pages (20 lb
paper or less)
20 pages if
paper 20lb
30 pages
(
paper)
paper or less)
20 pages if
paper 20lb
>
>
Halftone
32 levels
32 levels
64 levels
64 levels
Reduction Ratio
(Fixed)
70% to 100% in
1% increments
70% to 100% in
1% increments
70% to 100% in
70% to 100
1% increments
1% increments
Reduction Ratio
(Automatic)
Automatically reĆ
duces to fit on
page
Automatically reĆ
Automatically reĆ
a
Automatically reĆ
a
a
duces to fit on
page
duces to fit on
page
duces
t
page
Print Cartridges
The HP fax machines described in this manual use one black print cartridge. See Table 1-7 for part numbers.
When printing text only on letter-size media, ink lasts for about 500 to 1000 pages. Text used was CCITT test image
number 1, the Slerexe Company letter. If text of greater density is printed or quality mode is used, results may vary
considerably. If the ink lasts much less than 1000 pages, ensure that you have removed both tapes from the print
cartridge before beginning to use it, and that the conductive part of the cartridge surface was not contaminated when
the print cartridge was removed from its box before installation.
Media
The HP fax machines described in this manual work with ordinary bond and photocopy papers. Paper properties are
subject to change by paper manufacturers, and Hewlett-Packard has no control over such changes. For optimum print
quality, test paper (printing on both sides) for suitability, before you purchase large quantities.
Use plain bond or white photocopy paper of high quality. It should be free of:
D
D
D
D
D
D
Cuts or tears
Grease spots
Loose particles
Dust
Wrinkles
Curled or bent edges
Colored bond and photocopy paper (such as pink, yellow, or blue) can be used, as long as it meets the specifications in
Table 1-6.
1Ć14 Product Information
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 1-6. Paper Specifications
Paper Size
U.S. letter (8 1/2 in
U.S. legal (8 1/2 in
A4 (210 mm
x
x
11 in)
14 in)
x
297 mm)
Effective Printing Width
Paper Type
See Figure 1Ć5 and Figure 1Ć6
Cut sheet
Cut Edge Conditions
Sharp blade cut, with no visible
fray
Finishing Dimensions
"0.0313 inch of nominal,
corners 9_0" 0.2_0
Long grain
Paper Grain
Moisture Content
Opacity
4% to 6% by weight
84% minimum
Packaging
Polylaminated moistureĆproof
ream wrap
2 (
Paper weight
Wax Pick
60 to 90 g1/6m lb to 24 lb)
2
inch minimum (Dennison)
When loading paper into the fax, observe the following precautions:
D
D
D
D
Handle all paper by the edges only
Load all paper types the same way
Use only one paper type in the printer’s paper tray at a time
Always load paper print side up in the media tray
Plain paper has a print side which is not visible to the naked eye, so before removing paper from its package for use in
the printer, check the outside package label. The print side will be indicated by an arrow or other symbol on the label.
Avoid the following types of media:
D
D
D
D
Paper greater than 90 g/m2 (24 lb) or less than 60 g/m2 (16 lb)
Paper with cutouts or perforations
Multiple part forms
Paper sizes other than those listed in this document
Product Information 1Ć15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Media Print Area (FAX-700 and FAX–750)
The maximum printable area for the HP FAX-700 and HP FAX–750 is shown in Figure 1-5.
2 mm
(0.08 in)
Printable area
Letter:
Legal:
A4
8.27 by 10.46 in
(210.0 by 265.4 mm)
8.27 by 13.46 in
(210.0 by 341.6 mm)
8.03 by 11.14 in
(204.0 by 283.0 mm
12 mm
(0.47 in)
3 mm
(0.12 in)
3 mm
(0.12 in)
Figure 1Ć5. Maximum Media Print Area (FAXĆ700 and FAX-750)
1Ć16 Product Information
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Media Print Area (FAX-900 and FAX-950)
The maximum printable area for the HP FAX-900 and HP FAX-950 is shown in Figure 1-6.
1.5 mm
(0.06 in)
Printable area
Letter:
Legal:
A4
8.03 by 10.48 in
(203.7 by 265.9 mm)
8.01 by 13.48 in
(203.2 by 342.1 mm)
8.26 by 11.17 in
(209.7 by 283.5 mm
12.0 mm
(0.47 in)
NOTE:
Bottom margin
shown is the default.
Physical minimum is
3.9 mm (0.15 in).
6 mm (0.24 in) Letter-size paper
6 mm (0.24 in) Legal-size paper
3 mm (0.12 in) A4-size paper
Figure 1Ć6. Maximum Media Print Area (FAXĆ900 and FAXĆ950)
Product Information 1Ć17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ordering Information
The Hewlett-Packard facsimile products are listed in Table 1-7. Availability, technical information and items shipped
with the fax machine are subject to change without notice. Additional documentation is listed in Table 1-8..
Table 1-7. Ordering Information
Product
HP Part Number
HP FAXĆ700 Facsimile Macwhhiniceh includes: Print Cartridge, Power Cord,
Telephone Line Cord,
and User's Guide. See also Figure 2Ć1.
C3530A
HP FAX-750 Facsimile Macwhhiniceh includes: Print Cartridge, Handset,
Handset Cradle, Handset Cord, Power Cord, Telephone Line Cord, and
User's Guide. See also Figure 2Ć2.
C3781A
C3510A
HP FAXĆ900 Facsimile Macwhhiniceh includes: User's Guide, Print CarĆ
tridge (Boxed), Document Out Tray, Document In Tray, Paper Supply Tray,
and Line Cord (Telephone).
HP FAXĆ950 Facsimile Macwhhiniceh includes: User's Guide, Print CarĆ
tridge (Boxed), Document Out Tray, Document In Tray, Handset, Paper SuCpĆ3520A
ply Tray, Handset Cable, and Line Cord (Telephone).
Users Guide HP FAXĆ700
and HP FAXĆ750
English (U.S.
Spanish
&
U.K.)
C3530Ć90001
C3530Ć90006
User's Guide HP FAXĆ900
English
French
Italian
German
Spanish
C3510Ć90001
C3510Ć90003
C3510Ć90004
C3510Ć90005
C3510Ć90006
User's Guide HP FAXĆ950
English
French
Italian
German
Spanish
C3520Ć90001
C3520Ć90003
C3520Ć90004
C3520Ć90005
C3520Ć90006
Print Cartridge (High Capacity)
HP FAXĆ700 and 750
Black
Black
51626A
51626A
Print Cartridge (High Capacity)
HP FAXĆ900 and 950
Single InĆline Memory
Module (SIMM) HP FAX 950 (Only)1 megabyte
megabyte
512 kilobyte
C3505A
C3506A
C3507A
2
1Ć18 Product Information
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 1-7. Ordering Information (continued)
Product
HP Part Number
Paper:
The HP fax machines described in this guide work
with plain bond or white photocopy paper. RecomĆ
mended weight range is 16 to 24 lb (60 to 90 g/m
NA
2).
Telephone Assembly HP FAX 750: (Includes
handset, handset base, and handset cord)
C3781Ć60001
C3520Ć60005
Handset HP FAX-950 (Only)
Handset Base HP FAX-950 (Only)
Handset Base HP FAX-950 (Only) UK
C3520Ć60006
C3522Ć60003
Handset Curl Cord (HP FAX-950)
C3520Ć60007
Cover, Rear
FAXĆ900
FAXĆ950
C3510Ć60009
C3510Ć60009
Paper Separator
(Rubber Pad)
FAXĆ900
FAXĆ950
C3510Ć60012
C3510Ć60012
Paper Separator
(Assembly)
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ750
FAXĆ900
FAXĆ950
C3530Ć62913
C3530Ć62913
C3510Ć60013
C3510Ć60013
OneĆtouch Overlay
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ750
FAXĆ900
FAXĆ950
C3530Ć85010
C3530Ć85010
C3510Ć60010
C3510Ć60008
Verification Stamp
Front Panel Overlay
FAX-950
3520-60010
FAX-700
FAX-750
C3530-60010
C3581-60010
C3510-60011
C3510-60009
Character Sheet
FAX-900
FAX-950
Paper Supply Tray
FAX-900
FAX-950
C3510-60005
C3510-60005
Product Information 1Ć19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 1-7. Ordering Information (continued)
Product
HP Part Number
Tray, Document Return
FAX-900
FAX-950
C3510-60006
C3510-60006
Document IN Tray (Document Tray)
FAX-900
FAX-950
C3510-60007
C3510-60007
Document OUT Tray (Recording Paper Tray)
FAX-900
FAX-950
C3510-60008
C3510-60008
Cover, Rear
FAX-900
FAX-950
C3510-60009
C3510-60009
Diagnostic ROM*
FAX-900
FAX-950
C3510-60014
C3510-60014
*NOTE: No special ROM is needed on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 to perform diagnostics.
Table 1-8. Additional Documentation
Description
HP Part Number
HP Facsimile Technology Guide
C2136-90007
HP Facsimile Family Technical Support Solutions Guide
(HP FAXĆ200, FAXĆ310, FAXĆ900, and FAXĆ950)
5091Ć8414EUS
HP Facsimile Family Technical Support Solutions Guide
(HP FAXĆ700, FAXĆ750, FAXĆ900, and FAXĆ950)
5962Ć9599EUS
1Ć20 Product Information
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2
Installation and Configuration
Subject
Page
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Major Assembly Identification Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Control Panel Overlay Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Print Cartridge Installation the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Print Cartridge Installation the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Paper Supply Tray Media Size Setting (HP FAX-900 and FAX-950) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Paper Supply Tray Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
A Word About Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Loading Paper into the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Fax Machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Loading Paper into the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 Fax Machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
ADF (Automatic Document Feeder) Document Catcher Tray Installation
(HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Document OUT Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Document OUT Tray Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 Document OUT Tray Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Document IN Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Document IN Tray Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 Document IN Tray Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Expandable Memory Card Installation (HP FAX-950 Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Replacing the Paper Separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Replacing the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Paper Separator Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Replacing the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 Paper Separator Pad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Handset Installation (HP FAX-750 and FAX-950 Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Handset Installation (HP FAX-750) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Handset Base Removal (HP FAX-750 Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Handset Installation (HP FAX-950) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Connecting to the Telephone Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Connecting the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 to the Telephone Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Connecting the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 to the Telephone Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Connecting to a Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Connecting a Telephone to the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Configuring the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 for Distinctive Ring Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Configuring the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 for Distinctive Ring Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
Connecting a telephone to the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
Connecting to an Answering Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Connecting an Answering Machine to the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Installation and Configuration 2Ć1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2
Installation and Configuration
Subject
Page
Connecting to an Answering Machine (Continued)
Connecting an Answering Machine to the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
Managing Incoming Calls on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
Configuring the Fax Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Setting the Date and Time on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Setting the Date and Time on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Setting the Fax Number and Name (Character ID) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . 2-38
Character Code Entry on the HP FAX-900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
Character Entry on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Setting a Character ID on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
Setting the ID Number on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42
Setting the Logo on the HP FAX-900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
Setting the Logo on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
Setting the Pulse Dialing Method on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
Setting the Pulse Dialing Method on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44
Entering a Fax Access Code (HP FAX-950) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45
Clearing a Fax Access Code (HP FAX-950) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45
Setting the Paper Size on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45
Setting the Paper Size on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
Switching the Verification Stamp ON (HP FAX-950) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
2Ć2
Installation and Configuration
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Introduction
This chapter provides information about installing the control-panel overlay and print cartridge. Where applicable, it
also provides information about installing the paper supply tray, ADF paper catcher tray, document OUT tray, docu-
ment IN tray, expandable memory card, separator pad, and handset. Information about connecting the facsimile to the
telephone line, a telephone, and an answering machine is also given. The final portion of the chapter tells how to con-
figure the facsimile machines.
Major Assembly Identification Views
Views of fax machine major assemblies are shown in Figure 2-1 through Figure 2-4.
Document IN Tray Extender (Tray 3) (C3530-43056)
Document IN Tray (Document Feeder Assy.) (C3530-63051)
Facsimile Machine
ADF Door
One-Touch Overlay (C3530-85010)
Document OUT Tray
(Wet Paper Path Assy.) (C3530-62351)
Paper Supply Tray
(Paper Feed Guide) (C3530-42061)
Print Cartridge (51626A)
Users Guide (C3530-90001)
Line Cord (Telephone)
Power Cord
FAX700–3
Figure 2Ć1. HP FAXĆ700 Major Assemblies
Installation and Configuration 2Ć3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Document IN Tray Extender (Tray 3) (C3530-43056)
Document IN Tray (Document Feeder Assembly) (C3530-63051)
Facsimile Machine
ADF Door
Document OUT Tray
(Wet Paper Path Assembly) (C3530-62351
Paper Supply Tray
(Paper Feed Guide) (C3530-42061)
Print Cartridge
Handset
and Base
Telephone
Assembly
(C3781-60001)
Handset Cord
Users Guide
Line Cord (Telephone)
Power Cord
FAX-750-3
Figure 2Ć2. HP FAXĆ750 Major Assemblies
2Ć4
Installation and Configuration
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Document OUT Tray (C3510-60008)
Document IN Tray (C3510-60007)
Top Cover
Print Cartridge (51626A)
Fax Machine
ADF Cover
Directory Cover (C3510-60010)
Paper Supply Tray (C3510-60005)
Line Cord (Telephone)
Paper Supply Tray Extender Assy. (C3510-60006)
FAX900–1
Figure 2Ć3. HP FAXĆ900 Major Assemblies
Document OUT Tray (C3510-60008)
Document IN Tray (C3510-60007)
Top Cover
ADF Cover
Fax Machine
Print Cartridge (51626A)
Handset Cord (C3520-60007)
Handset Base (C3520-60006)
Handset (C3520-60005)
Directory Cover (C3520-60008)
Line Cord (Telephone)
Paper Supply Tray (C3510-60005)
Paper Supply Tray Extender Assy. (C3510-60006)
FAX950–1
Figure 2Ć4. HP FAXĆ950 Major Assemblies
Installation and Configuration 2Ć5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Control Panel Overlay Views
The control panel overlays of the HP FAX-700 and HP FAX-750 are identical except for the fax number at the top
center of the panel. Figure 2-5 is an illustration of the HP FAX–700 control panel with the overlay in place. The
FAX-750 control panel is exactly the same except for the fax number. Figure 2-6 is an illustration of the HP FAX-900
control panel with the overlay in place. Figure 2-7 is an illustration of the HP FAX-950 control panel with the overlay
in place.
750-43
Figure 2Ć5. Control Panel (HP FAXĆ700 and HP FAXĆ750)
FAX900–26
Figure 2Ć6. Control Panel (HP FAXĆ900)
2Ć6
Installation and Configuration
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FAX950–26
Figure 2Ć7. Control Panel (HP FAXĆ950)
Print Cartridge Installation the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
Caution
Handle the print cartridge only by the green top and take care not to touch the ink nozzles or the
copper contacts while performing step 4.
To install or change the print cartridge, perform the following steps:
1. Ensure that the automatic document feed cover is closed. If necessary, press down until the cover is firmly
closed.
2. Lift open the top cover. A piece of restraining tape may be present to hold the print cartridge cradle in place
during shipment. If you see a piece of tape holding the print cartridge cradle in place, remove the piece of tape.
Donottrytoremovethelargeribboncableenteringtheleftsideofthetopofthecradle. Closethetopcover. See
Figure 2-8.
3. If you are changing a print cartridge, Place your forefinger on the cartridge top. Then press down firmly while
pulling the cartridge toward the front of the cradle. You will hear a “click” noise as the cartridge is released.
grasp the cartridge, remove it from the cradle, and discard.
Installation and Configuration 2Ć7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Top Cover
Tape
Print Cartridge Cradle
Ribbon Cable
FAX950-34
Figure 2Ć8.Removing Cartridge Cradle Securing Tape on the HP FAXĆ900 and FAXĆ950
4. Open the new print cartridge container to remove the print cartridge. Grasp the green portion of the cartridge,
removethecartridgefromthecontainer. Removebothstripsofprotectivetapefromtheprintcartridgenozzles.
See Figure 2-9.
Strips of Tape
Carton
Print Cartridge
EK_27
Figure 2Ć9. Removing the Print Cartridge From the Carton
5. Place the print cartridge into the cradle with the green arrow on the cartridge top pointing to the green dot on the
top of the cradle. Refer to Figure 2-10, DETAIL A.
6. Push the green arrow toward the green dot to “snap” the cartridge into place. Refer to Figure 2-10, DETAIL B.
2Ć8
Installation and Configuration
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
DETAIL A
DETAIL B
FX310–9
FX310–10
Figure 2Ć10. Print Cartridge Installation on the HP FAXĆ900 and FAXĆ950
7. Close the back cover.
Print Cartridge Installation the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Caution
Handle the print cartridge only by the green top and take care not to touch the ink nozzles or the
copper contacts while performing step 4.
To install or change the print cartridge, perform the following steps:
1. Ensure that the automatic document feed cover is closed. If necessary, press down until the cover is firmly
closed.
2. Switch ON (I) the fax and open the top cover.
3. If a cartridge is already installed, remove it. See Figure 2-11.
Figure 2Ć11. Opening the Top Cover on the HP FAXĆ700 and FAXĆ750
Installation and Configuration 2Ć9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Caution
Be careful not to touch the ink nozzles or the copper contacts on the print cartridge while per-
forming step 4. Touching the nozzles or copper contacts can cause earlier failure of the cartridge.
4. Handle the new print cartridge only by the green top. Gently remove both pieces of tape. See Figure 2-9.
5. Insert the print cartridge into the cradle. See Figure 2-12, DETAIL A.
6. Push the print cartridge toward the rear of the fax machine until it snaps into place. See Figure 2-12,
DETAIL B.
DETAIL A
DETAIL B
ek_18
ek_19
Figure 2Ć12. Installing the Print Cartridge on the HP FAXĆ700 and FAXĆ750
7. Close the top cover.
2Ć10 Installation and Configuration
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Paper Supply Tray Media Size Setting (HP FAX-900 and FAX-950)
In the FAX-700 and FAX-750 fax machines, the paper supply tray is adjusted for media size when the paper is loaded.
Refer to the procedure titled Loading Paper into the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Fax Machines.
In the FAX-900 and FAX-950, if the paper you plan to use does not fit properly in the paper supply tray, the paper
supply tray size setting must be adjusted before the paper is loaded.
To adjust the FAX-900 or FAX-950 paper supply tray for media size, perform the following procedure:
1. If the empty paper supply tray is installed in the fax machine, remove the paper supply tray cover (see
Figure 2-13) and continue with step 2. If the empty paper supply tray is not installed in the fax machine, re-
move the paper supply tray cover, and go to step 4.
FAX900–11
Figure 2Ć13. Removing the Paper Supply Cover
2. Press the snaps on the left and right sides of the tray in toward the center of the tray and hold them in while
performing step 3. See Figure 2-14.
FAX900–12
Figure 2Ć14. Paper Supply Tray Retaining Snaps
Installation and Configuration 2Ć11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3. Pull the tray out of the fax machine.
4. Check whether or not the paper you plan to use fits into the tray as it is currently set. If the paper you plan to use
fits into the tray, proceed to step 7. If your paper does not fit into the tray, remove any paper from the tray and
continue with this procedure at step 5.
5. Press the snap tabs on the bottom of the tray in the directions shown in Figure 2-15 to release the paper size
guides from the tray.
FAX950–13
Figure 2Ć15. Releasing the Paper Size Guides from the Tray
6. Press the paper size guides firmly into the appropriate slots in the tray until seated (outer slots for letter-sizeand
inner slots for A4-size). See Figure 2-16.
DETAIL A (LetterĆSize)
DETAIL B (A4ĆSize)
FAX900–14
FAX900–15
Figure 2Ć16. Installing the Paper Size Guides
7. Install the paper supply tray cover.
8. Insert the paper tray firmly into the fax machine paper supply slot, so that the side snaps engage.
2Ć12 Installation and Configuration
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Paper Supply Tray Loading
A Word About Paper
Your fax machine will accept U.S. letter size (8.5 in. by 11 in.), U.S. legal size (8.5 in. by 14 in.), or metric A4 size (210
mm by 297 mm) paper.
HP fax machines work well with good quality bond and photocopy papers. Paper selection is important for optimum
print quality. For paper recommendations and specifications, refer to chapter 1 of this document.
Paper properties can change with environmental conditions. When selecting your paper, test several types in your
environment before you purchase large quantities. Paper should be protected from temperature and humidity ex-
tremes. HP fax machines are designed to operate in a wide range of environmental conditions, but for best perfor-
mance, paper should be stored and used at 20 _C (ꢀ3_) or 68 _F (ꢀ5_), with a relative humidity of 45% (ꢀ5%).
When shipped from the factory, the fax machine is set for the paper size (letter or A4) most commonly used in the
country of destination. If you use or change to a different paper size, you will need to set fax parameter 14 (in the HP
FAX-700 and FAX-750) or fax parameter 23 (in the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950) to the paper size being used. Fax
Parameters are presented in chapter 4.
When paper is used in an environment which is outside the ranges of temperature and humidity shown above, and
optimum print quality is desired, follow these guidelines:
D
Do not leave the paper exposed to humidity or temperature extremes. Extremes in the environment can
damage the paper, if left unwrapped or in the paper IN tray or paper supply tray of the fax machine.
D
D
In the case of humidity extremes, keep paper tightly wrapped in plastic during storage.
If there is a significant temperature difference between the paper storage area and your fax machine operating
environment, paper should be allowed to adjust to the temperature of the fax machine operating environment
before being unwrapped. The greater the temperature difference and the greater the volume of paper, the
longer this time period should be.
Caution
Do not use plastic sheets, transparencies, thermal, perforated, specially-coated, or heavy-weight
paper. Using paper that does not meet the specifications outlined in chapter 1, Table 1-6, of this
guide may cause paper jams, contribute to repair costs, and cause premature wear.
Loading Paper into the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Fax Machines
To load paper into the fax machine for printing received fax messages and copying, perform the following steps:
1. Ensure that a print cartridge has been loaded in the fax machine and that the print cartridge carriage is in its
service station (left-most end of its travel).
2. Pull out the paper supply tray extender as shown in Figure 2-17.
Installation and Configuration 2Ć13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ED_1
Figure 2Ć17. Pulling Out the Paper Tray Supply Extender (HP FAXĆ700 and FAXĆ750)
3. Slide the paper guide to the left if you are using U.S. letter (8.5 in. by 11 in.) or U.S. legal (8.5 in. by 14 in.) size
paper. Slide the paper guide to the right if you are using metric A4 size (210 mm by 297 mm) paper. See
Figure 2-18.
U.S. Letter or Legal
A4
EK_6
Figure 2Ć18. Adjusting the Paper Guide (HP FAXĆ700 and FAXĆ750)
4. Take out a 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) stack of paper (about 100 sheets) and tap the paper edges on a flat surface to
“even” the stack. See Figure 2-19.
Note
You can use US Legal, US Letter, or A4 paper size. When you change paper size, be sure to
change the paper size in the Settings Menu (parameter 14). Settings (parameters) are discussed in
chapter 4 of this guide.
2Ć14 Installation and Configuration
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FX310–12
Figure 2Ć19. Preparing the Paper for Loading
5. Slide the paper into the paper supply tray. See Figure 2-20.
EK_5
Figure 2Ć20. Sliding Paper into the Paper Supply Tray (HP FAXĆ700 and FAXĆ750)
6. Slide the paper supply tray extender in until it is snugly against the installed paper.
Installation and Configuration 2Ć15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Loading Paper into the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 Fax Machines
Before loading paper into the paper supply tray of the HP FAX-900 or FAX-950 fax machine the paper supply tray
must be properly adjusted for media size. Perform the procedure titled Paper Supply Tray Media Size Setting (HP
FAX-900 and FAX-950) in this guide.
To load paper into the paper supply drawer, perform the following procedure:
1. Insert the paper tray firmly into the fax machine paper supply slot, so that the side snaps engage.
2. Take out a 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) stack of paper (about 100 sheets) and tap the paper edges on a flat surface to
“even” the stack. See Figure 2-19.
3. Pull the paper supply tray extender out from the front of the machine to its maximum length. See Figure 2-21.
Extender
FAX900–8
Figure 2Ć21. Pulling Out the Paper Tray Extender
Note
Load the paper with the print side face up in the paper supply. The paper packaging will
indicate the print side.
4. Slide the stack of paper all the way into the paper supply tray until it rests against the back of the tray.
Note
If the paper size you are using does not fit into the paper supply tray, the tray guides may not be
correctly adjusted for the paper size being used. Refer to the paper supply tray guide adjustment
given under the title, Paper Supply Tray Media Size Setting (HP FAX-900 and FAX-950)
earlier in this chapter.
5. Push the paper supply tray extender into the machine until it rests against the front of the stack of paper.
2Ć16 Installation and Configuration
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ADF (Automatic Document Feeder) Document Catcher Tray Installation
(HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 Only)
To install the ADF Document Catcher Tray and set it up to catch documents, perform the following procedure:
1. Insert the paper supply tray firmly into the fax machine paper supply slot, so that the side snaps engage.
2. Swing the document catcher tray up and forward from the paper supply tray as shown in step 1 of Figure 2-22.
3. Pull the document catcher tray extension all the way out as shown in step 2 of Figure 2-22.
ADF Document Guide
ADF Paper Catcher Tray
FAX900–9
Figure 2Ć22. ADF Paper Catcher Tray Installation
4. Place documents face down in the ADF until the leading edge of the document going into the machine stops.
5. Adjust the document guides to center the document in the ADF and shown in Figure 2-23.
FAX900–10
Figure 2Ć23. Aligning the Paper Guides to the Document
Installation and Configuration 2Ć17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Document OUT Tray
HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Document OUT Tray Extension
The document OUT tray comes already installed in the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750. To extend the document OUT
tray, perform the following steps:
1. Reach under the front panel to slide the document out tray forward. See Figure 2-24.
Document OUT Tray
EK_7
Figure 2Ć24. Sliding the Document OUT Tray Forward
2. Rotate the document out tray extender up and forward. See Figure 2-25.
Document OUT Tray
Extender
FAX200–5
Figure 2Ć25. Extending the HP FAXĆ700 and FAXĆ750 Document OUT Tray
2Ć18 Installation and Configuration
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 Document OUT Tray Installation
With the tabs on the document OUT tray pointing down as shown in Figure 2-26, DETAIL A, install the tray in back
panel of the fax machine as shown in Figure 2-26, DETAIL B.
Tab
DETAIL A
DETAIL B
FAX950–1
FAX950–3
Figure 2Ć26. Installing the HP FAXĆ900 and FAXĆ950 Document OUT Tray (HP FAXĆ950 Shown
Document IN Tray
HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Document IN Tray Extension
To extend the document IN tray in the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 fax machines, flip the document IN tray extend-
er up and back toward the rear of the fax machine. See Figure 2-27.
EK_1A
Figure 2Ć27. Extending the HP FAXĆ700 and FAXĆ750 Document IN Tray
Installation and Configuration 2Ć19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 Document IN Tray Installation
To install the document IN tray in the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 fax machines, perform the following procedure:
1. With the front edge of the document IN tray pointing down as shown in Figure 2-28, DETAIL A, install the
tray in the fax machine slot as shown in Figure 2-28, DETAIL B.
Front Edge
DETAIL A
DETAIL B
FAX950–1
FAX950–3
Figure 2Ć28. Installing the HP FAXĆ900 and FAXĆ950 Document IN Tray (HP FAXĆ950 Shown)
Expandable Memory Card Installation (HP FAX-950 Only)
Whether sending or receiving, memory expansion modules allow you to increase the capacity of the fax machine for
storing a greater number of documents.
Three optional memory expansion cards are available for use in your HP FAX-950. These cards come in 512 KB, 1
MB and 2 MB sizes. Contact your local HP dealer to order.
Table 2-1. Memory Card Page Capacity
Size
Part Number
Page Capacity (Approximate)*
512 KB
1MB
C3505A
C3506A
C3507A
28 pages
60 pages
120 pages
2 MB
* Based on CCITT test chart 1 at standard resolution.
The installation procedure begins on the next page of this guide.
2Ć20 Installation and Configuration
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To install an expandable memory card in the HP FAX-950, perform the following procedure:
1. Switch OFF (O) the fax machine as shown in step 1 of Figure 2-29.
2. Lift up gently on the ADF as shown in step 2 of Figure 2-29.
3. Insert the memory card (print side up) as shown in step 3 of Figure 2-29.
4. Close the ADF.
5. Switch ON (I) the fax machine and check that it operates correctly. (The display will indicate the total amount
of memory installed.)
FAX950–27
Figure 2Ć29. Installing the Expandable Memory Card
Replacing the Paper Separator
Replacing the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Paper Separator Assembly
To replace the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 paper separator, perform the following procedure:
1. Switch OFF (O) the fax machine.
2. Lift the operation panel assembly. See Figure 2-30.
EK_10
Figure 2Ć30. Lifting the ADF Door
Installation and Configuration 2Ć21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3. Locate the paper separator assembly. See Figure 2-31.
Paper Separator Assembly
(C3530-62913)
Notch
750_11
Figure 2Ć31. Removing the Paper Separator Assembly
4. Remove the paper separator assembly by prying it out at the notch using your fingers, a coin, or a small screw-
driver.
5. Install the new paper separator assembly.
Caution
The fax machine will not operate properly unless both corners of the ADF are snugly against the
body of the machine as described in step 6.
6. Close the ADF door firmly ensuring that both rear corners of the ADF are snugly against the body of the fax
machine.
7. Switch ON (I) the fax machine, allow it to run through its self test, and copy a document to ensure that the
machine is operating properly.
Replacing the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 Paper Separator Pad
The paper separator helps to prevent multiple sheet feed by presenting a small amount of friction to the pages as they
move through the automatic document feed mechanism. The paper separator pad is the part of the separator that con-
tacts the pages.
If your fax machine has been heavily used throughout its life and adjustment of the pressure switch alone as described
in chapter 5 does not rectify a multiple sheet feed problem, you may need to replace the paper separator pad. Contact
your local HP authorized fax dealer to order.
2Ć22 Installation and Configuration
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To replace the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 paper separator pad, perform the following procedure:
1. Switch OFF (O) the fax machine. Open the top cover. See Figure 2-32.
Slot at the Center Rear of the ADF
FAX950–28
Figure 2Ć32. Opening the Top Cover (HP FAXĆ950 Shown)
2. Open the ADF cover.
3. Remove the paper separator from its slot at the center rear of the ADF next to the pressure switch.
4. Note that the small rubber pad of the separator assembly has a smooth side and a textured side. Pull the pad off
the paper separator assembly.
5. When you install a new pad, make sure the textured side is facing down. This will ensure proper friction to the
sheets. Align the small hole in the pad with the tab on the paper separator assembly and press the new pad onto
the assembly.
Installation and Configuration 2Ć23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6. Grasping the replacement paper separator so that the spring-loaded separator plate spring is held against the
body of the separator, insert the paper separator into its slot until it snaps into place. See Figure 2-33.
Pressure Plate
FAX950–20
Figure 2Ć33. Installing the Replacement Paper Separator
Handset Installation (HP FAX-750 and FAX-950 Only)
Handset Installation (HP FAX-750)
To install the handset in the HP FAX-750, perform the following procedure:
1. Place the fax machine on the bench with the right side down and the bottom of the machine facing you.
2. Attach the handset base to the fax machine by engaging the handset base tabs into the slots in the bottom left
side of the fax. See Figure 2-34, DETAIL A.
3. Place the handset onto its handset base and plug the end of the handset cord with the small connector into the
back of handset. See Figure 2-34, DETAIL B.
2Ć24 Installation and Configuration
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
DETAIL A
DETAIL B
750_4
EK_37
Figure 2Ć34. Installing the Handset in the HP FAXĆ750
4. Plug the end of the handset cord with the large connector into one of the connections marked TEL at the rear of
the fax machine. See Figure 2-35. (The connections marked TEL at the rear of the fax machine are identical.)
750-44
Figure 2Ć35. Plugging in the Handset Cord
Handset Base Removal (HP FAX-750 Only)
To remove the handset base from the fax machine, perform the following procedure:
1. Remove the spittoon.
2. Switch OFF (0) the fax machine and remove the power cord.
Installation and Configuration 2Ć25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3. Remove the handset.
4. Place the fax machine on the bench top with the right side down and the bottom of the machine facing you.
5. Press both handset base tabs in toward the body of the base and work the base toward you and out of the fax
machine. See Figure 2-36.
6. To replace the handset base reverse the above procedure.
750-4
Figure 2Ć36. Removing the Handset Base
Handset Installation (HP FAX-950)
Place the handset onto its cradle and plug the handset cord into the handset connector and the cradle connector as
shown in Figure 2-37.
Cradle Connector
Handset Connector
Figure 2Ć37. Installing the Handset in the HP FAXĆ950
2Ć26 Installation and Configuration
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Connecting to the Telephone Line
Note
For best performance, the phone line should be connected directly to the fax machine.
Your fax machine is not designed for use in a phone system that has call waiting, multiple phone
extensions, caller ID, voice-mail, modems or roll-over lines. Use of a phone line having multiple
extensions may cause transmission and/or reception problems if any of the extensions are picked
up during data transmission/reception. If problems occur, consider using a dedicated phone line
for the fax machine.
Your fax machine may have plastic pull tabs protecting the telephone and line connectors on the
back of the machine. Carefully twist and pull the tabs out of the slots to access the connectors.
Connecting the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 to the Telephone Line
To connect the HP FAX-700 or HP FAX-750 to the telephone line, perform the following procedure:
1. Connect a telephone line from the phone wall jack to the LINE connector on the back of your fax machine. See
Figure 2-38. An HP FAX-700 is illustrated in Figure 2-38, but the method of connection to the telephone line
is the same for the HP FAX-750.
750-48
Figure 2Ć38. Connecting the HP FAXĆ750 to the Telephone Line
2. Connect the fax machine to a source of ac power.
To set up the appropriate mode of reception, refer to the information under the heading “Managing Incoming Calls by
Setting the Reception Mode on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750” given later in this chapter. The mode of reception
depends on the devices you have connected to your fax.
Installation and Configuration 2Ć27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Connecting the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 to the Telephone Line
To connect the HP FAX-900 and HP FAX-950 to the telephone line, perform the following procedure:
Connect a telephone line from the phone wall jack to the LINE connector on the back of your fax machine. See
Figure 2-39. An HP FAX-900 is illustrated in Figure 2-39, but the method of connection to the telephone line is the
same for the HP FAX-950.
FAX950-23
Figure 2Ć39. Connecting the HP FAXĆ900 or FAXĆ950 to the Telephone Line
Connecting to a Telephone
Note
For best performance, the telephone should be connected directly to the fax machine.
Your fax machine is not designed for use in a phone system that has call waiting, multiple phone
extensions, caller ID, voice-mail, modems or roll-over lines. Use of a phone line having multiple
extensions may cause transmission and/or reception problems if any of the extensions are picked
up during data transmission/reception. If problems occur, consider using a dedicated phone line
for the fax machine or configuring the fax machine for distinctive ring detection as described
later in this chapter.
Your fax machine may have break-off tabs protecting the telephone and line connectors on the
back of the machine. Carefully twist and pry the tabs out of the slots to access the connectors.
Connecting a Telephone to the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
To connect the HP FAX-700 or the FAX-750 to the telephone, perform the following steps:
1. Connect the fax machine to a telephone line. If necessary, refer to the procedure titled “Connecting the HP
FAX-700 and FAX-750 to the Telephone Line”.
2. Plug one end of the phone cord into one of the connections at the rear of the fax machine marked TEL. See
Figure 2-40.
2Ć28 Installation and Configuration
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3. Plug the other end of the phone cord into the back of the telephone. See Figure 2-40.
750-50
ED_17
Figure 2Ć40. Connection the HP FAXĆ700 and FAXĆ750 to the Telephone
4. Connect the fax machine to a source of ac power.
To set up the appropriate mode of reception, refer to the information under the heading “Managing Incoming Calls by
Setting the Reception Mode on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750” given later in this chapter. The mode of reception
depends on the devices you have connected to your fax.
Configuring the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 for Distinctive Ring Detection
HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 fax machines have the ability to use an optional distinctive ring service offered by many
local telephone companies. This service provides multiple telephone numbers on a single telephone line. A specific
ring pattern can be assigned to each telephone number on the line. Have the customer check with his local telephone
company on the availability of the service in his area.
The fax machine can be programmed to respond to any one of many possible distinctive ring patterns at a time. When
the telephone rings, the pattern can be used to identify the type of call (fax specific, business, or personal).
The pattern recognized by the distinctive ring detection capability is established during configuration.
To configure a FAX-700 or FAX-750 machine for distinctive ring detection, perform the following procedure:
Menu
Enter
Enter
→
→
→
6
→
8
→
Enter
→
→
Installation and Configuration 2Ć29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The following message appears:
Call this fax number
from another phone
Have a telephone using the distinctive ring pattern you want to be detected call the customer’s fax machine number.
Once the connection is made, the following message will appear on the message display:
Ring cadence stored
’ENTER’ to continue
Press the Enter button. The fax machine returns to the “settings” menu level.
Press the Stop button to return the fax machine to the standby mode.
The phone can be reprogrammed to respond to a different distinctive ring pattern at any time by simply repeating this
procedure.
Configuring the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 for Distinctive Ring Detection
HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 fax machines have the ability to use an optional distinctive ring service offered by many
local telephone companies. This service provides multiple telephone numbers on a single telephone line. A specific
ring pattern can be assigned to each telephone number on the line. Have the customer check with his local telephone
company on the availability of the service in his area.
The fax machine can be programmed to respond to one of several distinctive ring patterns at a time. When the tele-
phone rings, the pattern can be used to identify the type of call (fax specific, business, or personal.)
The setting of fax parameter 36 (Ring Pattern Detect) must match the ring pattern of the number assigned to the fax
machine. If the setting does not match the ring pattern, the document will not be automatically received, and the tele-
phone will continue to ring. The patterns that can be detected are:
D
D
D
D
D
Normal = answers all rings
Type A : Standard ring pattern = (long - long)
Type B : Double ring pattern = (short - short)
Type C : Triple ring pattern
Type D : Triple ring pattern
= (short - short -long)
= (other than type C)
2Ć30 Installation and Configuration
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To configure a FAX-900 or FAX-950 for distinctive ring detect detection, press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Use the numeric keyboard to select the pattern (1 through 5).
Menu
Set
→
→
→
→
7
4
→
3
1. Normal
2. Type A
3. Type B
4. Type C
5. Type D
Set
Set
→
→
→
→
→
6
→
Stop
Connecting a telephone to the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
If you do not use the fax machine handset or use the fax machine in a country where telecommunications regulations
do not allow use of an attached handset, you may need to connect a telephone to the fax machine.
Connect a telephone to your fax machine if you want to receive both voice telephone calls and fax calls on the same
line, or communicate with fax stations where you will need to make voice contact before sending a fax.
To connect a telephone to your fax machine, perform the following procedure.
Note
Before attaching a telephone to the fax machine, attach the fax machine to a telephone line.
1. Carefully removethetabprotectingtherectangulartelephoneconnectoronthebackofyourfaxmachine, ifnot
already removed.
2. Connect the telephone cord from the telephone to the rectangular connector labeled TEL on the back of your
fax machine. See Figure 2-41. An HP FAX-900 is shown in the figure, but the connection for the HP FAX-950
is the same as for the FAX-900.
FAX900–24
Figure 2Ć41. Connecting the HP FAXĆ900 to the Telephone Line
Installation and Configuration 2Ć31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
With only a telephone (not an answering machine) connected to your fax machine, you can operate in one of three
different modes. These modes are FAX mode, TELEPHONE mode and FAX/TEL Auto Switch mode. The modes and
their use are presented in Chapter 3 of this guide.
When shipped from the factory, your HP FAX-900 or FAX-950 is set to FAX mode and will automatically answer all
calls as fax calls. The Receive Mode light on the fax machine front panel should be lit when in FAX mode.
If you plan to receive fax calls only, use the FAX mode (factory set at shipment). When a fax call is received, your fax
machine will pick up the line after it detects two rings and send a fax tone signal to the calling fax machine to start
communications. The fax is then sent and your HP FAX-900 or HP FAX-950 will automatically start to receive the
fax.
If you plan to receive mostly voice calls and receive fax calls manually, use the TELEPHONE mode. This mode is
also known as the Manual mode because you must manually start the fax machine to receive a fax call. Voice calls are
treated as normal. In this mode, the fax machine will never pick up the line. All calls must be answered manually. The
Receive Mode light on the fax machine front panel should be off.
For fax calls you must use the telephone that is directly connected to the jack on the back of the fax machine. After
lifting up the telephone receiver on the telephone and the caller notifies you that a fax is about to be sent to you, press
the START button on the fax machine and then hang up the telephone. The fax is then sent and your fax machine will
start to receive it.
If you plan to have the fax machine receive fax calls and you receive voice calls manually, use the FAX/TEL Auto
Switch mode. The receive Mode light on the fax machine front panel should be off. When a call is received, your fax
machine will pick up the line after it detects two rings and monitor the line for a fax tone signal. If a fax tone is detected,
the fax machine will automatically start to communicate with the calling fax machine and start to receive the fax.
If a fax tone is not detected, the fax machine will start “beeping” a signal through its speaker, expecting you to answer.
For voice calls you must use the telephone that is directly connected to the TEL jack on the back of the fax machine. To
answer a voice call pick up the telephone receiver, press the Dial/Space button on the fax machine and start talking.
If you do not answer the call within the time specified in fax parameter 18, the fax machine will return a fax tone,
expecting to communicate with a “silent” fax machine. The factory set time is 20 seconds. To change the time in fax
parameter 18, refer to Fax Parameters in chapter 4.
To use FAX/TEL switch mode, you need to set fax parameter 15 for option 2. Fax parameters are presented in chapter
4.
Connecting to an Answering Machine
Note
For best performance, the answering machine should be connected directly to the fax machine.
Your fax machine is not designed for use in a phone system that has call waiting, multiple phone
extensions, caller ID, voice-mail, modems or roll-over lines. Use of a phone line having multiple
extensions may cause transmission and/or reception problems if any of the extensions are picked
up during data transmission/reception. If problems occur, consider using a dedicated phone line
for the fax machine or configuring the fax machine for distinctive ring detection as described
earlier in this chapter.
Your fax machine may have break-off tabs protecting the telephone and line connectors on the
back of the machine. Carefully twist and pry the tabs out of the slots to access the connectors.
2Ć32 Installation and Configuration
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Connecting an Answering Machine to the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Connect an answering machine to your fax if you want to receive both voice telephone calls and fax calls on the same
line, or have your fax take fax calls and the answering machine take voice calls.
Note
You can not use the Remote Turn-on or Outgoing-message-only features of your answering ma-
chine when you connect it to your fax machine. If your answering machine can select the num-
ber of rings before answering, set it to answer in less than eight rings.
Connect the telephone cord from the answering machine to one of the TEL connectors on the back of your fax ma-
chine. See Figure 2-42. The HP FAX-700 is shown in Figure 2-38, but the method of connection is the same for the HP
FAX-750.
750-51
Figure 2Ć42. Connecting the HP FAX-700 to an Answering Machine
To set up the appropriate mode of reception, refer to the information under the heading, “ManagingIncomingCallsby
Setting the Reception Mode on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750”, given later in this chapter. The mode of reception
depends on the devices you have connected to your fax.
Installation and Configuration 2Ć33
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Connecting an Answering Machine to the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
Connect an answering machine to your fax machine if you want to receive both voice telephone calls and fax calls on
the same line, or have your fax machine take fax calls and the answering machine take voice calls.
Note
You can not use the Remote Turn-on or Outgoing-message-only features of your answering ma-
chine when you connect it to your fax machine. If your answering machine can select the number
of rings before answering, set it to answer in less than eight rings. If you use a telephone not
provided with the answering machine, you will need to connect the telephone to the answering
machine. Then connect the answering machine to the fax machine.
To connect an answering machine to your fax machine, perform the following procedure:
1. Carefully remove the tab protecting the TEL connector on the back of the fax machine, if not already removed.
2. Connect the telephone cord from the answering machine to the TEL connector on the back of your fax ma-
chine. See Figure 2-43. The HP FAX-900 is shown, but the connection for the HP FAX-950 is the same.
FAX900–24
Figure 2Ć43. Connecting the HP FAXĆ900 to the Telephone Line
3. With an answering machine connected to your fax machine, you will need to set fax interface parameter 16 for
answering machine interface. To do so, turn ON the fax machine and press the fax machine control panel but-
tons in the following sequence:
Set
Menu
7
4
Set
1
6
2
Set
Stop
2Ć34 Installation and Configuration
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In the Telephone Answering Machine Interface Mode, the answering machine attached to the HP FAX-900 or
FAX-950 will answer all incoming calls and begin the outgoing message you recorded on the answering machine tape.
The HP FAX-900 or FAX-950 will not pick up the line. During the outgoing message, the fax machine will monitor
the incoming line for a fax tone signal.
If the HP FAX-900 or FAX-950 detects a fax tone signal, the fax machine will automatically take over the call and start
to communicate with the calling fax machine to receive the fax.
If a fax tone signal is not detected, the answering machine accepts the voice call and records the message.
The remote reception feature of your HP FAX-900 or FAX-950 allows you to still receive a fax call if you’ve picked up
the telephone, attached to the answering machine, before the answering machine starts its outgoing message. In order
to receive the fax calls, you must first set fax parameter 47 to option 2 (valid). Refer to Fax Parameters in chapter 4.
Then, if you answer the phone before the answering machine starts the outgoing message and you receive a fax call,
which is recognized by the “beep” in the receiver, you can still receive the fax by pressing the * button on the phone
twice and then hanging up.
It is recommended that you set the time in fax parameter 19 to the same length of time as the outgoing message on your
answering machine. Factory set time is 20 seconds. To change the time in fax parameter 19, refer to Fax Parameters in
chapter 4.
Managing Incoming Calls on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Manage incoming calls by setting the Reception Mode (Mode 7)
For this connection:
Set Reception mode to:
Answer manually
Then read this note:
An extension phone on the
telephone line before the fax
Note 1
and
Remote Reception
No other devices on the
telephone line
Fax Only
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
A telephone connected
directly to the fax
Auto Fax/Phone
Auto Fax/Ans Mach.
An answering machine
connected directly to the fax
D
Note 1
When Answer manually is selected, the fax machine never answers incoming calls. To receive a fax in this
mode, answer the extension phone and press the Start/Copy button on the front panel, or dial the remote
reception code (123).
D
D
Note 2
When Fax Only is selected, the fax machine answers all incoming calls.
Note 3
When Auto Fax/Phone is selected, the fax machine answers a fax call, but fax reception must be disabled
to receive a voice call. To disable fax reception, lift the phone receiver and press the Start button.
D
Note 4
When Auto Fax/Ans Mach. is selected, the fax machine answers a fax call, but switches voice calls to the
answering machine. When you choose this setting, set the Fax/Ans Mach number equal to the rings that the
answering machine waits before answering a call. Silent detect allows reception of faxes from older fax
Installation and Configuration 2Ć35
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
machines. Choose Yes if you may receive faxes from older machines.
D
Remote Reception
Remote Reception allows the fax to answer when your reception code (123 is the default) is dialed from any
extension connected to your phone line, including the calling phone. Select Disable to turn this setting off.
Configuring the Fax Machine
ThetelephoneConsumerProtectionActof1991makesitunlawful for anypersontouseacomputerorotherelectronic
device to send any message via telephone facsimile machine unless the message clearly contains the following in-
formation in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page or on the first page of transmission:
D
D
D
Date and Time of transmission
Identification of either business, business entity or individual sending the message
Telephone number of either the sending machine, business, business entity or individual
Setting the Date and Time on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
These instructions show you , in detail, how to set the date and time that will print on each fax that you send. To do
this, you will use menus, buttons and the keypad on the front panel. There are several ways to use buttons and keys
with HP LearnFAST, the instructions in this guide show you one, easy method.
Follow the instructions below by first reading the text in the Do Thiscolumn, then pressing the buttons and keys in the
Using These Buttons column. Check to see that the display shows what you see in the To Display column.
If you make a mistake, press the Undo button located just under the Stopbutton on the front panel. If you want to stop
and start over, press the Stop button.
To Display
Using These Buttons
Do This
Display the Menu
Press the Menu button.
Menu Options (1–9)
1:Scan & Send
When you display the menu,
there are 9 options available.
Press the down arrow to browse
down to 6: Settings. If you pass
it, press the up arrow.
Menu Options (1–9)
6:Settings
Choose Settings
Press the Enter key. Note that
the display has changed.
Settings (1–17)
01:Date & Time
Choose 01: Date & Time
Press the Enter key. Note that
the display has changed.
Date (MM/DD/YY)
[Aug]08/01/94
Continued on the next page
2Ć36 Installation and Configuration
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Setting up the date and time (Continued)
To Display
Using These Buttons
Do This
Press the up and down
Date (MM/DD/YY)
arrows. When the month you
want is displayed, press the
right arrow to move to day.
Browse to the day you want,
then press the right arrow to
move to year. Browse to the
new year. If you make a
[Oct]10/20/94
mistake, use the left and right
arrows to move to the mistake,
then the up and down arrows to
browse again.
Select the Date
Time (HH:MM)
24Hr Clk[08:00]08:00
Press the Enter key. Note that
the display has changed.
Press the arrow keys to
browse to the hour and
minute you want. Your fax
uses a 24 hour clock. When
you browse past 12:00, the
time is shown in 12 hr. format
between the brackets.
Time (HH:MM)
24Hr Clk[02:15]14:15
Save the new Time.
Settings (1–18)
01:Date & Time
Press Enter, then press
Stop to leave the menus.
Setting the Date and Time on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
Use the numeric keypad to enter a two-digit month, two-digit day, and four-digit year. Enter the time using a 24-hour
day (military) clock format.
To move the cursor, use the Contrast and Resolution buttons.
To correct an error, place the cursor over the error and enter the new data or place the cursor over the first character and
press the Clear button.
Installation and Configuration 2Ć37
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To set the date and time, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where re-
quested.
Set
Menu
7
1
Set
Stop
Enter Date
and Time
Note
Your fax machine is equipped with a Daylight Savings Time feature. This means that the fax
machine clock will automatically set the time forward 1 hour on the first Sunday in April
(that is, 2:00 am to 3:00 am) and set the time back one hour the last Sunday in October
(that is, 2:00 am to 1:00 am). If you do not want this feature enabled, you need to change
fax parameter 35 to the Invalid setting. Fax parameters are presented in chapter 4 of
this guide.
Example: July 26, 1993 at 9:30 am = 07 - 26 - 1993 09:30.
Example: October 13, 1993 at 6:30 pm = 10 - 13 - 1993 18:30.
Setting the Fax Number and Name (Character ID) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
The number and name of the sending fax machine will appear on receiving fax machine documents when printed. You
can enter a name of up to 20 characters in length.
To set the number and name, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where
requested.
ABC
Enter/Monitor
Menu
MNO
2
6
Enter/Monitor
Enter/Monitor
Enter
Fax
Number
Enter
Name
Stop
To enter the name, use the alpha-numeric keypad to enter the letters that make up the name. When entering a name,
the cursor will be at the left-most position in the writable portion of the message display. Press an alpha-numeric key
the number of times required to place the appropriate letter at this position. For example, suppose you wanted to place
JKL
the letter L at this position. To accomplish this you would press the alpha-numeric key
three times, once
5
for J, once for K, and a third time for L. Press the right arrow key to the next character position and press an alpha-nu-
meric key the necessary number of times to insert the second letter of the name.
Redial/Pause
Report/Space
The
button enters a dash, and the
button enters a space.
2Ć38 Installation and Configuration
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To move the cursor in the display, use the left and right arrow keys.
To correct an error, place the cursor over the erroneous character and enter the correct character.
Character Code Entry on the HP FAX-900
Character codes are used to enter your logo, character ID, and to enter names in one-touch and speed dial numbers.
Alphabetic characters are represented by two-digit character codes.
Use the one-touch keypad to enter the two-digit character code for each alphabetic character. Use the Dial/Space but-
ton for inserting spaces between characters.
To correct an error, place the cursor over the error and enter the new data. To move the display cursor, use the Contrast
and Resolution buttons.
Each alphabetic character code requires a two-button sequence. Note the relationship between the button position of
the desired alphabetic character or symbol and the bottom row of buttons showing the position of the second button to
be pressed. The second button to be pressed is identified by the dark circle whose position corresponds to the position
of the letter or symbol to be used.
Using the examples shown on the next page, you will see how to enter the character codes for various alphabetic char-
acters.
Example: To enter the logo HPFAX, press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Set
Set
Menu
7
1
H
F
P
A
X
Set
Stop
Installation and Configuration 2Ć39
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Example: To enter the character ID DAVE, press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Set
Set
Menu
7
1
D
Set
V
A
E
Set
Stop
Character Entry on the HP FAX-950
Characters are used to enter your logo, character ID, and to enter names in one-touch and speed dial numbers. Alpha-
betic characters are printed to the message window using the one–touch and program keys. See Figure 2-44 for an
illustration of the one-touch keypad.
Use the one-touch keypad to enter the each alphabetic character. Use the Dial/Space button for inserting spaces be-
tween characters. The default is that the lower one–touch character is printed until P4 is pressed. After P4 is pressed,
the upper character is printed until P4 is pressed again or fax machine power is cycled.
Tocorrectanerror, placethecursorover the error and enter the new data. Tomove the display cursor, use the Contrast
and Resolution buttons.
Figure 2Ć44. OneĆtouch Keypad (HP FAXĆ950)
2Ć40 Installation and Configuration
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the examples shown next, you will see how to enter the character codes for various alphabetic characters.
Example: To enter the logo HPFAX, press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Set
Set
Menu
7
1
H
P
A
F
X
Set
Stop
Example: To enter the character ID DAVE, press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Set
D
Set
Menu
7
1
Set
V
A
E
Set
Stop
Setting a Character ID on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
Note
HP FAX-700 and HP FAX-750 fax machines do not have character ID capabilities. A name can
be entered on these machines, but the name is equivalent to the logo capability of the HP
FAX-900 and FAX-950 machines.
An additional form of fax machine identification is provided when communicating with a fax machine that has charac-
ter ID capabilities. You can set your fax machine so that your character ID will appear on the receiving machine’s
display and its character ID will appear on your display.
Installation and Configuration 2Ć41
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
You can enter a character ID up to 16 characters in length. Use the one-touch keypad to enter a two-digit character code
or alphabetic character. You may want to use your company name as your character ID. For instructions on how to
enter characters on the HP FAX-900 one-touch keypad, see the paragraphs under the heading, “Character Code Entry
on the HP FAX-900”. For instructions on how to enter characters on the HP FAX-950 one-touch keypad, see the para-
graphs under the heading, “Character Entry on the HP FAX-950”.
To move the cursor, use the Contrast and Resolution buttons.
To correct an error, place the cursor over the error and enter the new data or place the cursor over the first character and
press the Clear button.
To enter a character ID, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where re-
quested.
Set
Set
Menu
Set
7
1
Set
Enter
character
ID
Stop
Setting the ID Number on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
ID Numbers are used as additional forms of identification. They will appear in the displays of receiving fax machines
during communications.
You can enter an ID Number up to 20 digits, including spaces, in length. Use the number keypad to enter numbers and
the Dial/Space button for inserting spaces. You may want to use your fax telephone number as your ID Number.
To correct an error, use the Clear button to delete the error, then proceed to enter the correct information from that
point.
To enter an ID Number, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where re-
quested.
Set
Menu
Set
7
1
Set
Set
Enter ID
Number
Set
Stop
2Ć42 Installation and Configuration
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Setting the Logo on the HP FAX-900
Note
The term, logo, is not used on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750. The term, name, is equivalent to
the term, logo, since the name is included in the header of documents sent with these machines.
Your Logo is included in the header on documents you transmit and identifies you as the source of the documents.
You can enter a Logo up to 25 characters in length. Use the one-touch keypad to enter a two-digit character code for
each character. Refer to the character code information given under the heading, “Character Code Entry on the HP
FAX-900”, earlier in this chapter.
To set the logo, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where requested.
Set
Menu
Set
7
1
Enter
Logo
Set
Stop
character
codes
Setting the Logo on the HP FAX-950
Your Logo is included in the header on documents you transmit and identifies you as the source of the documents.
You can enter a Logo up to 25 characters in length. Use the one-touch keypad to enter characters. Refer to the character
entry information given under the heading, “Character Code Entry on the HP FAX-950”, earlier in this chapter.
To set the logo, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where requested.
Set
Menu
Set
7
1
Set
Stop
Enter Logo
characters
Setting the Pulse Dialing Method on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Your HP FAX-700 or FAX-750 is factory set for touchtone dialing. If you connect your FAX machine to a pulse dial-
ing system, you will need to configure the FAX for pulse dialing.
To set for pulse dialing, press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Menu
MNO
MNO
Enter/Monitor
6
6
Stop
Enter/Monitor
Enter/Monitor
Press left
arrow key.
Installation and Configuration 2Ć43
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To set the HP FAX-750 handset for pulse dialing, slide the DIAL switch to the left. See Figure 2-45.
Figure 2Ć45. Setting the HP FAXĆ750 Handset for Pulse Dialing
Setting the Pulse Dialing Method on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
Your HP FAX-900 or FAX-950 is factory set for touchtone dialing. If you connect your fax machine to a pulse dialing
system, you will need to configure the fax machine for pulse dialing.
Configuring for tone or pulse dialing requires setting fax parameter 6 to tone or pulse dialing.
To configure for tone or pulse dialing, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information
where requested.
Set
Menu
7
4
Set
1. Pulse
2. Tone
0
6
Set
Stop
2Ć44 Installation and Configuration
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Entering a Fax Access Code (HP FAX-950)
A fax access code can be used to prevent unauthorized use of the fax machine. Once a code is entered, use of the ma-
chine to send a fax requires the entry of the access code. Receiving is not affected. The code can be entered, changed,
and deleted as necessary.
To enter a fax access code, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where re-
quested.
Set
Menu
7
4
Set
Enter 4-digit
password.
3
8
Set
Stop
If an access code is set and required to use the machine, the display will indicate, Access Code=. Enter the access code
and press the Set button. You may now operated the fax machine.
Clearing a Fax Access Code (HP FAX-950)
To clear (erase) a fax access code, press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Set
Menu
7
4
Set
Clear
3
8
Set
Stop
To change an access code, clear (erase) the old code and enter a new code using the above procedures.
Setting the Paper Size on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Your HP FAX-700 or HP FAX-750 is factory set for U.S. letter size ( 8 1/2 in. x 11 in.) paper. If you want to use U.S.
legal (8 1/2 in. x 14 in.) or metric A4 (210 mm x 297 mm) size paper, you will need to configure the FAX machine
paper size parameter 14 in the settings menu.
To set the FAX machine for the paper size used, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary
information where requested.
Menu
MNO
Enter/Monitor
GHI
6
4
1
Press number
key to select pa-
per size:
Stop
Enter/Monitor
Enter/Monitor
1 = A4 (Metric)
2 = Letter (U.S.)*
3 = Legal (U.S.)
Installation and Configuration 2Ć45
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Setting the Paper Size on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
Your HP Fax 900 is factory set for receiving documents using the standard paper size of the country of destination
when ordered. In the U.S. A., it is set for receiving letter - 8 1/2 in. x 11 inch documents. Where the metric system is
normally used, it is set for receiving A4 size documents.
If you want to configure to receive U.S. legal (8 1/2 in. x 14 in.) or change to receive letter (8 1/2 in. x 11 in) or A4 (210
mm x 297 mm) size documents, you will need to configure fax parameter 23 to the desired size.
To configure the received document paper size, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary
information where requested.
Set
Menu
7
4
Set
1. A4
2
3
2. Letter
3. Legal
Set
Stop
Switching the Verification Stamp ON (HP FAX-950)
Note
HP fax machines FAX-700, FAX-750, and FAX-900 do not have a verification stamp capability.
The verification stamp is a small mark ꢀ that prints at the bottom of each successfully transmitted page. The HP
FAX-950 comes from the factory with the verification stamp switched OFF. The FAX-950 can be temporarily
Stamp Ɵ
switched ON by pressing the
button . The lamp next to the button is lit when the stamp feature is ON.
After the document is sent, the fax machine automatically returns the stamp setting to its current value.
To permanently switch the verification stamp ON, change fax parameter 04 to Option 2 using the following proce-
dure:
Menu
PRS
Set
GHI
Set/Volume–
7
4
Set
Stop
Type the
numbers
04
Type the
number
2
Note
Normally the fax machine does not stamp originals as they are stored in memory (for later trans-
mission, for example). To switch the verification stamp ON for stored documents, you must also
set fax parameter 28 (MEMORY STORED STAMP) to Option 2.
2Ć46 Installation and Configuration
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To permanently switch the memory-stored verification stamp ON, use the following procedure:
Menu
PRS
Set
GHI
Set/Volume–
7
4
Stop
Set
Type the
numbers
28
Type the
number
2
Installation and Configuration 2Ć47
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3
Operation and Usage
Subject
Page
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Turning the FAX machine ON and OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Turning the FAX-700 and FAX-750 ON and OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Turning the FAX-900 and FAX-950 ON and OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Fax Operating Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Control Panel Keys and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
HP FAX-700 and HP FAX-750 Control Panel Keys and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
HP FAX-900 Control Panel Keys and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
HP FAX-950 Control Panel Keys and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Adjusting Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Adjusting Speaker, Monitor, and Button Volume on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Adjusting Handset Ringer Volume on the HP FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Adjusting Speaker Volume on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Adjusting Button Volume on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Adjusting Handset Ringer Volume on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Sending a Document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
FCC Fax Transmission requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Loading a Document into the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Loading a Document into the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
One-Touch Dialing on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
One-Touch Dialing on the HP FAX-900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
One-Touch Dialing on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Auto Dialing on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Speed Dialing on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Direct Dialing on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Direct Dialing on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
Memory Transmission on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Direct Transmission Reservation (Priority Transmission) on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Stopping a Transmission on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Stopping a Transmission on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Transmission Print Quality on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Transmission Print Quality on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Receiving a Document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Receiving a Document on the HP FAX-700 or FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Attended/Unattended Modes on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Operation and Usage 3Ć1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3
Operation and Usage
Subject
Page
Receiving a Document (Continued)
Attended Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Unattended Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Attended/Unattended Modes on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Attended Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Unattended Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Shared Reception Mode on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
Shared Reception Mode on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Reception Print Quality on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Reception Print Quality on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Substitute Memory Reception on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
Substitute Memory Reception on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
Size Reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
Printing Received Documents at Automatic Reduction on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . 3-43
Printing Received Documents at Fixed Reduction on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . 3-44
Printing Received Documents at Automatic Reduction on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . 3-45
Printing Received Documents at Fixed Reduction on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . 3-45
Copying a Document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
Copying a Document on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
Copying a Document on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
Copying Documents at Fixed Reduction on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
Copying Documents at Automatic Reduction on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
Copying Documents at Fixed Reduction on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Print Quality on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
Print Quality on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
Printing Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
Printing Reports on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
Printing Reports on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
Print Cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
Exterior Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
Interior Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57
Replacement Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62
3Ć2 Operation and Usage
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Introduction
This chapter gives information on the operation and usage of the HP FAX-700, HP FAX-750, HP FAX-900, and HP
FAX-950 facsimile machines. For additional information about the fax machines’ control panels, refer to the follow-
ing documents as appropriate:
D
D
D
HP FAX-700/750 User’s Guide
HP FAX-900 User’s Guide
HP FAX-950 User’s Guide
Turning the FAX machine ON and OFF
Turning the FAX-700 and FAX-750 ON and OFF
1. Plug the power cord into a grounded electrical outlet.
2. Turn ON (I) the fax machine by pressing the forward half of the ON/OFF switch, located on the right rear
corner (viewed from the front) of the fax machine.
3. To turn OFF (O) the fax machine, press the rear half of the ON/OFF switch.
Turning the FAX-900 and FAX-950 ON and OFF
1. Plugthepower cord into a groundedelectrical outlet. Your faxmachineisdesignedtooperatewiththestandard
power source for the country of destination when ordered.
Note
Due to the different power specifications of various countries, operation of the fax machine
outside of the original country of destination may cause problems.
2. Turn ON (I) the fax machine by pressing the ON/OFF switch, located on the left rear corner of the faxmachine.
The message display on the fax machine control panel will be lit when the fax machine is powered ON.
Whenever the faxmachineisturnedON(I), the front panel display will first indicate the fax machine identificationand
memory option. Then the display will instruct you to wait while it performs the built-in self-test routine. At comple-
tion of the self-test, the display will show a date and time. Instructions for entering or changing the date and time are
provided in chapter 3. The first time you turn the fax machine ON, the fax machine display will prompt you to load
paper and ink. A “beeping” noise will also be heard. Refer to the paper and ink cartridge loading procedures in chapter
2.
3. To turn OFF (O) the fax machine press the ON/OFF switch again.
Fax Operating Modes
HP fax machines have five basic modes of operation:
D
D
In standby mode, the fax machine is idle. It is ready to transmit or receive documents.
In receiving mode, the fax machine is receiving a document from another station. It cannot receive or
transmit other documents.
Operation and Usage 3Ć3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
D
In transmitting mode, the fax machine is transmitting a document to another station. It cannot receive or
transmit other documents.
D
D
In printing mode, the fax machine is printing a report, list, or document.
In information mode, information codes are shown in the message window. The fax machine is indicating
an error condition, such as no paper in the paper IN tray. It can receive and transmit documents under
most error conditions. Chapter 5 of this guide gives details on how to respond to information codes.
A description of the control panel functions and keys begins on the next page of this guide.
3Ć4 Operation and Usage
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Control Panel Keys and Functions
HP FAX-700 and HP FAX-750 Control Panel Keys and Functions
Figure 3-1 shows the control panel buttons. The control panel, located on the ADF, contains most of the user interface
controls. Refer to Table 3-1 for a detailed explanation of each control.
Navigate
move
cursor
Access
stored numbers
Message
Window
Edit oneĆtouch
and Auto Dial numbers
Erase previous
character/s typed
Display
Menus
End an
activity
Control how
faxes and
copies look
AlphaĆNumeric
Keypad
OneĆTouch Keypad
Begin sending
or copying
Select, save
or perform
Dial again
or enter
a
pause
Print reports
or enter
a
space
Figure 3Ć1. Control Panel (HP FAXĆ700 and HP FAXĆ750)
Operation and Usage 3Ć5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 3-1. HP FAX-700 and HP FAX-750 User Interface Controls
Control Panel Item
Action
Message Window
OneĆTouch/Keypad
Shows the date and time in standby mode. Shows relevant infor
mation during operations. Shows information codes for diagnosing
problems.
Ten buttons that can be programmed for oneĆtouch dialing
The user can print
a
oneĆtouch directory sheet with
oneĆtouch numbers and station names by pressing the
Reports/Space button, sellecting choice 3, and pressing the
Enter/Monitor button.
AlphaĆNumeric Keypad
Twelve buttons used for direct dialing, storing speed dialing
numbers and names, and selecting functions.
Stop Button
Cancels any current activity and returns the fax machine to
standby mode.
Backspace Button
Enter/Monitor Button
Moves the cursor rightĆtoĆleft in the message window erasing
previously typed characters as it does so.
Selects
a
menu item, saves
a
setting, or performs an operation.
Also allows the user to hear dialing and phone ringing operations
during fax transmission.
Start/Copy Button
Arrow Buttons
Begins
a
copying operation.
selected function or operation. Also initiates
a
Used to move the cursor in the message window while editing
oneĆtouch and auto dial numbers.
Auto Dial Button
When pressed, this button indicates that an autoĆdial or
dialing code will follow.
a
spee
Store Number Button
Redial/Pause Button
Used to edit oneĆtouch and auto dial numbers.
Redials
when dialing or storing
a
previously entered telephone number or enters
telephone number.
a
pause
a
Report/Space Button
Accesses the reports menus directly from the standby mode or
enters space when storing telephone number. The reports me
a
a
available are 1: Last Transaction, 2: Last 32 Transactions, 3: Auto
Directory, 4: Settings. After pressing this button, select the report
b
either browsing through the reports to the report you want or pre
the number of the report you want. Then press the Enter/Monitor
button.
Menu Button
This button causes menus to be displayed in the message wind
3Ć6 Operation and Usage
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 3-1. HP FAX-700 and HP FAX-750 User Interface Controls (Continued
Control Panel Item
Action
Contrast
Selects the contrast of the scanned document (Normal, Lighten,
single transmission. The default setting is
or Darken) for
Normal" contrast.
a
Resolution
Selects the resolution of the sending document (Standard or Fine)
for single transmission. The default setting is Standard".
a
Photograph Button
When this button has been pressed, and the LED above the
is lit, pressing the Start/Copy button will cause the fax machine
b
t
a
copy of
Photographs can be copied in either the Quality or the Economy
mode through the Settings 05, Photo Quality menu. The Quality
will provide better reproduction of the photograph, but will take
a
photograph. The resolution will be better than Fine"
m
a
more time. The Economy mode will not provide as sharp an ima
as the Quality mode, but will take less time.
Operation and Usage 3Ć7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
HP FAX-900 Control Panel Keys and Functions
Figure 3-2 shows the control panel buttons. The control panel, located on the ADF cover, contains most of the user
interface controls. Refer to Table 3-2 for a detailed explanation of each control.
Redial/Pause
Flash
Set/Volume
-
+
Clear/Volume
Resolution
Contrast
Menu
Receive mode
Message Window
OneĆTouch Keypad
Numeric Keypad
Photo
(See Table 3Ć2
Memory
Start
Stop
Copy
)
Dial/Space
Speed Dial
FAX900–26
Figure 3Ć2. Control Panel (HP FAXĆ900)
3Ć8 Operation and Usage
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 3-2. HP FAX-900 User Interface Controls
Control Panel Item
Action
Message Window
Shows the date and time in standby mode. Shows relevant infor
mation during operations. Shows information codes for diagnosing
problems.
One-Touch Keypad
Sixteen buttons that can be programmed for oneĆtouch dialing
or used to enter alphabetic characters when forming logos or staĆ
tion names. The user can print a oneĆtouch directory sheet with
oneĆtouch numbers and station names.
Numeric Keypad
Menu Button
Twelve buttons used for direct dialing, storing numbers, and selec
ing functions.
Starts an operation or changes fax settings. For example, the firs
step in selecting
a
test mode is pressing the Menu button.
Contrast
<
Button
Selects the contrast of the scanned document (Normal, Darken,
or Lighten) for single transmission. The default setting is Norma
a
contrast (Normal LED on).
This button also functions as
tion in the message window.
a
left arrow (<) when editing inform
Resolution
>
Button
Selects the resolution of the sending document (Standard or Fin
single transmission. The default setting is Standard"
(Standard LED on).
for
a
This button also functions as
tion in the message window.
a
right arrow (>) when editing infor
Photoƞ Button
Selects photo mode for
a
single transmission for improved
image quality of photographs and documents with shades of gray
when scanning.
This button also functions as a ƞupĆ)arrwowhen( editing informaĆ
tion in the message window.
Ɵ
Button
Functions as
mation in the message window.
a
downĆƟarro)w wh(en editing inforĆ
Memory Button
Stores
a
document in memory.
Redial/Pause Button
Flash Button
Redials
when dialing or storing
a
previously entered telephone number or enters
a
a
pause
telephone number.
Some PBX systems require
a
flash signal to access outside lines
the flash feature lets you use the fax machine with those PBX
systems.
Speed Dial Button
Dial/Space Button
Used to select the speedĆdial abbreviated dialing method. After
p
ing the speed dial button,
identify the station being called.
a
twoĆdigit code must be entered to
Used to start manual dialing and to enter
telephone number.
a
space when storing
Operation and Usage 3Ć9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 3-2. HP FAX-900 User Interface Controls (Continued)
Control Panel Item
Action
Receive mode Button
Selects the attended or unattended receive mode. The lamp is
when in the unattended mode, OFF when in the attended mode.Th
unattended receive mode is the default.
Clear/Volume
Set/Volume
+
Button
Used to clear characters or erase entries. Also used to increas
speaker volume.
-
ButtonUsed to trsiest . (sAtlosroe) uesend to decrease speaker volume.
Used to make single copies of individual pages of documents.
Copy Button
Stop Button
Used to stop
when pressed, the fax machine returns to the Date/Time display.
a
transmission or cancel an operation.
Start Button
Used to start an operation. Not required to start
or speedĆdial sequence or copy.
a
oneĆtouch
3Ć10 Operation and Usage
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
HP FAX-950 Control Panel Keys and Functions
Figure 3-3 shows the control panel buttons. The control panel, located on the ADF cover, contains most of the user
interface controls. Refer to Table 3-3 for a detailed explanation of each control.
Redial/Pause
Flash
Set/Volume
-
+
Clear/Volume
Resolution
Contrast
Menu
Receive mode
Message Window
OneĆTouch Keypad
Numeric Keypad
Photo
Stamp
Start
Stop
Copy
Memory
Dial/Space
Speed Dial
FAX950–26
Figure 3Ć3. Control Panel (HP FAXĆ950)
Operation and Usage 3Ć11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 3-3. HP FAX-950 User Interface Controls
Control Panel Item
Action
Message Window
Shows the date and time in standby mode. Shows relevant infor
mation during operations. Shows information codes for diagnosing
problems.
One-Touch Keypad
TwentyĆfour buttons that can be programmed for oneĆtouch dialing
or used to enter alphabetic characters when forming logos or staĆ
tion names. The user can print a oneĆtouch directory sheet with
oneĆtouch numbers and station names.
Numeric Keypad
Menu Button
Twelve buttons used for direct dialing, storing numbers, and selec
ing functions.
Starts an operation or changes fax settings. For example, the firs
step in selecting
a
test mode is pressing the Menu button.
Contrast
<
Button
Selects the contrast of the scanned document (Normal, Darken,
or Lighten) for single transmission. The default setting is Norma
a
contrast (Normal LED on).
This button also functions as
tion in the message window.
a
left arrow (<) when editing inform
Resolution
>
Button
Selects the resolution of the sending document (Standard, Fine,
300 dpi) for single transmission. The default setting is Standard
(Standard LED on).
a
This button also functions as
tion in the message window.
a
right arrow (>) when editing infor
Photoƞ Button
Selects photo mode for
a
single transmission for improved
image quality of photographs and documents with shades of gray
when scanning.
This button also functions as a ƞupĆ)arrwowhen( editing informaĆ
tion in the message window.
StampƟ Button
Turns the verification stamp on and off for
a
a
This button also functions as doƟwnĆ)arrwowhen( editing inforĆ
single transmission.
mation in the message window.
Memory Button
Stores documents in memory.
Redial/Pause Button
Redials
when dialing or storing
a
previously entered telephone number or enters
telephone number.
a
pause
a
Flash Button
Some PBX systems require
a
flash signal to access outside lines
the flash feature lets you use the fax machine with those PBX
systems.
Speed Dial Button
Dial/Space Button
Used to select the speedĆdial abbreviated dialing method. After
pressing the speedĆdial button,
to identify the station being called.
a
twoĆdigit code must be entered
Used to start direct dialing or enters
phone number.
a
space when storing
a
3Ć12 Operation and Usage
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 3-3. HP FAX-950 User Interface Controls (Continued)
Control Panel Item
Action
Receive mode Button
Selects the attended or unattended reception mode. The unattend
reception mode is the default.
Clear/Volume
Set/Volume
+
Button
Erases any previous input when performing or setting
In standby, this button acts to increase the volume of the dial to
the Dial/Space button has been pressed.
a
function
-
Button
Used to select
a
function or to precede and follow the entry
In standby, this button acts to decrease the volume of the dial
the Dial/Space button has been pressed.
Copy Button
Stop Button
Used to make copies of individual pages of documents.
Cancels any current activity and returns the fax to standby mode
In standby mode the Date/Time display appears in the message
window of the fax machine.
Start Button
Begins
touch or speedĆdial sequence or copy.
a
selected function or operation. Not required to start
a
Operation and Usage 3Ć13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Adjusting Volume
Adjusting Speaker, Monitor, and Button Volume on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Loudness (volume) of the ring, monitor, and key (button) press beep can be adjusted through the settings menus.
To adjust the speaker, monitor, and button loudness, press buttons in the sequence shown:
Menu
Enter/ Monitor
→
→
→
→
6
1
6
→
Enter/ Monitor
Enter/ Monitor
Select Monitor
Volume*
Select Ring
Volume*
→
→
→
→
→
→
→
Stop
Enter/ Monitor
Enter/ Monitor
Select Key
Volume*
→
→
* Volume Choices are 1.) Off, 2.) Soft, 3.) Medium, 4.) Loud
Adjusting Handset Ringer Volume on the HP FAX-750
First, adjust the speaker, monitor, and button volume for the fax machine itself using the same procedure as is used on
the HP FAX-700. The proper procedure is described above. Then adjust the volume control on the handset as de-
scribed below.
Loudness (volume) of the dial tone and busy signals for the handset can be adjusted using the ringer control switch.
See Figure 3-4.
EK_39
Figure 3Ć4. Volume Control on the HP FAXĆ750
3Ć14 Operation and Usage
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Adjusting Speaker Volume on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
Loudness (volume) of the dial tone, ringing and busy signals can be adjusted using the Clear/Volume+ and Set/Vol-
ume– buttons. You can increase the loudness of the speaker using the Clear/Volum+ button and decrease the loudness
of the speaker using the Set/Volume– button.
To adjust the speaker loudness, press the buttons in the sequence shown in the following procedure:
Clear/Volume+
→
louder
softer
Dial/Space
Stop
→
Set/Volume–
→
Adjusting Button Volume on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
Loudness (volume) of the button presses can be adjusted by changing fax parameter 10. You can set the loudness of the
button presses to Off, Soft or Loud. Press button 1, 2, or 3 on the numeric keypad to set the loudness as indicated.
To adjust the loudness of the button presses, press the buttons in the sequence shown in the following procedure:
Set
Menu
→
→
→
7
4
→
→
→
→
Set
1. Off
2. Soft
3. Loud
1
→
→
0
→
→
Set
Stop
Operation and Usage 3Ć15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Adjusting Handset Ringer Volume on the HP FAX-950
Loudness (volume) of the handset ringing signals signals can be adjusted using the ringer volume control switch lo-
cated on the side of the handset cradle near the back edge. Move the switch forward to reduce the volume or backward
to increase the volume. See Figure 3-5.
FAX950–19
Figure 3Ć5. Handset Ringer Volume Control on the HP FAXĆ950
Sending a Document
FCC Fax Transmission requirements
ThetelephoneConsumerProtectionActof1991makesitunlawful for anypersontouseacomputerorotherelectronic
device to send any message via telephone facsimile machine unless such message clearly contains in a margin at the
top or bottom of each transmitted page or on the first page of transmission the following information:
D
D
D
Date and Time of transmission
Identification of either business, business entity or individual sending the message
Telephone number of either the sending machine, business, business entity or individual.
In order to program this information into your facsimile machine, you should refer to page numbers 2-33 through
2-41.
Loading a Document into the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Before loading the document flip the document IN tray extender (Tray 3) up and back toward the rear of the fax ma-
chine.
To load a document into the fax machine for transmission, fan the document pages and load your document, printed
side facing down, into the automatic document feeder (ADF). The ADF will hold up to twenty pages. If more than
twenty pages are to be sent, place additional pages on top of last page as the document pages are fed through the ma-
chine. See step 1, Figure 3-6. Then adjust the document feed assembly to fit the width of the document. See step 2,
Figure 3-6.
3Ć16 Operation and Usage
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
EK_12
Figure 3Ć6. Loading
a
Document into the HP FAXĆ700
Slide the document OUT tray forward until it stops. The tray will catch the pages of the document as they exit the
machine after transmission.
Document OUT Tray
EK_7
Figure 3Ć7.
Sliding the Document OUT Tray Forward
Adjust the ADF document guides to center the document in the ADF. See step 2 of Figure 3-6.
After loading the document, use one of the dialing methods described in this chapter to dial the telephone number of
the receiving station where the document is to be sent.
Loading a Document into the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
To load a document into the fax machine for transmission, load your document printed side facing down into the
automatic document feeder. The automatic document feeder will hold up to twenty pages (30 pages if 20 lb or less
paper weight is used). If more than twenty pages are to be sent, place additional pages on top of last page as the docu-
ment pages are fed through the machine. Make sure the document is free of paper clips and staples and is not torn.
Load the document and adjust the top cover document guides to fit the document. The HP FAX-900 is illustrated after
the next paragraph, but the location of the document guides and the document position do not differ for the FAX-950.
The fax machine will display that the document is set and generate a short beep sound, indicating that the document is
properly set into the automatic document feed mechanism.
Operation and Usage 3Ć17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
One-Touch Dialing on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
With one-touch dialing, you can set up a one-touch button to represent a telephone number. Each one-touch number
can contain a maximum of 36 digits, including pauses and spaces, and a station name up to 15 characters in length to
identify the receiving station. Use the 10-button, one-touch keypad to select the pre-programmed phone number(s).
To use one-touch dialing, simply load a document onto the ADF and press the one-touch button that has been pro-
grammed with the destination fax number.
If you have not already programmed the one-touch keypad, or wish to change a programmed phone number and
name, you will need to enter the phone number(s) and name(s) into the fax machine memory or edit them.
Use the instructions for the FAX-700 and FAX-750 in chapter 2 under the heading, “Setting the Fax Number and
Name on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750”, to enter the name (15 characters maximum) you want associated with the
desination fax number.
To program the one-touch keypad, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information
where requested for each button to be programmed. The one-touch numbers are Auto Dial numbers 01 through 10.
Enter/Monitor
Store Number
1. Auto Dial Number
2. Group List
→
Type Fax Number
→
→
→
→
Enter/Monitor
Enter/Monitor
Select Yes to continue
Select No to go to standby
→
Type Name
→
→
To search for unused one-touch keys. You can access and scroll through the one-touch directory (and all the auto dial
numbers) by pressing the buttons in the sequence shown. If you want to program an unused one-touch key or autodial
number, press the right arrow key once you have reached the auto dial number that you want to program. Pressing the
right arrow key returns you to the edit field. Perform the programming procedure starting at the “Type Fax Number”
step above. If you are only scrolling, press the Stop button to return to the Date/Time display after scrolling is com-
pleted.
Store Number Enter/Monitor
Press any
arrow key.
to move through
auto dial numbers
→
or
→
→
Then
3Ć18 Operation and Usage
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To print the one-touch dialing overlay and auto dial dial directory. Press the buttons in the sequence shown. The
one-touch directory prints each station name and phone number below its one-touch number and places the names and
numbers in a rectangular form that can be cut out and placed over the one-touch keypad for quick reference. The auto
dial directory is a complete list of two-digit auto dial numbers and associated names. Where no name has been associ-
ated with the auto dial number, the term (UNUSED) is placed to the right of the number.
Report/Space
Enter/Monitor
→
→
3
One-Touch Dialing on the HP FAX-900
With one-touch dialing, you can set up a one-touch button to represent a telephone number. Each one-touch number
can contain a maximum of 36 digits, including pauses and spaces, and a station name up to 15 characters in length to
identify the receiving station. Pressing the Pause button causes a hyphen to appear in your display where entering the
phone number.
Use the 16-button, one-touch keypad to select the pre-programmed phone number(s).
One-touch Key Programming. If you have not already programmed the one-touch keypad, or wish to change a pro-
grammed phone number, you will need to enter your phone number(s) and station name into the fax machine memory
as follows:
Set
Menu
→
→
→
7
2
→
→
→
→
Enter
Phone
Number
Press a One-Touch
Key (01 – 16)
→
→
1
Set
Set
Enter Station Name
(Character Codes)
→
→
→
→
To program additional one-touch
keys now, repeat from (press a
one-touch key) to here. Repeat
again until you have entered all
the one-touch numbers desired
Stop
→
Entering your station name (15 characters maximum). Use the one-touch keypad to enter the two-digit character
code for each alphabetic character. Use the Dial/Space button for inserting spaces between characters.
To correct an error, place the cursor over the error and enter the new data. To move the display cursor, use the Contrast
and Resolution buttons.
Each alphabetic character code requires a two-button sequence. A description of the procedure for entering alphabetic
characters is provided in the section of chapter 2 titled, “Character Code Entry on the HP FAX-900.”
Example: To enter the station name HPSDD, press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Operation and Usage 3Ć19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu
Set
→
→
7
2
→
→
1
→
Set
Enter
Phone
Number
Press a One-Touch
Key (01 – 16)
→
→
→
→
H
P
→
→
→
→
→
→
→
S
D
→
→
→
→
D
Set
Stop
→
→
To use one-touch dialing. If you have not already programmed the one-touch keys into your fax machine memory, do
so now using the procedure for programming the one-touch keypad given on the previous two pages.
To use one-touch dialing, do the following:
Press a One-Touch Key (01 – 16)
using the one-touch keypad
→
Load Document
To print the one-touch directory. Press the buttons in the sequence shown. The one-touch directory prints each sta-
tion name below its one-touch number and places the names and numbers in a rectangular form that can be cut out and
placed over the one-touch keypad for quick reference.
Set
Menu
→
→
6
7
→
To print out a listing of the one-touch and speed-dial numbers. Press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Set
Menu
→
→
6
2
→
3Ć20 Operation and Usage
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To search for unused one-touch keys. You can access and scroll through the one-touch directory by pressing the
buttons in the sequence shown. If you want to program an unused one-touch key, refer to the procedure titled “One-
touch Key Programming”, given earlier in this chapter. Press the Stop button to return to the Date/Time display after
scrolling is completed.
Set
Menu
→
→
7
2
→
→
1
→
Photo
Stop
Scroll up
→
→
Scroll down
To clear (erase) a one-touch number. You can clear (erase) a number from the current one-touch directory by press-
ing the buttons in the sequence shown. To reprogram an erased one-touch key, refer to the procedure titled “One-touch
Key Programming”, given earlier in this chapter.
Set
Menu
→
→
7
2
→
→
→
1
→
→
Photo
Clear
Scroll up
Scroll to access the
first number to be
cleared
→
→
Scroll down
To clear additional numbers now,
scroll to next number to be cleared
and repeat to here until you have
cleared all desired numbers
Set
Stop
→
→
Operation and Usage 3Ć21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To change a one-touch number. If you need to change a one-touch number or station name, press the buttons in the
sequence shown.
Set
Menu
→
→
7
2
→
→
→
1
→
Photo
Scroll up
Scroll to access the
first number to be
cleared or press the
one–touch number to
be cleared
→
→
Scroll down
Clear
To clear
Enter
new num-
ber
or station
name
Either clear the entry
or position the cur-
sor to reenter in-
formation
Contrast
Resolution
→
→
→
To posi-
tion
cursor
over digits
to be re-
placed
To change additional numbers
or stations now, return to the
scrolling step in this procedure
and repeat to here for each num-
ber or station to be changed
Set
Stop
→
→
One-Touch Dialing on the HP FAX-950
With one-touch dialing, you can set up a one-touch button to represent a telephone number. Each one-touch number
can contain a maximum of 36 digits, including pauses and spaces, and a station name up to 15 characters in length to
identify the receiving station. Pressing the Pause button causes a hyphen to appear in your display where entering the
phone number.
Use the 24-button, one-touch keypad to select the pre-programmed phone number(s).
One-Touch Key Programming. If you have not already programmed the one-touch keypad, or wish to change a pro-
grammed phone number, you will need to enter your phone number(s) and station name into the fax machine memory
as follows:
Set
Menu
→
→
→
7
2
→
→
→
→
Enter
Phone
Number
Press a One-Touch
Key (01 – 24)
→
→
1
Set
Set
Enter Station Name
(Character Codes)*
→
→
→
→
To program additional one-touch
keys now, repeat from (press a
one-touch key) to here. Repeat
again until you have entered all
the one-touch numbers desired
*Refer to next paragraph
for procedure to enter
the station name.
Stop
→
3Ć22 Operation and Usage
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Entering your station name (15 characters maximum). Use the one-touch keypad to enter the alphabetic charac-
ters. Use the Dial/Space button for inserting spaces between characters. The default for the FAX-950 one-touch key-
pad is that the lower character of each key will be printed to the message window until P4 is pressed to print upper
characters. Once P4 is pressed, upper characters will be printed until P4 is pressed again or power is cycled.
To correct an error, place the cursor over the error and enter the new data. To move the display cursor, use the Contrast
and Resolution buttons.
Example: To enter the station name HPSDD, press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Menu
Set
→
→
7
2
→
→
1
→
Set
Enter
Phone
Number
Press a One-Touch
Key (01 – 24)
→
→
→
→
H
P
→
→
→
→
→
→
D
S
D
→
→
Set
Stop
→
Operation and Usage 3Ć23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To use one-touch dialing. If you have not already programmed the one-touch keys into your fax machine memory, do
so now using the procedure for programming the one-touch keypad given on the previous two pages.
To use one-touch dialing, do the following:
Press a One-Touch Key (01 – 24)
using the one-touch keypad
→
Load Document
To print a one-touch directory. You can print the current one-touch directory by pressing the buttons in the sequence
shown. The one-touch directory prints each station name below its one-touch number and places the names and num-
bers in a rectangular form that can be cut out and placed over the one-touch keypad for quick reference.
Set
Menu
→
→
6
7
→
To print a complete listing of one-touch and speed-dial numbers and names. You can print a complete listing of
one-touch and speed-dial numbers and names by pressing the buttons in the sequence shown next.
Set
Menu
→
→
6
2
→
To search for unused one-touch keys. You can access and scroll through the one-touch directory by pressing the
buttons in the sequence shown. If you want to program an unused one-touch key, refer to the one-touch key program-
ming procedure on the previous page. Press the Stop button to return to the Date/Time display after scrolling is com-
pleted.
Set
Menu
→
→
7
2
→
→
1
→
Photo
Stop
Scroll up
→
→
Stamp
Scroll down
3Ć24 Operation and Usage
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To clear (erase) a one-touch number. You can clear (erase) a number from the current one-touch directory by press-
ing the buttons in the sequence shown. To reprogram an erased one-touch key, refer to the procedure titled, “One-touch
Key Programming”, given earlier in this chapter.
Set
Menu
→
→
7
2
→
→
→
1
→
→
Photo
Clear
Scroll up
Scroll to access the
first number to be
cleared
→
→
Stamp
Scroll down
To clear additional numbers now,
scroll to next number to be cleared
and repeat to here until you have
cleared all desired numbers
Set
Stop
→
→
To change a one-touch number. If you need to change a one-touch number or station name, press the buttons in the
sequence shown.
Set
Menu
→
→
7
2
→
→
1
→
Photo
Stamp
Scroll up
Scrolltoaccessthefirst
number to be cleared or
press the one–touch
number to be cleared
→
→
→
→
Scroll down
To clear
Clear
Enter
Either clear the entry
or position the cursor
to reenter information
new num-
ber
Contrast
→
To position
cursor over
digits to be
replaced
or station
name
Resolution
To change additional numbers
or stations now, return to the
scrolling step in this procedure
and repeat to here for each num-
ber or station to be changed
Set
Stop
→
→
→
Auto Dialing on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
You can define up to 50 auto dial numbers (01 through 50) using the numeric keypad. Each auto-dial number can
contain a phone number with a maximum of 36 digits, including pauses and spaces. Each auto dial number can also
contain a station name of up to 15 characters. The first 10 auto-dial numbers may be called using either the one-touch
Auto Dial
buttons or the
button and 2-digit auto dial number. The remaining 40 auto-dial numbers (11 – 50) must be
Auto Dial
called using the
button and 2-digit auto dial number.
Operation and Usage 3Ć25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To use auto dialing, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where requested.
Auto DIal
Load Document
(face down)
→
→
Enter 2-Digit Code
If you have not already programmed the fax machine memory with the 2-digit codes and associated phone num-
bers and names, or wish to change a programmed phone number or name, you will need to enter the phone number(s)
and name(s)into the fax machine memory.
Use the instructions for the FAX-700 and FAX-750 in chapter 2 under the heading, “Setting the Fax Number and
Name on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750”, to enter the name (15 characters maximum) you want associated with the
desination fax number.
To program for auto dialing, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where
requested for each phone number to be programmed.
Enter/Monitor
Store Number
1. Auto Dial Number
2. Group List
→
Type Fax Number
→
→
→
→
Enter/Monitor
Enter/Monitor
Select Yes to continue
Select No to go to standy
→
Type Name
→
→
Speed Dialing on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
With speed-dialing, you can set up a 2-digit speed-dial code to represent a telephone number. You can define up to 34
speed-dial numbers (01 through 34) using the numeric keypad on the HP FAX-900 and 72 speed-dial numbers (01
through 72) using the numeric keypad on the HP FAX-950. Each speed-dial number can contain a maximum of 36
digits, including pauses and spaces, and a station name up to 15 characters in length to identify the receiving station.
Pressing the Pause button causes a hyphen to appear in your display where entering the phone number.
Use the Speed Dial button and 2-digit speed-dial code to select the pre-programmed phone number.
If you have not already programmed the speed dialing codes and associated phone numbers, or wish to change a pro-
grammed phone number or code, you will need to enter the phone number(s) into the fax machine memory.
Use the instructions presented in chapter 2 under the heading, “Character Code Entry on the HP FAX-900”, to enter
your station name (15 characters maximum) on the FAX-900. Use the instructions presented in chapter 2 under the
heading, “Character Entry on the HP FAX-950”, to enter your station name (15 characters maximum) on the
FAX-950.
3Ć26 Operation and Usage
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To Program for Speed Dialing, Press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where
requested.
Set
Menu
→
→
→
7
2
→
→
→
→
Enter 2-digit code (01
– 34) on the 900 and
(01 – 72) on the 950
Enter
Phone
Number
→
→
2
Set
Set
Enter Station Name
(Character Codes)
→
→
→
→
To program additional speed dial
numbers now, repeat from (enter
2-digit code) to here
Repeat again until you have en-
tered all the speed dial numbers
desired
Stop
→
To Use Speed Dialing. To use speed dialing, do the following:
Speed Dial
Enter 2-digit speed dial code
using the numeric keypad
→
→
Load Document
To print a complete listing of one-touch and speed-dial numbers and names, print a complete listing of one-touch
and speed-dial numbers and names by pressing the buttons in the sequence shown next.
Set
Menu
→
→
6
2
→
To search for unused speed dial codes, access and scroll through the speed dial directory by pressing the buttons in
the sequence shown (in the FAX-950 the scroll down button is labeled Stamp). If you want to program an unused speed
dial code, refer to the speed dial code programming procedure. Press the Stop button to return to the Date/Time display
after scrolling is completed.
Set
Menu
→
→
7
2
→
→
2
→
Photo
Stop
Scroll up
→
→
Scroll down
Operation and Usage 3Ć27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To clear (erase) a speed dial number, clear (erase) a number from the current speed dial directory by pressing the
buttons in the sequence shown (in the FAX-950 the scroll down button is labeled Stamp). To reprogram an erased
speed dial number, refer to the speed dial programming procedure given earlier in this chapter.
Set
Menu
7
2
2
→
→
→
→
→
→
→
Photo
Clear
Scroll up
Scroll to access the
first number to be
cleared
→
→
Scroll down
To clear additional numbers now,
scroll to next number to be cleared
and repeat to here until you have
cleared all desired numbers
Set
Stop
→
→
To change a speed dial number, press the buttons in the sequence shown (in the FAX-950 the scroll down button is
labeled Stamp).
Set
Menu
→
→
7
2
→
→
→
2
→
Photo
Scroll up
Scroll to access the
first number to be
cleared
→
→
Scroll down
To clear
Clear
Enter new
number
or station
name
Either clear the entry
or position the cur-
sor to reenter in-
formation
Contrast
Resolution
→
→
→
To position
cursor over
digits to be
replaced
To change additional numbers
or stations now, return to the
scrolling step in this procedure
and repeat to here for each num-
ber or station to be changed
Set
Stop
→
→
Direct Dialing on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
To use direct dialing, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where requested.
Start/Copy
Load Document
(face down)
Dial the Phone Number →
→
3Ć28 Operation and Usage
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Use the numeric keypad to dial the phone number. To correct an error in entering the number, use an arrow button to
move to the incorrect number and reenter it.
When a busy or unanswered line is sensed, your fax machine automatically redials the number up to a maximum of 15
times. The maximum number is established by setting (parameter) 17. The fax machine will redial five times at one-
minute intervals and then once every 15 minutes until the maximum is reached. Settings (parameters) are covered in
chapter 4 of this guide.
Redial/Pause
To start another sequence of automatic dialing, press the
button.
Direct Dialing on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
To use on-hook direct dialing, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where
requested. (Load the document face down.)
Dial/Space
Enter phone number
→
→
Load Document
Stop
Use the numeric keypad to enter the phone number. To correct an error in entering the number, press
reenter the number.
and
When a busy or unanswered line is sensed, your fax machine automatically redials the number up to five times, at
three-minute intervals.
Redial/Pause
To start another sequence of automatic dialing, press the
button.
To use off-hook direct dialing, press the button in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where
requested. (Load the document face down.)
Enter
phone → to prepare to receive a
number fax transmission
Notify receiving station
→
→
→
→
→
Load Document
Wait to hear
Start
→
beep sound
Stop
Use the numeric keypad to enter the phone number. To correct an error in entering the number, press
reenter the number.
and
When a busy or unanswered line is sensed, your fax machine automatically redials the number up to five times, at
three-minute intervals.
Redial/Pause
To start another sequence of automatic dialing, press the
button.
Operation and Usage 3Ć29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To use manual dialing, press the button in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where requested.
(Load the document face down.)
Start
Enter
phone
number
→
→
→
Load Document
Memory Transmission on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
The memory transmission capability in your HP FAX-900 allows you to store approximately 12 document pages into
the fax machine memory before transmitting. The HP FAX-950 allows the storage of approximately 28 document
pages into the fax machine memory before transmitting.
The fax machine will automatically process the document, store the information into memory, and assign a sequential
file number to the document. After the last sheet of the document is processed, the fax machine will automatically start
dialing the receiving station.
As each page of the document is stored, the percentage of memory used is shown in the lower right corner of the dis-
play. The file number is shown in the upper right corner.
An information code will be displayed if the transmission fails or no answer is detected after the last automatic redial
sequence. The document will then be erased from memory and an incomplete transmission message will appear on the
communication journal when printed.
If a memory overflow occurs, the display will prompt you to start sending the already stored pages or to cancel the
transmission.
To use memory transmission, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where
requested.
Memory
→
→
(ON)
Load Document
Set
Enter phone
number
→
Enter a phone
number using
any of these
Speed Dial
→
→
→
→
Enter 2–digit speed-dial code
dialing methods.
Press the desired one-touch key
(01 - 16) for the FAX-900
(01 – 24) for the FAX-950
Start
To send, press
Direct Transmission Reservation (Priority Transmission) on the HP FAX-950
If you need to send a priority or urgent document to another fax machine, you can use direct transmission reservation
(priority transmission reservation).
3Ć30 Operation and Usage
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
This feature is useful to send a priority fax when you already have other documents stored for transmission. The prior-
ity fax will be sent immediately after the current communication is completed.
When this feature is used, the message, Direct XMT Reserved, will appear in the display until the document is sent.
This feature can not be used for multifile, deferred, or broadcast transmissions.
To use direct transmission reservation, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information
where requested.
Memory
→
→
(OFF)
Load Document
Set
Enter phone
number
→
Enter a phone
number using
any of these
Speed Dial
→
→
→
→
Enter 2–digit speed-dial code
dialing methods
Press the desired one-touch key
(01 – 24)
Start
To send, press
Stopping a Transmission on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
You can stop an outgoing transmission anytime during dialing or after the transmission has begun. If the stop occurs
during a transmission, the already processed portion of your document may be sent to the receiving station. In the
midst of entering a phone number, simply pressing the Stop button will return the fax machine to standby mode.
To stop a transmission, either press the Stop button twice or press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Stop
Enter
Remove Document
from ADF
→
→
→
Stopping a Transmission on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
You can stop an outgoing transmission anytime during dialing or after the transmission has begun. If the stop occurs
during a transmission, the already processed portion of your document may be sent to the receiving station.
To initiate a transmission stop, press the buttons in the sequence shown:
Stop
→
1
You may now either remove the document or retry the transmission.
Operation and Usage 3Ć31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Transmission Print Quality on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Transmission print quality relates to the condition of the original document and how it will be transmitted. Usually, the
default settings for resolution, contrast, and photo quality will provide acceptable print quality. You can temporarily
change the machine settings to improve the print quality of the transmitted copy using the Contrast, Resolution, and
Photograph buttons on the front panel. After sending, your fax machine reverts to the previous settings. To set new
default values for the settings on a more permanent basis, you will need to change fax settings 3, 4, and 5. Fax settings
(parameters) are presented in chapter 4 of this guide.
3Ć32 Operation and Usage
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To Set Transmission Resolution on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750, use the buttons described below for temporari-
ly setting transmission print quality for the current document being sent.
Lighten
Normal
Darken
Contrast
If the original has light print quality, press
the button until the “Darken” lamp is lit
Lighten
Normal
Darken
Contrast
Standard setting for most documents. Press
the button until the “Normal” lamp is lit
Lighten
Normal
Darken
Contrast
If the original has dark print quality, press
the button until the “Lighten” lamp is lit
Photo
Select when your document includes
photographs, color, or shades of gray. Press
the button until the “Photo” lamp is lit
Standard
Fine
Resolution
Normal setting for most documents. Press
the button until the “Standard” lamp is lit
Standard
Fine
Resolution
For detailed documents, you may need high-
er resolution. Press the button until the
“Fine” lamp is lit
Transmission Print Quality on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
Transmission resolution (print quality) relates to the condition of the original document and how it will be transmitted.
You can temporarily change the machine settings to improve the print quality of the transmitted copy. After sending,
Operation and Usage 3Ć33
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
your fax machine reverts to the previous settings. To set new default values for the settings, you will need to change fax
parameters 01, 02 and 03. Fax parameters are presented in chapter 4 of this guide.
To Set Transmission Resolution on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950, use the buttons described below for temporari-
ly setting transmission print quality for the current document being sent.
Contrast
Darken
Normal
Lighten
If the original has light print quality, press
the button until the darken lamp is lit
Contrast
Contrast
Darken
Normal
Lighten
Standard setting for most documents. Press
the button until the normal lamp is lit
Darken
Normal
Lighten
If the original has dark print quality, press
the button until the lighten lamp is lit
Photo
Select when your document includes
photographs or illustrations. Press the button
until the photo lamp is lit
Resolution
Resolution
Standard
Fine
Normal setting for most documents. Press
the button until the standard lamp is lit
Standard
Fine
For detailed documents, you may need high-
er resolution. Press the button until the fine
or 300 DPI lamp is lit
300 DPI
Receiving a Document
Receiving a Document on the HP FAX-700 or FAX-750
You may set your HP FAX-700 for one of several receiving modes depending on your needs and equipment used with
the FAX machine. Procedures for setting receiving modes are described in chapter 2 under the heading, “Managing
Incoming Calls on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750.
Note
When shipped from the factory, your HP FAX-700 is factory-set for automatic fax reception
mode to answer all calls as fax calls. If you need to set your fax machine to receive both fax
and voice calls, refer to the shared reception mode procedures in this section.
Attended/Unattended Modes on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Attended Modes
There are two attended modes of reception. They are Answer Manually (with or without Remote Reception) and Auto
Fax/Phone. In the Answer Manually mode, your fax machine will not answer calls. Someone must answer the phone at
3Ć34 Operation and Usage
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
the fax machine and press the Start button or dial the reception code, normally 123, from an extension phone for the fax
machine to receive fax calls. Incoming voice calls are treated as normal voice telephone calls. In the Auto Fax/Phone
mode, the fax machine answers calls as fax calls. The user can pick up the phone and disable fax reception by press the
Start button.
To set the Answer Manually reception mode from any other reception mode, press the buttons in the sequence
shown.
Menu
Enter
Enter
→
→
→
6
→
7
→
Stop
1
→
→
Remote Reception (setting 9) is normally enabled and the reception code, 123, is entered at the factory. If you don’t
want a remote phone to be able to initiate fax reception when your fax machine is set to answer manually disable
Remote Reception.
To disable Remote Reception, press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Menu
Enter
Enter
→
→
→
6
→
9
→
Enter
Stop
→
→
→
If youhave disabled Remote Reception and wish to enable it, or you wish to create a reception code other than 123, you
may do so by following the next procedure.
To enable Remote Reception and/or enter a new reception code, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter
the information as indicated.
Menu
Enter
Enter
→
→
→
6
→
9
→
Enter
Enter
Type new
Reception
Code
→
→
→
→
→
Stop
→
To set Auto Fax/Phone reception mode from any other reception mode, press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Menu
Enter
Enter
→
→
→
6
→
7
→
Stop
3
→
→
Operation and Usage 3Ć35
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Unattended Modes
The two unattended modes are Fax Only and Auto Fax/Ans Mach. In the Fax Only mode, the fax machine answers all
incoming calls. In the Auto Fax/Ans Mach mode, the fax machine answers a fax call, but switches voice calls to the
answering machine. When you choose the Auto Fax/Ans Mach mode, set the Ans Mach rings equal to the rings that
the answering machine waits before answering a call. Silent detect allows reception of faxes from older fax machines.
Choose Yes if you may receive faxes from older machines.
To set the Fax Only reception mode, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the information as indicated.
Menu
Enter
Enter
→
→
→
6
→
7
→
Stop
Enter
Select the number of rings us-
ing the up and down arrows
(default = 2, range = 0 – 20)
→
2
→
→
→
To set the Auto Fax/Ans Mach reception mode, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the information as
indicated.
Menu
Enter
Enter
→
→
→
6
→
7
→
Enter
Select Ans Mach rings using
the up and down arrow keys
(default = 4, range = 0 – 20)
→
4
→
→
→
→
→
Enter
Enter
Stop
Set Silent Detect to Y*/N using
horizontal arrow keys
→
→
Attended/Unattended Modes on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
Attended Modes
Telephone mode reception is one of the two attended modes of receiving. It requires user interaction to receive a fax or
voice call. In this mode, your fax machine will not automatically answer calls. You must answer the phone and manu-
ally start the fax machine to receive fax calls. Incoming voice calls are treated as normal voice telephone calls. Remote
telephone mode reception is the ability to signal the fax machine, from the phone directly connected to the TEL jack on
the fax machine, to receive an incoming fax document.
When using either mode, make sure the Receive mode button is set to OFF (the lamp is not lit) and you do not have any
document in the automatic document feeder of your fax machine.
To configure for telephone mode reception, make sure the Receive mode button is set to OFF (the lamp is not lit) and
you do not have any document in the automatic document feeder of your fax machine.
If you have not already set fax parameter 15 to option 1 (Tel), do so now. Press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Set
Menu
→
→
→
→
7
4
1
→
→
→
1
→
Set
Set
Stop
5
→
→
→
3Ć36 Operation and Usage
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To use telephone mode reception, lift the receiver when the handset or telephone that is connected to the fax machine
rings. If you hear a “beep” in the receiver or the caller states that a fax is going to be sent to you, press the Start button
and hang up the receiver.
To configure for remote telephone mode reception, set fax parameter 47 to option 2 as follows:
Set
Set
Menu
→
→
→
→
7
4
2
→
→
→
4
→
Set
Stop
7
→
→
→
To use remote telephone mode reception, pick up the receiver on the phone directly connected to the fax machine
and press the * button on the phone twice to signal the fax machine. Hang up the telephone receiver.
Fax/Tel auto switch reception is one of the attended modes of receiving, because it requires user interaction to re-
ceive a voice call. In this mode, your fax machine will automatically switch to fax or voice communication, but you
must pick up the receiver to monitor the voice communication.
Note
Due to telecommunications regulations, the Fax/Tel auto switch mode is not used in France or
Germany.
To configure for Fax/Tel auto switch mode reception, make sure the Receive mode button is set to OFF (the lamp is
not lit) and you do not have any document in the automatic document feeder of your fax machine. If you have not
already set fax parameter 15 to option 2 (Fax/Tel), do so now. Press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Set
Set
Menu
→
→
→
→
7
4
2
→
→
→
1
→
Set
Stop
5
→
→
→
To use Fax/Tel auto switch mode reception: When a call comes in, your fax machine answers and if a fax signal is
received, your machine starts to automatically receive the fax. For a voice call, your fax machine starts “beeping” a
signal through the speaker. To answer, lift the telephone receiver and press the Dial/Space button on the fax machine
before talking.
Note
You can set the length of time that the fax machine “beeps” for you to pick up the phone by
changing fax parameter 18. Factory setting is 20 seconds. If you do not answer the phone in the
time specified, the fax machine will return a fax tone to the calling machine, expecting to
communicate with a “silent” fax machine. You can also set the “beep” volume through fax
parameter 10. Fax parameters are presented in chapter 4.
Operation and Usage 3Ć37
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 3-4. Reception Modes on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
Attended Mode
(requires user action)
Unattended Mode
Receive
Mode
Conditions
Normally receive
only voice
calls.
Normally receive Normally receive
voice and fax callso.nly fax calls.
Normally receive
voice and fax calls
and
a
telephone
answering machine
is connected.
Suggested
Reception
Mode
Telephone
mode
Fax/Tel Auto
Fax mode
TAM Interface
mode (TAM I/F)
(Not used in
France).
switch mode (Not
used in France or
Germany).
All calls must be Fax calls are autoTĆhe fax
manually anĆ
swered.
machineIf the call is
matically received. picks up the line caalflĆ, the fax maĆ
ter it detects ricnhginse takes over
and sends fax the call to receive
vtoonicee to the callingthe fax.
ceive the fax aftercall, the fax maĆ fax machine to start
a
fax
2
a
If
a
fax call, youIf rethĆ e call is
a
talking with the
sender, pressing
the fax Start" butpĆhone, press the
ton, and hanging fax Dial/Space"
chine will beep". the fax transaction If the call is
a
voice
Pick up the teleĆ
call, the answering
machine will autoĆ
matically receive
the call.
up.
button, and start to
talk.
Settings
Receive mode butĆReceive mode butĆReceive mode butĆReceive mode butĆ
ton OFF, lamp is ton lamp is OFF. ton lamp is ON. ton lamp is ON.
OFF.
Change fax paramĆ
eter 15 to option 2:
Fax/Tel SW.
Change fax paramĆ
eter 16 to option 2:
TAM I/F.
Unattended Modes
Fax mode reception is one of the two unattended modes of receiving. In this mode, all incoming calls are treated as
fax calls. For voice calls, the calling party will hear the fax signal from your machine, indicating that they can send a
fax to you. When a fax call is received, your fax machine answers and tries to detect the fax signal. If a fax signal is
detected, it sends a signal to the calling fax machine, indicating that it is ready to receive. The fax is then sent and your
machine starts to automatically receive the fax.
To use fax mode reception, make sure the Receive mode button is set to ON (the lamp is lit) and you do not have any
document in the automatic document feeder of your fax machine.
Fax mode reception is the factory setting at shipment. If the parameter setting was changed and you want to use Fax
mode reception, you need to set fax parameter 16 to option 1 (Fax). Press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Set
Set
Menu
→
→
→
→
7
4
1
→
→
→
→
1
→
Set
Stop
6
→
3Ć38 Operation and Usage
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Telephone answering machine interface mode reception is one of the unattended modes of receiving. It is also known
as shared reception. To set your fax machine up for shared reception, refer to the paragraphs under the heading,
“Shared Reception Mode on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950”.
Shared Reception Mode on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
The shared reception modes for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 are the Auto Fax/Phone mode and the Auto Fax/Ans
Mach mode.
To set Auto Fax/Phone reception mode, press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Menu
Enter
Enter
→
→
→
6
→
7
→
Stop
3
→
→
Auto Fax/Ans Mach reception is also known as shared reception mode. If you want to receive both voice telephone
calls and fax calls on the same line, or have your fax take fax calls and the answering machine take voice calls, you will
need to set the fax machine for Auto Fax/Ans Mach mode. The answering machine will accept, play and record voice
calls. If a fax call is received, your fax machine receives the fax message.
In this mode, the answering machine will answer all calls. While your outgoing message recorded on the answering
machine is playing, the fax machine is monitoring the line for a fax tone signal. If a fax tone is detected, the fax ma-
chine automatically takes over the call to receive the fax. If a fax tone is not detected, the answering machine accepts
and records the incoming message.
To set the Auto Fax/Ans Mach reception mode, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the information as
indicated.
Menu
Enter
Enter
→
→
→
6
→
7
→
Enter
Select Ans Mach rings using
the up and down arrow keys.
(default = 4, range = 0 – 20)
→
4
→
→
→
→
→
Enter
Enter
Stop
Set Silent Detect to Y*/N using
horizontal arrow keys.
→
→
The remote reception feature of your HP FAX-700/750 allows you to still receive a fax call if you’ve picked up the
telephone, attached to the answering machine, before the answering machine starts its outgoing message. In order to
receive the fax calls, you must have enabled Remote Reception (setting 9) by setting it to “Y” and established a recep-
tion code. Then you can accept the fax by dialing the reception code on the phone you’ve picked up.
Operation and Usage 3Ć39
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To enable Remote Reception and/or enter a new reception code, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter
the information as indicated.
Menu
Enter
Enter
→
→
→
6
→
9
→
Enter
Enter
Type new
Reception
Code
→
→
→
→
→
Stop
→
Most answering machines can be used with your fax machine. However, the following answering machine features
cannot be used when the answering machine is connected to your fax machine:
D
D
D
Do not use the remote turn-on feature of an answering machine
Do not use the outgoing-message only feature of an answering machine
Your answering machine must be set to answer in less than eight rings
Shared Reception Mode on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
Telephone answering machine interface mode reception is also known as shared reception mode. If you want to
receive both voice telephone calls and fax calls on the same line, or have your fax take fax calls and the answering
machine take voice calls, you will need to set the fax machine for telephone answering machine interface reception
mode. The answering machine will accept, play and record voice calls. If a fax call is received, your fax machine by-
passes the answering machine to receive the fax message.
In this mode, the answering machine will answer all calls. While your outgoing message recorded on the answering
machine is playing, the fax machine is monitoring the line for a fax tone signal. If a fax tone is detected, the fax ma-
chine automatically takes over the call to receive the fax. If a fax tone is not detected, the answering machine accepts
and records the incoming message.
Note
Due to telecommunications regulations, the telephone answering machine interface mode is not
used in France.
The remote reception feature of your HP FAX-950 allows you to still receive a fax call if you’ve picked up the tele-
phone, attached to the answering machine, before the answering machine starts its outgoing message. In order to re-
ceive the fax calls, you must first set fax parameter 47 to option 2 (valid). Refer to the information on fax parameters in
chapter 4.
To use telephone answering machine (TAM I/F) mode reception, make sure the Receive mode button is set to ON
(the lamp is lit) and you do not have any document in the automatic document feeder of your fax machine.
If you have not already set fax parameter 16 to option 2 (TAM I/F), do so now. Press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Set
Menu
→
→
→
→
7
4
2
→
→
→
1
→
Set
Set
Stop
6
→
→
→
3Ć40 Operation and Usage
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Note
It is recommended that you set the time in fax parameter 19 to match the same length of time as
the outgoing message recorded on your answering machine. Factory set time is 20 seconds. To
change the time in fax parameter 19, refer to the information on fax parameters in chapter 4.
Reception Print Quality on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
The HP FAX-700 or FAX-750 is factory set to print at standard resolution and with Photo Quality set to Quality. If you
want better resolution, set the resolution to Fine. If want to print faster and use less ink, leave the resolution at Standard
and set Photo Quality to Economy.
To set the resolution to Fine, press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Menu
Enter
Enter
→
→
→
6
→
3
→
Enter
Stop
→
→
→
To set Photo Quality to Economy, press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Menu
Enter
Enter
→
→
→
6
→
5
→
Enter
Stop
→
→
→
Note
When transmitting documents, you can temporarily alter the basic resolution that you have set by
pressing front panel buttons as described earlier in this chapter. However, those buttons do not
affect reception.
Reception Print Quality on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
Your fax machine is factory set to print in Quality mode. If you want to print fast using less ink, you will need to
configure the fax machine for fast resolution.
To configure for fast resolution, press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Set
Set
Menu
→
→
→
→
7
4
1
→
→
→
→
0
→
Set
Stop
3
→
Operation and Usage 3Ć41
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To reconfigure for quality resolution, press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Set
Menu
→
→
→
→
7
4
2
→
→
→
→
0
→
Set
Set
Stop
3
→
Substitute Memory Reception on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
The HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 have the ability to store an incoming document if a paper jam or an out of paper or ink
condition occurs during the reception. An information code will appear in the fax machine display indicating the
condition requiring correction. Stored documents are automatically printed when the condition is corrected. If a docu-
ment is partially printed when the condition occurs, the remainder of the document will be stored and printed.
If a power failure condition occurs, the fax machine will not be able to store the incoming document information.
When power is restored, a power failure report will automatically be printed. Notify the sending station that the docu-
ment must be resent to you.
Setting number 10, Receive to Memory, is normally set to option 2 at the factory, and substitute memory reception
will automatically take place. However, if setting 10 has been set to option 1, Never, then it must be set to option 2,
Print on Error, for substitue memory reception to take place.
To use substitute memory reception mode if setting 10 has been set to option 1, press the buttons in the sequence
shown.
Menu
Enter
→
→
6
1
→
0
→
→
Enter
Enter
Stop
→
→
→
→
Substitute Memory Reception on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
The HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 have the ability to store an incoming document if a paper jam or an out of paper or ink
condition occurs during the reception. An information code will appear in the fax machine display indicating the
condition requiring correction. Stored documents are automatically printed when the condition is corrected. If a docu-
ment is partially printed when the condition occurs, the remainder of the document will be stored and printed.
If a power failure condition occurs, the fax machine will not be able to store the incoming document information.
When power is restored, a power failure report will automatically be printed. Notify the sending station that the docu-
ment must be resent to you.
When fax parameter 22 is set to option 2 (valid), the substitute memory reception mode is enabled. If set to option 1
(invalid), the mode is disabled.
To use substitute memory reception mode, press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Set
Set
Menu
→
→
→
→
7
4
2
→
→
→
2
→
Set
Stop
2
→
→
→
3Ć42 Operation and Usage
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Size Reduction
The fax machines described in this guide can use A4, U.S. letter, and U.S. legal paper sizes for incoming documents. If
a fax station sends you a document that cannot be printed on a single page, the fax machine would normally divide the
document into two pages. The print reduction feature avoids dividing documents.
Print reduction is the ability to reduce received images to a size that will fit on the paper you have loaded in the fax
machine. For example, if you have letter-size paper loaded in the paper IN or paper supply tray and the transmitting
station sends you legal-size document, your fax machine reduces the incoming image to fit on the letter-size paper.
The HP fax machines described in this guide provide either fixed or automatic reduction. Table 3-5 describes the re-
duction ratios required on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 depending on the size of the transmitted document and the
size of the paper in the paper supply. Table 3-6 describes the reduction ratios required on the HP FAX-900 and
FAX-950 depending on the size of the transmitted document and the size of the paper in the paper supply.
Table 3-5. Reduction Ratios for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Transmitted OriginalPaper Supply Size
Size
U.S. Letter
A4
U.S. Legal
U.S. Letter
A4
94%
89%
74%
94%
94%
70%
97%
97%
96%
U.S. Legal
Table 3-6. Reduction Ratios for the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
Transmitted OriginalPaper Supply Size
Size
U.S. Letter
A4
U.S. Legal
U.S. Letter
A4
91%
85%
72%
97%
91%
76%
100%
100%
92%
U.S. Legal
Printing Received Documents at Automatic Reduction on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Note
Auto print reduction requires that the entire page be received into memory before printing.
The auto mode is disabled automatically, and fixed reduction is used, in the following cir-
cumstances.
D
D
Available memory is low (such as having deferred transmission stored in memory)
The received document requires excess memory (such as for halftones or photos)
Your fax machine is set at the factory for automatic reduction. In automatic reduction, printing is scaled to fit in the
print area. Reduction ratios of incoming documents are calculated and the received document stored in memory.
Based upon page length, the fax machine selects the reduction ratio needed to print the entire image on a page. If the
received image has to be reduced by more than 70%, the image will be split onto two pages with no reduction.
Setting 14, Paper Size, should be set to the paper size being used the paper supply tray. Refer to chapter 4 of this guide
for fax parameter settings.
Operation and Usage 3Ć43
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To set the fax machine for automatic reduction, press the buttons in the sequence shown and follow the instructions
in the two succeeding paragraphs. Automatic reduction only works on faxed documents.
Menu
Enter
→
→
→
→
6
→
1
5
Enter
Enter
→
→
After the last button press above, the message window should appear as follows:
Recv Fax Reduction
Automatic*/Fixed
A blinking cursor should be below the letter “A” in the word Automatic. If the blinking cursor is below the letter “F” in
the word Fixed, press the left arrow button. When the blinking cursor is at the letter “A” in the word Automatic, press
the Enter button and the Stop button to store the choice of automatic reduction and return the fax machine to the stand-
by state.
Printing Received Documents at Fixed Reduction on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Printing is scaled by the percent you establish when the fax machine is set for fixed reduction. Since the fax machine is
set at the factory for automatic reduction, you must change setting 15 as shown below to set the machine for fixed
reduction.
Setting 14, Paper Size, should be set to the paper size being used the paper supply tray. Refer to chapter 4 of this guide
for fax parameter settings.
To set the fax machine for fixed reduction, press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Menu
Enter
→
6
1
5
→
→
→
→
Enter
Enter
Enter
→
→
→
→
→
→
Stop
Enter
Note:
A4 to Letter 89%
Set the reduction for
the desired value.
→
→
Letter to Letter 94%
Legal to Letter = 74%
3Ć44 Operation and Usage
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Printing Received Documents at Automatic Reduction on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
Printing is scaled to fit in the print area. Reduction ratios of incoming documents are calculated and the received docu-
ment stored in memory. Based upon page length, the fax machine selects the reduction ratio needed to print the entire
image on a page. If the received image has to be reduced by more than 70%, the image will be split onto two pages with
no reduction.
Fax parameter 23 (Rec. Paper Size) should be set to the paper size [letter (2), legal (3), A4 (1)] being used in the paper
supply tray. To set fax parameter 24 for automatic reduction, press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Set
Set
Menu
→
→
→
→
7
4
2
→
→
→
→
2
→
Set
Stop
4
→
Printing Received Documents at Fixed Reduction on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
Oversize documents sent to your fax machine cannot normally be printed on a single page. The oversize document
would be split onto separate pages. Your HP FAX-900 or FAX-950 has capabilities to compensate for this condition.
Two print-reduction modes are available in your fax machine. These print reduction modes provide the ability to re-
duce received images to fit on the paper loaded in your fax machine. Fax parameters 24 and 25 control the print reduc-
tion of received and copied documents.
Fax parameter 24 (print reduction) provides for fixed (option 1) or automatic (option 2) print reduction.
Fax parameter 25 (reduction ratio) determines the fixed reduction ratio for printing. If faxparameter24hasbeensetfor
fixed reduction (option 1), it specifies the percentage of the original size to which the received document or copy is
printed.
Unless fax parameter 25 is changed, incoming documents are automatically reduced to the factory setting of 94% to
allow for header information printed at the top of the document.
To set for fixed reduction setting, press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Set
Set
Menu
→
→
→
→
7
4
1
→
→
→
→
2
→
Set
Stop
4
→
To enter new values for the fixed reduction setting, press the buttons in the sequence shown. Use the numeric key-
pad to enter the desired percentage.
Set
Set
Menu
→
→
→
→
7
4
→
→
→
→
2
→
Set
Stop
Enter
desired
percentage
5
→
Operation and Usage 3Ć45
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Copying a Document
Copying a Document on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
To copy a document, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where requested.
Use the numeric keypad to enter the number of copies to be printed.
Start/Copy
Start
Load Document
(face down)
Enter Number
of Copies (1 to 99)
→
→
→
Copying a Document on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
The HP FAX-900 can produce copies of documents. You can make a test copy of your document prior to sending it.
Your fax machine automatically selects Fine Resolution when making a copy. This will allow you to see what the
document will probably look like at the receiving station.
The reduction ratio of the copy is dependent upon the setting you have for fax parameter 25. To disable the reduction
ratio, set fax parameter 32 (copy reduction) to option 1 (invalid). Fax parameters are presented in chapter 4.
To copy a document, load the document (face down) into the automatic document feeder and press the Copy button,
enter the number of copies (1 – 99) to make, and press the Start button.
Copy
Start
Enter number of copies
to make (1 to 99)
→
→
→
The message, “NO. OF COPIES= ” will appear on the LCD. Enter the number of copies you want and press the Start
button. The HP fax machine will then store the document in memory and print the number of copies you entered.
3Ć46 Operation and Usage
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Copying Documents at Fixed Reduction on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Note
The HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 fax machines do not have an automatic copy reduction
capability.
Printing is scaled by the percent you establish when the fax machine is set for fixed reduction.
To set the fax machine for fixed reduction for copies, press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Menu
Enter
Enter
→
6
2
1
5
→
→
→
→
→
Set the reduction for
the desired value.
→
Note:
A4 to Letter 89%
Letter to Letter 94%
Legal to Letter = 74%
Copying Documents at Automatic Reduction on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
To copy documents using automatic reduction perform the following procedure:
1. Set fax parameter 32 (copy reduction) to Valid) by pressing the following buttons:
Menu
PRS
GHI
Set/Volume –
DEF
→
→
→
→
7
4
3
→
Stop
ABC
2
Set/Volume –
ABC
Set/Volume –
→
2
→
→
→
2. Set fax parameter 24 (Print reduction) to Auto) by pressing the following buttons:
Menu
PRS
GHI
Set/Volume –
ABC
→
→
→
→
7
4
2
→
Stop
GHI
4
Set/Volume –
ABC
Set/Volume –
→
2
→
→
→
Operation and Usage 3Ć47
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3. Set fax parameter 23 (Rec. paper size) to the size paper in your paper tray (1:A4 2:Letter 3:Legal).
Menu
PRS
GHI
Set/Volume –
ABC
→
→
→
→
7
4
2
→
DEF
3
Set/Volume –
Set/Volume –
Enter paper size
option number
→
→
→
→
Stop
4. Press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where requested. Automatic re-
duction only works on documents stored in the fax machine memory, single copies not stored use the fixed
reduction ratio. Copies are scaled to fit in the print area.
Memory
Start
Copy
Load Document
(face down)
→
→
→
Enter Number
of Copies
→
→
Copying Documents at Fixed Reduction on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
To copy documents at fixed reduction, perform the following procedure:
1. Set fax parameter 32 (copy reduction) to Valid) by pressing the following buttons:
Menu
PRS
GHI
Set/Volume –
DEF
→
→
→
→
7
4
3
→
Stop
ABC
2
Set/Volume –
ABC
Set/Volume –
→
2
→
→
→
2. Set fax parameter 24 (Print reduction) to Fixed) by pressing the following buttons:
Menu
PRS
GHI
Set/Volume –
ABC
→
→
→
→
7
4
2
→
Stop
GHI
4
Set/Volume –
Set/Volume –
→
1
→
→
→
3Ć48 Operation and Usage
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3. Get to fax parameter 25 (reduction ratio) and enter the percent reduction desired (70% to 100%) by pressing
buttons and entering data as follows:
Menu
PRS
GHI
Set/Volume –
ABC
→
→
→
→
7
4
2
→
Set/Volume –
JKL
5
Set/Volume –
Enter percent reduction
desired.
→
→
→
→
Sto
p
4. Load the document (face down) into the automatic document feeder and press the Copy button. The The mes-
sage, “NO. OF COPIES= ” will appear on the LCD. Enter the number of copies you want and press the Start
button. The fax machine will then store the document in memory and print the number of copies you entered.
5. When the copying session is complete, set parameter 32 (copy reduction) back to invalid for the next user if
appropriate.
Print Quality on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Print quality relates to the condition of the original document and how it will be received. Usually, the default settings
for resolution, contrast, and photo quality will provide acceptable print quality. You can temporarily change the ma-
chine settings to improve the print quality of the received copy using the Contrast, Resolution, and Photograph buttons
on the front panel. After sending, your fax machine reverts to the previous settings. To set new default values for the
settings on a more permanent basis, you will need to change fax settings 3, 4, and 5. Fax settings (parameters) are
presented in chapter 4 of this guide.
To Set Resolution, use the buttons described below for temporarily setting print quality for the document to be re-
ceived.
Operation and Usage 3Ć49
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Lighten
Normal
Darken
If the original has light print quality, press
the button until the “Darken” lamp is lit
Contrast
Lighten
Normal
Darken
Contrast
Standard setting for most documents. Press
the button until the “Normal” lamp is lit
Lighten
Normal
Darken
Contrast
If the original has dark print quality, press
the button until the “Lighten” lamp is lit
Photo
Select when your document includes photographs,
colors, or shades of gray. Press the button until
the “Photo” lamp is lit
Standard
Fine
Resolution
Normal setting for most documents. Press
the button until the “Standard” lamp is lit
Standard
Fine
Resolution
For detailed documents, you may need higher
resolution. Press the button until the “Fine” lamp
is lit
Print Quality on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
Print quality relates to the condition of the original document and how it will be copied. You can temporarily change
the machine print quality settings to improve the copy of the document being copied. After copying, your fax machine
reverts to the previous settings. To set new default values for the settings, you will need to change fax parameters 01
and 02. Fax parameters are presented in chapter 4 of this guide.
Use the buttons described below for temporarily setting copy print quality.
3Ć50 Operation and Usage
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contrast
<
<
Use the
Contrast
button as described below for temporarily setting copy print quality.
Normal: Standard setting.
Contrast
<
Lighten: If the original has dark print quality, press the button until the LED (light emitting diode)
labeled Lighten just to the left of the Contrast button is lit.
Contrast
<
Darken: If the original has light print quality, press the button until the LED (light emitting diode)
labeled Darken just to the left of the Contrast button is lit.
Printing Reports
Printing Reports on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
The HP FAX-700 and HP FAX-750 can generate a number of reports. The following illustration is a quick reference to
printing the reports.
To print a report, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where requested.
Enter
ABC
Enter
Menu
1. Last Transaction
2. Last 32 Transactions
3. Autodial Directory
4. Settings
→
2
→
→
→
Prints a report on the last transaction at-
tempted
1
2
Prints 32-transaction journal containing information
on last 32 transaction processed by the fax machine.
This journal is automatically printed after every 32
transactions, but can be printed manually
Prints a one-touch dialing overlay listing the names
and numbers associated with the one-touch but-
tons and the auto dial directory
3
4
Prints the fax parameter list of parameters and settings.
Also prints group dialing assignments if the user has
set up any groups
A Power Failure Report automatically prints when power is restored after a power failure.
Operation and Usage 3Ć51
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Printing Reports on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
Your HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 have the ability to print reports and journals providing information on numerous fax
machine transactions.
To print a report or journal, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where
requested. You can access and scroll through the print out directory by pressing the buttons indicated. Use the numeric
keypad to enter the number for the item to be printed.
Photo
Scroll up
Menu
OR
→
6
→
Stamp*
Scroll down
Set
*
The stamp label only
appears of the FAX-950.
Enter selection using number
of report or journal to be
printed
→
→
Prints 32-transaction journal containing information
on last 32 transaction processed by the fax machine.
This journal is automatically printed after every 32
transactions, but can be printed manually
1
2
3
Prints the one-touch and speed dial number directories
Prints the program list of dialing patterns stored in
the program keys. (FAX-950 Only)
4
6
Prints the fax parameter list of parameters and settings
Prints the individual transaction journal which is a re-
cord of the last transmission
Prints the directory sheet which is a list of defined num-
bers for the keypad
7
A Power Failure Report automatically prints when power is restored after a power failure.
To print a Communication Journal report (report of your last transaction), you must set fax parameter 12 to
either option 2 (always) or option 3 (incomplete (inc.) only). This journal can be used to verify if a transmission or
polling sequence was successful or incomplete. Fax parameters are presented in chapter 4 of this guide.
Maintenance
Print Cartridges
The fax machine will store documents in memory if it runs out of ink during reception. If fax parameter 17 (SUBSTI-
TUTE RCV) on the HP FAX-900/950 or setting 10 (Receive To Memory) on the HP FAX-700/750 is set to option 2,
the fax machine will answer calls and store incoming documents in memory even if out of ink. the documents print out
after the print cartridge is replaced.
3Ć52 Operation and Usage
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
When the HP FAX-900 or FAX-950 fax machine runs out of ink, the message window displays information code
015 as follows:
OUT OF INK
INFO. CODE=015
When the HP FAX-700 or FAX-750 fax machine runs out of ink, the message window displays the following mes-
sage:
Replace the ink cartridge
Removing the Print Cartridge
To replace the print cartridge, perform the following procedure:
Note
The HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 should be switched ON (I) before performing this procedure.
1. Lift open the back (top) cover of the fax machine. See Figure 3-8 and Figure 3-9.
EK_9
Figure 3Ć8. Lifting Open the Back Cover of the HP FAXĆ700 and FAXĆ750
Operation and Usage 3Ć53
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FAXĆ900
FAX900–28
FAXĆ950
FAX930–28
Figure 3Ć9. Lifting Open the Top Cover of the HP FAXĆ900 and FAXĆ950
2. Place your thumb on the back of the cartridge cradle (the side closest to you) and your forefinger in the groove
on the cartridge top. Squeeze your thumb and forefinger together until the cartridge “pops” loose. See
Figure 3-10.
EK-24
Figure 3Ć10. Moving the Cartridge Forward
3Ć54 Operation and Usage
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3. Lift the cartridge out of the cradle by the green arrow on the top of the cartridge and discard. See Figure 3-11.
EK-29
Figure 3Ć11. Lifting the Cartridge from the Cradle
Warning
The ink in the print cartridge may be harmful if swallowed. Keep new and used cartridges out of
the reach of children. Discard used cartridges immediately.
Installing the Print Cartridge
To install a print cartridge, perform the following procedure:
1. Open the print cartridge container. Grasp the print cartridge by the green arrow and remove it from its contain-
er.
Caution
Do not touch the ink nozzles or the copper ribbon on the print cartridge. Do not place the cartridge
so that the copper ribbon comes in contact with any surface while performing step 2.
2. Carefully remove the blue transparent tape from the print cartridge nozzles. See Figure 3-12.
Blue Transparent Tape
Carton
Print Cartridge
EK-27
Figure 3Ć12. Removing the Print Cartridge from the Carton
Operation and Usage 3Ć55
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3. Hold the print cartridge bythe greenarrow on the cartridge top, and set the cartridge in the cradle with the green
arrow pointing to the green dot on the top of the cradle. See Figure 3-13.
EK-18
Figure 3Ć13. Setting the Cartridge in the Cradle
4. Place your thumb on the cartridge top and your forefingeronthecradle, andsqueezeyourthumbandforefinger
together, snapping the cartridge into place. See Figure 3-14.
EK-19
Figure 3Ć14. Snapping the Cartridge into Place
Exterior Maintenance
The fax machine should be installed indoors in a vibration-free environment. Avoid exposure to excessive heat, cold,
dust, or humidity.
Dust the fax machine regularly. Use a soft cloth moistened with water to remove dust, smudges, and stains from the
exterior of the fax machine. A small amount of mild soap will help to remove grease or oil. Do not use strong or abra-
sive cleaners, spray cleaners, or solvents, and avoid excess moisture.
3Ć56 Operation and Usage
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Warning
Avoid liquid spills. Electrical devices can be hazardous when wet. If a spill occurs, first dry
splashed liquids from hands and electrical cords. Disconnect the fax machine from the power
outlet and telephone line. Have the fax machine serviced before attempting to use it again. Chap-
ter 5 of this guide contains information for troubleshooting and obtaining service assistance.
Interior Maintenance
To maintain consistent print quality, replace the print cartridge at least every three months. When you replace the print
cartridge, you should clean any excess ink from the service station cap and wiper. If you see vertical lines on printed
copies or on documents sent by your fax machine, you should clean the scanning plate and scanning glass.
You should replace your paper separator when the fax machine has trouble picking up single pages. Follow the steps
described on the following pages to perform these functions.
Warning
Turn off the fax machine before performing any interior maintenance.
Replacing the Paper Separator Pad. Refer to the procedures in chapter 2 to replace the paper separator.
Cleaning the Scanning Plate and Scanning Glass on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750.
To clean the scanning plate and scanning glass, perform the following procedure:
1. Turn off the fax machine. Open the ADF. See Figure 3-15.
750-10
Figure 3Ć15. Opening the ADF Door on the HP FAXĆ700 and FAXĆ750
Caution
The scanning glass can be easily scratched. Be sure to use a clean, soft cloth and wipe the
area gently while performing step 2.
Operation and Usage 3Ć57
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2. Locate the scanning glass. Using a soft, clean cloth moistened with water, wipe any paper dust from the scan-
ning glass. See Figure 3-16.The ADF is opened much more in Figure 3-16 than the user will be able to open it
in order to illustrate the scanning glass and strips.
Scanning Glass
Scanning
Strips
TOP VIEW
750-5
Figure 3Ć16. Wiping the Scanning Glass and Strips on the HP FAXĆ700 and FAXĆ750
3. Locate the scanning strips. Using a soft, clean cloth moistened with water, wipe any paper dust from the scan-
ning strips. See Figure 3-16.
Cleaning the Scanning Plate and Scanning Glass on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950.
To clean the scanning plate and scanning glass, perform the following procedure:
1. Turn off the fax machine. Grasping the front corners of the ADF, raise it to its limits (about 3 inches).
Caution
The scanning glass can be easily scratched. Be sure to use a clean, soft cloth and wipe the
area gently while performing step 2.
2. Locate the scanning glass and scanning plate. The scanning glass is located on the automatic document feed
mechanism. The scanning plate is a white reflective strip located on the underside of the automatic document
feed cover. Using a soft, clean cloth moistened with water, wipe any paper dust from the scanning glass. See
Figure 3-17.
3Ć58 Operation and Usage
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3Ć
FAX950-31
Figure 3Ć17. Cleaning the Scanning Plate and Scanning Glass on the HP FAXĆ900 and FAXĆ
Cleaning the service station cap, wiper, and metal Paper Guide/Roller Assembly on the HP FAX-700 and
FAX-750.
To clean the cap and wiper, perform the following procedure:
1. Turn off the fax machine and lift open the back (top) cover of the fax machine. See Figure 3-8.
2. Remove any excess ink from the service station cap and wiper with a cotton swab. See Figure 3-18.
Service Station Cap
Service
Station
Wiper
750-20
Figure 3Ć18. Cleaning the Service Station Cap and Wiper on the HP FAXĆ700 and FAXĆ75
3. Visually inspect the area around the service station and remove any excess ink that you find.
Operation and Usage 3Ć59
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To clean the metal Paper Guide/Roller Assembly, perform the following procedure:
See Figure 3-19 for a drawing of the Paper Guide/Roller Assembly.
Warning
The metal Paper Guide/Roller Assembly has sharp edges that could cause injury. Use care when
cleaning this item. Print out all faxes that are stored in memory before proceeding. The procedure
assumes that the fax machine has been switched ON (I) and that all faxes stored in memory have
been printed out.
1. Press the following buttons on the front panel.
Menu
Enter/ Monitor Enter/ Monitor
→
→
7
→
The front panel will read: “Cartridge Recovery In Progress”.
2. Once you hear or see a page start printing, open up the top cover (document feeder assembly). The page will
begin printing after about 30 seconds. You can see a page being printed by looking into the output tray.
3. After the pen has moved to the center of the fax machine, and the beeping sound has discontinued, push the pen
over to the left side of the machine (viewed from the front).
4. You will see a piece of paper partially printed. Pull this paper until in sticks out about 3 inches from the front
edge of the metal Paper Guide/Roller Assembly.
5. Turn off and unplug the fax machine. When you do this you will lose all deferred transmissions.
6. With a moist Q-tip, wipe the ink that has accumulated on the metal Paper Guide/Roller Assembly. Be careful
not to touch the ink with skin or clothing, since the ink will stain skin and clothing. Use only water to moisten
the Q-tip. Do not put water directly on the machine. Use as many moist Q-tips as are necessary to remove the
ink.
7. Using a dry Q-tip, remove any remaining moisture on the Paper Guide/ Roller Assembly.
8. Lower the top cover, plug in the fax machine, and turn it on. The fax machine will eject the piece of paper into
the output tray. Discard this piece of paper.
Paper Guide/Roller
Assembly
Figure 3Ć19. Cleaning the Paper Guide/Roller Assembly
3Ć60 Operation and Usage
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Cleaning the Drain Pan on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . Any time you need to move your fax machine, clean the
drain pan of excess ink to prevent spillage.
To clean the drain pan, perform the following procedure:
1. Turn off the fax machine. Lift open the back (top) cover.
2. Slide the print cartridge cradle to the left.
3. Inspect the drain pan for excess ink. If necessary, remove the excess ink with a cotton swab. See Figure 3-20.
FAX200–26
Figure 3Ć20. Removing Ink from the Drain Pan
4. Slide the print cartridge cradle to the right. Close the back (top) cover and turn on your fax machine.
Replacing the Verification Stamp from the HP FAX-950.
Note
The HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 do not have a verification stamp.
To replace the verification stamp on the HP FAX-950, perform the following procedure:
1. Turn off the fax machine. Grasping the front corners of the ADF, raise it to its limits (about 3 inches).
2. Remove the paper drawer from the fax machine.
3. Reaching underneath the platform that the ADF rested on, push the verification stamp holder up with your
forefinger. Remove the verification stamp holder with your free hand. See Figure 3-21.
4. Remove the verification stamp head from the verification stamp holder.
5. Install a new verification stamp head in the holder.
6. Install the verification stamp holder, close the ADF, and install the paper drawer. Then switch ON (I) the fax
machine.
Operation and Usage 3Ć61
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FAX950-29
Figure 3Ć21. Removing the Verification Stamp from the HP FAXĆ950
Replacement Items
During routine maintenance of your fax machine, you will occasionally replace the following items.
D
D
D
D
Print Cartridge
Paper Separator
Directory Cover
Verification Stamp
Refer to Table 3-7 for the part numbers for these frequently-replaced items.
Table 3-7. Part Numbers of Frequently-replaced Items
Item
Description
FAX-700
Number
FAXĆ750
Number
FAXĆ900
Number
FAXĆ950
Number
Print Cartridge
51626A
51626A
51626A
51626A
Paper Separator
(Rubber)
C3530Ć62913
C3530Ć62913
C3510Ć60012
C3510Ć60012
OneĆTouch Overlay
C3530Ć85010
C3530Ć85010
C3530Ć85009
NA
NA
Print Directory OverĆ C3530Ć85009
lay (Directory Cover
in the 900/950)
C3510Ć60010
C3520Ć60008
Verification Stamp
NA
NA
NA
C3520Ć60010
3Ć62 Operation and Usage
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4
OPTIMIZATION
Subject
Page
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Programming the Program Keys on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Programmed Deferred Transmission on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Programmed Group Dialing on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Programmed Polling on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Programmed Deferred Polling on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Erasing a Program Key Memory on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Deferred Transmission, Polling, and Password Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Deferred (Scheduled) Transmission on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Deferred Transmission on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Polling on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Polling on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Polling Password on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
To Poll Documents from other Stations on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
To Poll Documents from other Stations on the HP FAX-900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
To Poll Documents from other Stations on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Deferred (Time-Delayed) Polling on the HP FAX-900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Deferred (Time-Delayed) Polling on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
To Be Polled by Other Stations on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
To be Polled by other Stations on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Using Password Transmission on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Using Confidential Communications on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
To Set Up for Confidential Network Communications
on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
To Set Your Number and Network Password for Confidential Network
Communications on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
To Send Confidential Communications on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
To Poll Confidential Communications on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
To Store Confidential Communications on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
To Print Confidential Communications on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
To Delete Confidential Communications on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Using Relayed Transmission on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
To Set up for Relayed Transmission on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
To Set up your own Telephone Number, Network Address and
Network Password on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
To Set up a One-touch Or Speed-dial Number and Network
Address on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Optimization 4Ć1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4
OPTIMIZATION
Subject
Page
Using Relayed Transmission on the HP FAX-950 (Continued)
To Send a Document Using Relayed Transmission on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
File Handling in the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 Fax Machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Storing Files in Memory on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Editing Files Stored in Memory on the HP FAX-900 or HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
To Print a File List on the HP FAX-900 or FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
To Change a Start Time or Station on the HP FAX-900 or FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
To Delete a File on the HP FAX-900 or FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
To Print the Communication Settings of a File on the HP FAX-900 or FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Sending to Multiple Stations (Broadcasting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Sending to Multiple Stations (Broadcasting) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Deferred Sending to Multiple Stations (Broadcasting) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . 4-25
Sending One or More Documents to Multiple Stations (Broadcasting)
on the HP FAX-900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
Sending Multiple Documents To Multiple Stations (Multifile Transmission)
on the FAX-900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Sending to Multiple Stations (Broadcasting) on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Sending Multiple Documents To Multiple Stations (Multifile Transmission)
on the FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Customizing the Fax Machine Internal Operating Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
Listing the Parameters (Settings) in the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
Changing Parameters (Settings) in the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
Listing the Parameters in the HP FAX-900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
Viewing the Parameter Menu in the HP FAX-900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
Changing Parameters in the HP FAX-900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Listing the Parameters in the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
Viewing the Parameter Menu in the FAX–950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
Changing Parameters in the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
FAXing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
4Ć2 Optimization
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Introduction
This chapter contains helpful information about using the HP FAX-700, FAX-750, FAX-900, and FAX-950. Topics
covered are:
D
D
D
D
D
Advanced Configurations
Using Program Keys
Sending to Multiple Stations (Broadcasting)
Customizing Internal Operating Parameters
Faxing Tips
Note
Telephone numbers must be pre-programmed into either one-touch or speed dial keys before
programming the program keys for any or all of the following functions. See pages 3-22 through
3-30 for instructions in setting up one-touch and speed dial numbers
Programming the Program Keys on the HP FAX-950
Note
The HP FAX-750 does not have program keys.
The HP FAX-950 has four program keys, P1–P4, located on the bottom row of the one-touch keypad. These keys can
also be used to set the fax machine for deferred transmission, polling, deferred polling and group dialing functions.
Each function can be programmed to any or all four of the programkeys. Onceset, thesefunctionscanbeperformedby
pressing the appropriate program key.
If you have not already programmed the fax machine program keys, or wish to change a programmed key, you will
need to enter the appropriate information for each key.
The procedures for programming the four functions are similar. Deferred transmission and group dialing require you
to load the document onto the automatic document feeder before programming the function. The two polling
functions require you to remove any documents from the automatic document feeder before programming.
Use the numeric keypad to enter the time using the 4-digit, 24-hour (0000-2400) clock format. (Example: 5:30 pm =
17:30.)
Enter the station numbers using one or more of the dialing methods. Speed dialing requires your two-digit speed-dial
code(s). One-touch dialing requires pressing a one-touch number for each station. If you have not programmed any
speed-dial or one-touch numbers on your fax machine, refer to the information on one-touch and speed-dial
programming in chapter 3.
While entering station numbers, if you wish to scroll through and review the entered station numbers, use the Photo
and Stamp buttons.
To correct an error, use the Clear button to delete the station number, then enter the correct information.
Enter the program name (up to 15 characters) using the character code entry information in chapter 2. The information
the information for the FAX-950 is on page 2-33.
Optimization 4Ć3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To move the cursor in the display, use the Contrast and Resolution buttons.
To correct an error, place the cursor over the error and enter the new data. You can erase the entire line by placing the
cursor on the first (left-most) character and pressing the Clear button.
To program the program keys, determine which function you want associated with each program key. Then press
the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where requested. Repeat for each key to be
programmed.
Set
Menu
Select program
key (P1–P4)
→
→
7
3
→
→
→
Programming for Deferred transmission
Set
Enter start time
→
1
→
1
→
1
→
Programming for Group dialing
1
→
2
→
Select function. Press
Programming for Polling
buttons and enter infor-
mation in sequence shown
beneath the function title
→
→
1
→
1
→
2
→
2
→
Set
Set
Enter password →
Programming for Deferred polling
1
→
1
→
2
→
→
1
→
Set
Enter password →
→
Enter start time
Additional one-touch numbers
2
→
For additional one-touch numbers,
enter the phone number
Speed Dial
Set
Enter station phone
→
numbers using either of
these dialing methods
→
→
→
→
Enter 2–digit speed-dial code
Press the desired one-touch key (01 – 24)
Set
Stop
→
→
Enter station or program name
4Ć4 Optimization
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Programmed Deferred Transmission on the HP FAX-950
To use programmed deferred transmission, perform the following:
Press Program Key
set for Deferred Transmission
Load Document
(face down)
→
P1 - P4
Programmed Group Dialing on the HP FAX-950
To use programmed group dialing, perform the following:
Press Program Key
set for Group Dialing
Load Document
(face down)
→
P1 - P4
Programmed Polling on the HP FAX-950
To use programmed group polling, perform the following:
Press Program Key
set for Group Polling
Remove
Document,
if present
→
P1 - P4
Programmed Deferred Polling on the HP FAX-950
To use programmed group deferred polling, perform the following:
Press Program Key set for
Group Deferred Polling
Remove
Document,
if present
→
P1 - P4
Erasing a Program Key Memory on the HP FAX-950
To clear (erase) program keys, press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Set
Menu
Clear
Select program
key (P1–P4)
→
→
→
→
7
3
→
→
→
Set
Stop
→
Deferred Transmission, Polling, and Password Transmission
Deferred (Scheduled) Transmission on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
The HP FAX-700 or FAX-750 has deferred transmission capabilities that allow the user to delay sending. Up to 13
documents (12 from memory and one from the ADF) can be sent to one or more stations at a preset time within the next
Optimization 4Ć5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
24-hour period. Of course, the number of messages that can be scheduled actually depends on the density and length of
the messages, since fax machine memory is limited. The ability to schedule the transmission of faxes allows the user
to take advantage of lower phone rates, adjust to different time zones, and send documents after normal working hours.
On the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750, use the numeric keypad to enter the time using a 4-digit, 24-hour clock format.
(Example: 11:30 = 11:30 am; 23:30 = 11:30 pm.)
To correct an error, press the use a horizontal arrow button to move to the error position and enter the correct number.
To use deferred transmission on the HP FAX-700 or FAX-750 for a single message, press the buttons in the
sequence shown and enter the necessary information where requested.
Enter
Enter
Menu
type the phone
number.
→
→
→
→
5
→
Enter
Enter
Choose In Tray or
Memory. Use hori-
zontal arrow keys
Type time to
send.
→
→
→
→
If no more phone
numbers necessary
Start
→
Load document.
→
Enter
Enter
Enter
type the phone
number.
→
→
→
→
→
To send the fax to
more phone
numbers
To add another phone number
Enter
Type the time you want
tosendthefax. Usethe
24-hour clock
Start
Place document
on ADF
→
→
→
To send another scheduled fax, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where
requested.
Enter
Enter
Enter
Menu
type the phone
number.
→
→
→
→
→
→
5
→
→
To add another phone number
Enter
Enter
Type the time you want
tosendthefax. Usethe
24-hour clock
Start
Place document
on ADF
→
→
→
→
→
Repeat the above procedure to schedule more faxes to be sent.
4Ć6 Optimization
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To review or cancel your scheduled faxes, press button in the sequence shown:
Enter
Enter
Menu
→
→
5
→
→
The following message appears (No. 1 and No. 2 represent any phone number):
’ENTER selects fax
01:(Time) No. 1; No. 2; etc.
Pressing the enter button causes the following message to appear:
Cancel fax?
Yes/No
01:(Time) No. 1; No. 2; etc.
Selecting Yes with the left arrow key and pressing the Enter button will cancel scheduled message number 01.
Pressing the Enter button again will display the scheduled time to send message number 01.
Pressing the enter button again will cause the following message to appear (Number 1 is the first phone number in the
list):
Delete 1st nbr?
Number 1
Y/N
Pressing the left arrow button and the enter button will cancel phone number 01.
Pressing Enter without pressing an arrow button will cause the following message to appear:
Enter time to send
24 HrClk [12:00] 00:00
The blinking cursor at the first digit of the number, 00:00, indicates that a new time to send may be entered.
Optimization 4Ć7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
As the Enter button is pressed repeatedly, each succeeding phone number is presented for possible cancellation. When
the last scheduled phone number is presented and the Enter button is pressed, additional numbers may be typed in, but
if the enter button is pressed the following message appears:
Continue reviewing
fax schedule?
Yes/No
Using the left arrow button to select Yes and pressing the enter button continues the review at the next message.
Pressing the enter button and the Stop button places the fax machine in the standby mode.
Deferred Transmission on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
Your HP FAX-900 or FAX-950 allows you to delay sending to a preset time within the next 24-hour period. Two
separate deferred communications (up to 12 pages combined total for the FAX-900 and up to 28 pages combined total
for the FAX-950) stored in memory having different start times can be set. This allows you to take advantage of lower
phone rates, adjust to different time zones, and send documents after normal working hours. On the HP FAX-900, each
document can be sent to any or all 16 one-touch, and 34 speed-dial numbers. On the HP FAX-950, each document can
be sent to any or all 24 one-touch, 4 program and 72 speed-dial numbers. Direct dialing on the HP FAX-900 is limited
to 3 numbers total. Direct dialing on the HP FAX-950 is limited to 12 numbers total.
When using deferred transmission, the fax machine will automatically process the documents, store the information
into memory, assign a file number, show the percentage of memory used in the display, and count the number of pages
and stations entered.
Use the numeric keypad to enter the time using a 4-digit, 24-hour clock format. (Example: 11:30 = 11:30 am; 23:30 =
11:30 pm.)
To correct an error, press the Clear button and reenter the correct numbers.
To change or cancel the deferred transmission settings, refer to the file editing procedures presented later in this
chapter. If the document is too large for the memory available, turn the memory key OFF and enter only one station.
To use deferred transmission on the HP FAX-900, press the buttons in the sequence shown on the next page and
enter the necessary information where requested.
4Ć8 Optimization
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu
→
→
1
→
1
→
→
Load Document
Memory
Set
→ Enter start time
→
→
(ON)
Set
Enter phone numbers
(Maximum of 3 num-
bers)
→
Enter
phone
numbers using
any combination
of these three
Speed Dial
→
→
→
Enter 2–digit speed-dial code
dialing methods
Press the desired one-touch key
(01 – 16)
Start
For more stations, repeat
dialing method using next
station number
Repeat entire pro-
cedure for next docu-
ment (2 documents, 12
pages total)
To store, press
→
→
→
To use deferred transmission on the HP FAX-950, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary
information where requested. Information on programming speed-dial or one-touch numbers is found in chapter 3 of
this guide.
Menu
→
→
1
→
1
→
→
Load Document
Memory
Set
Set
→ Enter start time
→
→
(ON)
Enter phone numbers
(Maximum of 12 num-
bers)
→
Enter
phone
numbers using
any combination
of these three
→
→
Speed Dial
→
→
Enter 2–digit speed-dial code
dialing methods
Press the desired one-touch key
(01 - 24) and (P1 - P4)
Start
For more stations, repeat
dialing method using next
station number
Repeat entire pro
cedure for next doc-
ument (2 documents,
28 pages total)
To send, press
→
→
Optimization 4Ć9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Polling on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Note
No polling involving passwords is possible on the HP FAX–700 or FAX-750. Neither fax
machine has password capability.
Polling is the ability to call other stations to retrieve documents. This function works only with fax machines that have
polling capability.
The HP FAX-700 and HP FAX-750 can both poll and be polled. However, no confidential communications are
possible on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750.
Note
When setting up to poll or be polled, ensure that the other person involved knows that the sending
station does not have a password capability.
The other station(s) must know in advance that you will be calling and have the document(s) set in their automatic
document feeder(s) or stored in memory. The same is valid if you are the station to be polled.
Polling on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
Polling is the ability to call other stations to retrieve documents. This function works only with fax machines that have
polling capability. In addition, polling passwords may be required and set for security of the transmissions.
The HP FAX-900 can poll other stations but cannot be polled. Among the fax machines described in this guide, the
FAX-700, FAX-750 and FAX-950 can be polled.
The HP FAX-900 can poll up to 53 stations. Your HP FAX-950 can poll up to 112 stations. The other station(s) must
know in advance that you will be calling and have the document(s) set in their automatic document feeder(s) or stored
in memory. The same is valid if you are the station to be polled.
Polling Password on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
Note
No polling involving passwords is possible on the HP FAX–700 or FAX-750. Neither fax
machine has password capability.
Use of a password provides security for the document being polled. If the polling password does not match the
password of the polled station, the polling request will automatically be refused. If the polled station does not have a
password set, it will be polled whenever requested.
Passwords may be used for both sending and receiving polled documents.
Setting the password in fax parameter 26 will allow the password to appear in the fax machine display when used.
The password can be changed temporarily by overwriting it with a new one for the current polling request if necessary.
After the current polling transaction is completed, the password set in fax parameter 26 remains in effect.
Use the numeric keypad to enter the password numbers.
4Ć10 Optimization
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To set a polling password, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where
requested.
Set
Set
Menu
→
→
→
→
7
4
→
→
→
→
2
→
Set
Stop
Enter
4digit
password
6
→
To Poll Documents from other Stations on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
To poll documents from other stations on the FAX-700 and FAX-750, press the buttons in the sequence shown and
enter the necessary information where requested.
Enter
Enter
Enter
Menu
→
→
→
8
→
→
2
→
→
Dial number manu-
ally, one-touch, or
Auto Dial.
To correct an error when dialing the number, press the use a horizontal arrow button to move to the error position and
enter the correct number.
To Poll Documents from other Stations on the HP FAX-900
Makesuretheotherstation(s)know in advance that you will be calling. The other station(s) must have the document(s)
set in their automatic document feeder(s) or stored in memory.
Set the polling password, if applicable. Refer to the polling password procedure on the previous page if necessary.
While entering station numbers, if you wish to scroll through and review the entered station numbers, use the up and
down arrow keys.
To poll documents from other stations on the FAX-900, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the
necessary information where requested.
Set
Menu
→
3
→
→
Enter 4digit password →
Set
Enter phone
numbers
→
Enter phone
numbers using
any combination
of these three
dialing methods.
Speed Dial
→
→
→
→
Enter 2–digit speed-dial code
Press the desired one-touch key
(01 – 16)
Start
For more stations, repeat
dialing method using
next station number
→
Optimization 4Ć11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To Poll Documents from other Stations on the HP FAX-950
Makesuretheotherstation(s)know in advance that you will be calling. The other station(s) must have the document(s)
set in their automatic document feeder(s) or stored in memory.
Set the polling password, if applicable. Refer to the polling password procedure at the top of this page if necessary.
While entering station numbers, if you wish to scroll through and review the entered station numbers, use the Photo
and Stamp buttons.
To correct an error, use the Clear button to delete the station number, then enter the correct information.
To poll documents from other stations on the FAX-950, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the
necessary information where requested.
Set
Menu
Enter
4digit
password
→
3
→
1
→
→
→
→
Set
Enter phone
numbers
→
Enter phone
numbers using
any combination
of these three
dialing methods
Speed Dial
→
→
→
Enter 2–digit speed-dial code
Press the desired one-touch key
(01 – 24)
Start
For more stations, repeat
dialing method using
next station number
→
Deferred (Time-Delayed) Polling on the HP FAX-900
Note
Scheduled polling is not a capability of the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750. The only choices
available in the “Being Polled” mode are 1) Off, 2) One Time Only, and 3) Until Turned Off.
Your HP FAX-900 has deferred polling capabilities that allow you to delay polling. You can poll documents from one
or more stations at a preset time within the next 24-hour period. This allows you to take advantage of lower phone
rates, adjust to different time zones, and poll documents after normal working hours.
Use the numeric keypad to enter the time using a 4-digit, 24-hour clock format. (Example: 09:30 = 9:30 am; 22:00 =
10:00 pm.)
To correct an error, press the Clear button and reenter the correct numbers.
4Ć12 Optimization
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To use deferred polling on the FAX-900, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary
information where requested.
Menu
Enter 4digit password →
→
→
1
→
2
→
Set
Set
→
→
Enter start time →
Set
Enter phone
numbers
→
Enter phone
numbers using
Speed Dial
→ any combination
→
of these three
→
Enter 2–digit speed-dial code
dialing methods
Press the desired one-touch key
(01 – 16)
Start
For more stations, repeat
dialing method using
next station number
→
→
Deferred (Time-Delayed) Polling on the HP FAX-950
Your HP FAX-950 has deferred polling capabilities that allow you to delay polling. You can poll documents from one
or more stations at a preset time within the next 24-hour period. This allows you to take advantage of lower phone
rates, adjust to different time zones, and poll documents after normal working hours.
Use the numeric keypad to enter the time using a 4-digit, 24-hour clock format. (Example: 09:30 = 9:30 am; 22:00 =
10:00 pm.)
To correct an error, press the Clear button and reenter the correct numbers.
Optimization 4Ć13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To use deferred polling on the FAX-950, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary
information where requested.
Menu
Enter 4-digit password→
→
→
1
→
2
→
Set
Set
→
→
Enter start time →
Set
Enter phone
numbers
→
Enter phone
numbers using
Speed Dial
→ any combination
→
of these three
→
Enter 2–digit speed-dial code
dialing methods
Press the desired one-touch key
(01 – 24)
Start
For more stations, repeat
dialing method using
next station number
→
→
To Be Polled by Other Stations on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
To be polled by other stations on the FAX-700 and FAX-750, press the buttons, enter information, and take actions as
indicated:
Enter
Menu
Choose
2: One Time Only
3: Until Turned Off
→
→
8
→
1
→
Press Enter to be polled
from memory. Press right
arrow and Enter to be
polled from In Tray
Enter
Start
If you chose
2: One Time Only
Load document
→
→
→
→
→
Start
If you chose
3: Until Turned Off
Load document.
→
If you chose One Time Only and to be polled from memory, or, if you chose Until Turned Off, the document will be
loaded into memory when the start button is pressed.
4Ć14 Optimization
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
If you chose On Time Only and to be polled from the in tray before loading the document and pressing the start button,
the following messages will appear in succession on the fax machine LCD.
Ready to be polled.
To be polled from
ADF ’STOP’ to cancel
To be Polled by other Stations on the HP FAX-950
Note
The HP FAX-900 cannot be polled by other stations.
To store the document to be polled by other stations on the FAX-950, press the buttons in the sequence shown and
enter the necessary information where requested.
Menu
Enter 4-dig-
it password
→
3
→
2
→
→
→
Load Document
Start
→
To be polled, you must have the document stored in memory. Only one document may be stored for polling.
With the document stored in memory for polling, you may still send and receive documents. The stored document will
be automatically erased after it is polled.
Using Password Transmission on the HP FAX-950
Note
Neither the HP FAX-700 nor the HP FAX-750 fax machine has password transmission
capabilities.
Using the password transmission feature helps you to prevent erroneous transmission to the wrong station. To use
password transmission, you must establish a shared 4-digit password with the other stations to be involved in the
communication. Each of these stations must enter the same password for exchange of communications.
Using the fax control panel, password transmission can be enabled or disabled for the document currently being sent.
Fax parameter 44 must be set to option 2 (ON) in order to use password transmission.
Optimization 4Ć15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To configure for password transmission, set fax parameter option 44 to ON by pressing the buttons in the sequence
shown.
Set
Menu
→
→
→
→
→
7
4
→
→
4
→
→
Set
Set
Set
4
2
→
→
Enter 4-digit password →
Stop
→
To enable/disable password transmission, press the buttons in the sequence shown. The fax machine must be
configured for password transmission for this setting to take effect.
Set
Menu
Set
1.OFF
2. ON
→
→
→
→
8
4
→
→
Enter telephone number
→
Using Confidential Communications on the HP FAX-950
Note
Confidential communications are not a feature of the HP FAX-700, HP FAX-750, and
HP FAX-900 fax machines.
The HP FAX 950 is equipped with two features for confidential communications. These features, Confidential
Mailbox and Confidential Network Communications, help ensure that the document you send is received only by the
person having the correct confidential code.
You can use confidential communications for sending, polling, receiving, storing, and printing documents. To use
confidential communications, you must establish a shared 4-digit password with the other person(s) to be involved in
the communication. Each of these individuals must enter the correct confidential code for exchange of
communications.
The confidentialmailboxreceivesdocuments, having a confidential code, into memory. If twodocumentsare received
having the same code, they are both stored into the same mailbox. Up to seven mailbox files, using different codes, can
be stored in memory.
It is recommended that additional optional memory be installed if you use this function. The expanded memory will
reduce the possibility of memory overflow. Contact your local HP authorized fax dealer to order.
Confidential Network Communications requires a fax machine (station) to perform as a center or relay station. The
sending (originating) station sends the confidential document to the center station. The center station retains the
document in memory until polled for the document by the destination receiving station. Once the document is polled
or printed from the center station, the document is automatically erased from the center station’s memory.
4Ć16 Optimization
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To use confidential communication, refer to the following procedures.
To Set Up for Confidential Network Communications
on the HP FAX-950
Fax parameter 42 must be set to option 2 (valid) in order to use confidential network communications.
To set up for confidential network communication, press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Set
Set
Menu
2
→
→
→
→
7
4
2
→
→
→
→
4
→
Set
Stop
→
To Set Your Number and Network Password for Confidential Network
Communications on the HP FAX-950
When using confidential network communications, you need to set your fax station telephone number and network
password.
To set telephone number and password for confidential network communications, press the buttons in the
sequence shown and enter the necessary information where requested.
Set
Menu
Set
Enter phone
number
→
→
→
→
7
5
→
→
→
Set
Set
Stop
Enter 4–digit
password
→
→
→
To Send Confidential Communications on the HP FAX-950
Note
Be sure to use the shared confidential code established between your sending station and the
receiving station.
To send a confidential communication, load the document and press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Set
Menu
Set
Enter 4-digit code
→
→
5
→
1
→
→
→
Start
→
Enter telephone number →
Optimization 4Ć17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To Poll Confidential Communications on the HP FAX-950
Note
Be sure the other station is prepared to be polled and to use the correct confidential code.
To poll a confidential communication, press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Set
Menu
Set
Enter 4-digit code
→
→
5
→
2
→
→
→
Start
→
Enter telephone number →
To Store Confidential Communications on the HP FAX-950
Note
The stored document can be polled by other stations using the correct confidential code. Once
polled, the document is erased unless you set fax parameter 43 to valid. When set to valid, the
document will be retained in memory after being polled.
To store a confidential communication, press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Set
Menu
Start
Enter 4-digit code
→
5
→
3
→
→
→
→
To Print Confidential Communications on the HP FAX-950
Note
Once printed, the document is erased unless you set fax parameter 43 to valid. When set to valid,
the document will be retained in memory after being printed.
To print a confidential communication, press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Set
Menu
Start
Enter 4-digit code
→
5
→
4
→
→
→
→
4Ć18 Optimization
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To Delete Confidential Communications on the HP FAX-950
Note
Be sure to use the correct confidential code.
To delete a confidential communication, press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Set
Menu
Start
Enter 4-digit code
→
5
→
5
→
→
→
→
To delete all confidential communication, press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Set
Menu
Start
→
5
→
5
→
→
→
1
Using Relayed Transmission on the HP FAX-950
Note
The HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 do not have a relayed transmission capability.
Your HP FAX-950 is equipped with a relay transmission feature that can be used to save time and transmission costs.
This feature is beneficial when sending the same document to several stations at the same time. The use of a center
station (relay station) differentiates this feature from the broadcasting feature presented earlier in this chapter. Also,
this feature does not require a code as does confidential network communications
Note
The HP FAX-950 can serve only as an initial sending station or an end receiving station, not as a
relay station.. It is assumed that your fax machine will be added to an existing network. Check
with your system administrator to determine your fax machine’s compatibility with the network.
To use relay transmission, you must be part of a relay network built around a center (relay) station. Thus, when you
send a document using relayed transmission, you actually send the document to the relay station with instructions to
relay the document to the receiving station(s).
To set up your fax machine to operate in a relayed transmission network, you will need to perform the following
procedures:
D
D
D
Setting up for Relayed Transmission on the HP FAX-950
Setting Your Own Telephone Number, Network Address and Network Password on the HP FAX-950
Setting up a One-touch Or Speed-dial Number and Network Address on the HP FAX-950
Optimization 4Ć19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To Set up for Relayed Transmission on the HP FAX-950
The first step in preparing to use the relayed transmission feature is to set fax parameter 41 to option 2 (valid).
To set up for relayed transmission, press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Set
Set
Menu
→
→
→
→
7
4
2
→
→
→
→
4
→
Set
Stop
1
→
To Set up your own Telephone Number, Network Address and
Network Password on the HP FAX-950
The second step in preparing to use the relayed transmission feature is to set up your own fax machine network
identification parameters.
To set up your network identification parameters, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary
information where requested.
Set
Menu
Set
Enter your
phone number
→
→
→
7
5
→
→
→
Set
Enter 4-digit
network address
Enter 4-digit
network password
→
→
→
→
→
Set
Stop
→
To Set up a One-touch Or Speed-dial Number and Network
Address on the HP FAX-950
The third step in preparing to use the relayed transmission feature is to set up the one-touch or speed -dial mode and
enter the relay station’s identification parameters.
To set up the dial mode and relay station parameters, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the
necessary information where requested.
Set
Menu
→
→
7
2
→
→
1
→
Set
Press desired one-touch key
or press speed-dial key and
enter speed-dial code
→
→
→
→
→
→
Enter station name
Enter 2-digit
Set
Set
Enter 4-digit
→
→
→
→
→
network address
relay address
Set
1. Station recorded is relay station
2. Station recorded is not relay station
→
→
Stop
1. For transmission through relay station
2. For direct transmission
→
4Ć20 Optimization
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To Send a Document Using Relayed Transmission on the HP FAX-950
Note
All the necessary parameters for your network must be set prior to sending. Instructions
for setting up the fax machine for relayed transmission are presented in the preceding paragraphs
in this section.
To use relayed transmission, press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Menu
Start
Enter desired one-touch or
speed-dial number
→
2
→
→
When using relayed transmission the document is stored in memory, then sent to the relay station. After the relay
station sends the document to the receiving station(s), your fax machine will print a Relay XMT Result Report sent
back by the relay station.
Optimization 4Ć21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
File Handling in the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 Fax Machines
Storing Files in Memory on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
To store multiple files for deferred transmission, each with a different time of transmission, press the buttons in
the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where requested. The procedure is the same for both the HP
FAX-900 and the HP FAX-950. A total of two files may be scheduled for different times. The number of pages per file
depends of the number of pages mounted in the ADF at the beginning of the storage procedure for each of the two files.
Menu
→
→
1
→
1
→
→
Load Document
Memory
Set
→ Enter start time
→
→
(ON)
Enter phone numbers
(Maximum of 3 num-
bers for the FAX-900
and 12 numbers for
the FAX-950)
Set
→
Enter phone
numbers using
any combination
of these three
dialing methods
→
→
Speed Dial
→
Enter 2–digit speed-dial code
Press the desired one-touch key
(01 – 16 for the FAX-900 and
1 – 24 for the FAX-950)
To store another file
with a different time
of transmission, re-
turn to the beginning
of this procedure
Start
For more stations, repeat
dialing method using
next station number
To send, press
→
→
→
Editing Files Stored in Memory on the HP FAX-900 or HP FAX-950
When you store multiple files using deferred transmission, your HP FAX-900 or HP FAX-950 memory keeps the
document images in files. On occasion you may want or need to change some of the communications settings
associated with these files.
Using deferred polling also stores files in memory that can be edited, but no document images are associated with
these files since your fax machine will be polling another machine for its images.
You can print a file list showing the communications settings for files currently in memory. Use the file number shown
on the file list to identify the file(s) to be edited.
The file edit mode allows you to change start times, stations, or delete a file from memory.
4Ć22 Optimization
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To Print a File List on the HP FAX-900 or FAX-950
A list file shows the current communications settings for documents or files stored in memory. The document file
number, date and time stored, start time (for deferred functions), destination station, logo and ID number are listed.
Note
You can not print a file list while a document is being transmitted.
To print a file list, press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Set
Menu
→
9
1
→
→
To Change a Start Time or Station on the HP FAX-900 or FAX-950
You can obtain a print out of the file numbers in memory printing a file list using the procedure given at the top of this
page.
If you want to change the start time of a file, use the numeric keypad to enter the time using a 4-digit, 24-hour clock
format. (Example: 07:30 = 7:30 am; 19:30 = 7:30 pm.)
If you want to change the station of a file, use either a one-touch key, speed dial number and code, or direct dialing for
the new station number.
Photo
To identify and select a file station to be changed, you can scroll through the file stations using the
buttons in the case of the FAX-900 or the Photo and Stamp buttons in the case of the FAX-950.
and
To change a file start time or station, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information
where requested.
Set
Menu
Set
Enter file num-
ber to be
changed
→
→
→
9
2
→
→
→
Set
Enter new start time
or
→
→
→
→
→
Clear
Select file
station to
be changed
Enter new
station
→
→
Start
Optimization 4Ć23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To Delete a File on the HP FAX-900 or FAX-950
You can obtain a print out of the file numbers in memory by performing the file list print procedure given earlier in this
chapter.
To delete a file, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where requested.
Set
Set
Menu
→
9
3
→
→
→
→
→
Enter file number to be deleted
To Print the Communication Settings of a File on the HP FAX-900 or FAX-950
You can print the current communications settings for a specific file stored in memory. The document file number, date
and time stored, start time (for deferred functions), destination station, logo and ID number are listed.
You can obtain a print out of the file numbers in memory by performing the file list print procedure given earlier in this
chapter.
The document will remain in memory after the file is printed.
To print the communications settings of a file, press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Set
Set
Menu
→
9
4
→
→
→
→
→
Enter file number to be printed
Sending to Multiple Stations (Broadcasting)
Sending to Multiple Stations (Broadcasting) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Your HP FAX-700 and HP FAX-750 have the memory capacity to store approximately 12 document pages which can
be transmitted from memory automatically. You can send a document stored in memory to one or more stations using
any of the dialing methods. Direct dialing is limited to three stations per transmission. Speed dialing requires your
two-digit speed-dial code(s). One-touch dialing requires pressing a one-touch number for each station.
4Ć24 Optimization
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To broadcast, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where requested.
Enter
Enter
Enter
Menu
Type Num-
ber
→
→
→
→
→
The following message will appear:
Enter another
number?
Yes/No
To enter an additional number, press the left arrow button and then the enter button. The LCD will present the
following message:
Enter 2nd Number
Type the second number and press the Enter button. The fax machine will ask if you want to enter another number.
With each number entered, the fax machine LCD will present you with a choice to enter another number or not. After
the last number is entered and you elect not to enter another number, a message to load a document appears. Load the
document onto the ADF and press the start button to continue. The machine will store the document and immediately
begin dialing the first of the destination phone numbers.
Deferred Sending to Multiple Stations (Broadcasting) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
This capabilitywas described earlier in this chapter under the heading, “Deferred (Scheduled) TransmissionontheHP
FAX-700 and FAX-750”.
Sending One or More Documents to Multiple Stations (Broadcasting)
on the HP FAX-900
The HP FAX-900 has memory capacity to store approximately 12 document pages which can be transmitted from
memory automatically. A document stored in memory can be sent to one or more stations (up to a total of 53) using any
of the dialing methods. Direct dialing is limited to three stations per transmission. To send multiple documents to
different stations, refer to the multifile transmission procedure on the next page.
When using broadcasting, the fax machine will automatically process the document, store the information into
memory, and count the number of stations entered. After the last sheet of the document is processed, the fax machine
will automatically start dialing the receiving stations.
Photo
To scroll through and review the entered station numbers, use the
and
buttons.
To correct an error, use the Clear button to delete the station number, then enter the correct information.
Optimization 4Ć25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To broadcast, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where requested.
Memory
→
→
(ON)
Load Document
Set
Enter phone
number
→
Enter phone num-
bers using any com-
bination of these
three dialing meth-
ods. Direct dialing
is limited to 3 entries
per transmission
Speed Dial
→
→
→
→
Enter 2–digit speed-dial code
Press the desired one-touch key
(01 – 16)
For more stations,repeat dialing method
using next station number. A maximum
of 53 stations, 16 one-touch, 34 speed-
dial, and 3 direct dial can be entered
Start
→
To send, press
Sending Multiple Documents To Multiple Stations (Multifile Transmission)
on the FAX-900
The HP FAX-900 can store approximately 12 document pages which can be transmitted from memory automatically.
Using multifile transmission, up to 3 documents (up to 12 pages combined total) can be stored in memory and sent to
one or more stations. Each document can be sent to any or all 16 one-touch and 34 speed-dial numbers. Direct dialing
is limited to 3 numbers total per transmission.
When using multifile transmission, the fax machine will automatically process the documents, store the information
into memory, show the percentage of memory used in the display, and count the number of pages and stations entered.
After the last sheet of the last document is processed, the fax machine will automatically start dialing the receiving
stations.
Photo
To scroll through and review the entered station numbers, use the
and
buttons.
To correct an error, use the Clear button to delete the station number, then enter the correct information.
4Ć26 Optimization
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To transmit multifiles, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where requested.
Memory
→
→
(ON)
Load document
Set
Enter phone number
Speed Dial
→
Enter phone
numbers using
any combination
of these dialing
methods. Direct
dialing is limited
to 3 entries per
transmission
→
→
→
Enter 2–digit speed-dial code
Press the desired one-touch key (01 – 16)
Memory
The document will be stored into memory.
Page count and percentage of memory used
will be displayed
→
→
→
→
(ON)
Start
Repeat entire procedure to here for
more documents (up to 3 documents,
12 pages total)
→ To send, press
Sending to Multiple Stations (Broadcasting) on the HP FAX-950
The HP FAX-950 has memory capacity to store approximately 28 document pages which can be transmitted from
memory automatically. Using broadcasting, a document stored in memory can be sent to one or more stations (up to a
total of 112) using any of the dialing methods. Direct dialing is limited to three stations per transmission. To send
multiple documents to different stations, refer to the multifile transmission procedure immediately following this
procedure.
When using broadcasting, the fax machine will automatically process the document, store the information into
memory, and count the number of stations entered. After the last sheet of the document is processed, the fax machine
will automatically start dialing the receiving stations.
Photo
Stamp
To scroll through and review the entered station numbers, use the
and
buttons.
To correct an error, use the Clear button to delete the station number, then enter the correct information.
Optimization 4Ć27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To broadcast, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where requested.
Memory
→
→
(ON)
Load Document
Set
Enter phone
number
→
Enter phone numbers
using any combination
of these three dialing
methods. Direct dialing
is limited to 12 entries
per transmission
→
→
Speed Dial
→
→
Enter 2–digit speed-dial code
Press the desired one-touch key
(01 – 24)
For more stations,repeat
dialing method using next
station number. A maximum
of 112 stations, 24 one-
touch, 72 speed-dial, 4 pro-
gram and 12 direct -dial can
be entered
Start
→
To send, press
Sending Multiple Documents To Multiple Stations (Multifile Transmission)
on the FAX-950
Your HP FAX-950 can store approximately 28 document pages which can be transmitted from memory automatically.
Using multifile transmission, you can send up to 8 documents (up to 28 pages combined total) stored in memory to one
or more stations. Each document can be sent to any or all 24 one-touch, 4 program and 72 speed-dial numbers. Direct
dialing is limited to 12 numbers total per transmission. You can send up to eight documents in any combination of
deferred, polled, or mailboxes. A maximum of 6 deferred files can be used in the combination.
When using multifile transmission, the fax machine will automatically process the documents, store the information
into memory, show the percentage of memory used in the display, and count the number of pages and stations entered.
After the last sheet of the last document is processed, the fax machine will automatically start dialing the receiving
stations.
Photo
Stamp
To scroll through and review the entered station numbers, use the
and
buttons.
To correct an error, use the Clear button to delete the station number, then enter the correct information.
4Ć28 Optimization
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To transmit multifiles, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary information where requested.
Memory
→
→
(ON)
Load Document
Set
Enter phone
numbers
→
Enter up to three
phone numbers us-
ing any combina-
tion of these three
dialing methods.
Direct dialing is lim-
ited to 12 entries
per transmission.
Speed Dial
→
→
→
→
Enter 2–digit speed-dial code
Press the desired one-touch key
(01 – 24)
Repeat the entire
Memory
procedure to here
for more documents
(up to 8 documents,
28 pages total).
Start
→
→
To send, press
(ON)
Customizing the Fax Machine Internal Operating Parameters
Many fax machine features are controlled by a set of operating elements called fax parameters. Each parameter has a
set of options. Fax machines are delivered to the user with factory settings for each parameter option. The factory
settings are designed to meet the needs of the majority of fax machine users.
Fax parameters allow you to customize features of your fax machine. Many parameters have sets of choices (such as
the control panel display languages) that you can use to control the feature(s). You can send and receive documents
without altering any of the factory-set parameters. Only change a parameter if needed to customize a feature for your
specific transmission or reception requirements.
Some parameters can be temporarily changed for a single transaction using the fax control panel. After the transaction,
these temporarily changed parameters return to their previous settings.
Listing the Parameters (Settings) in the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
You can print a listing of your current fax parameter settings using the fax parameter report printing procedure
illustrated below.
Menu
Enter
Remove Document
from ADF
2
→
→
→
→
Enter
4
→
Changing Parameters (Settings) in the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Use the numeric keypad to enter the two-digit fax parameter number or single digit option number.
Optimization 4Ć29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To change or customize your fax parameters, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary
information where requested.
Enter
Menu
Typeorscrolltopa-
rameter number
→
→
→
6
→
Enter
Stop
Enter
Type single-digit
option number or
the data indicated
→
→
→
Continue until done
(Parameter number reappears)
Use the following table to select the fax parameter and associated options you want to customize. An asterisk after an
option indicates the default setting.
Table 4-1. HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Parameter (Setting) Options
2ĆDigit
Parameter
Number
Parameter Name
Options (choices)
*
factory set
Description
01
DATE AND TIME
Used to set the current date and time. After the current da
time is set, your fax machine clock will keep track of the
d
part of the header on reports an
time and print them as
documents received.
a
02
FAX NUMBER AND Used to set the fax number and name to be associated wit
NAME
fax machine. Once the fax number and name have been ente
your fax machine will print them as
and faxed documents received.
a
part of the header on
03
04
FAX RESOLUTION
1: Standard
2: Fine
Specifies the resolution of scanned documents.
Use for typical text documents.
Use for detailed documents and illustrations.
*
CONTRAST
1: Light
Specifies contrast of scanned documents.
Use if original is unusually dark.
2: Normal*
3: Dark
Use if original has contrast of normal quality.
Use if original is unusually light.
05
06
PHOTO QUALITY
1: Quality
2: Economy
Specifies print speed and density.
To print the highest quality.
To print fast, use less ink.
*
DIALING METHOD
1: Pulse
Specifies dialing method.
Dial by pulse signals.
Dial by tone signals.
2: Tone
*
4Ć30 Optimization
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 4-1. HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Parameter (Setting) Options (Continued)
2ĆDigit
Parameter
Number
Parameter Name
Options (choices)
*
factory set
Description
07
RECEPTION MODE
Specifies the mode of reception.
1: Answer manually You must answer the phone and signal the machine to rece
fax by pressing the Start/Copy button or dialing the remote re
tion code (123).
2: Fax only
Number of rings
3: Auto fax/ Phone The fax machine answers
phone when you lift the handset and press the Start button.
*
The fax machine answers all incoming calls.
Can be set for to 20 rings. Standard is
fax call, but switches voice calls
1
1
ring.
a
4: Auto fax/ Ans. MaTchhe. fax machine answers
answering machine.
a
fax call, but switches voice calls
Number of rings
SILENT DETECT
Can be set for
1
to 20 rings. Standard is 4 rings.
1: Yes
2: No
*
08
09
DISTINCTIVE RING
1: Set
Specifies whether or not distinctive ring detection is in effect.
pattern has been
Distinctive ring detection is in effect and
Distinctive ring detection is innoet ffect.
a
s
2: Not set
*
REMOTE RECEPTION Specifies whether or not remote reception is in effect.
1: Enable*
2: Disable
Remote reception is in effect.
Remote reception is ninot effect.
REMOTE RECEPTION 123 is the standard remote reception sequence.
SEQUENCE The user may set another sequence if desired.
10
RCV'D TO MEMORY Specifies when document will be received to memory.
1: Never No receive information printed. No faxes received to memory.
2: If printer error * Received Time, Sender's ID page numbers printed. Fax stor
in memory if there is printer error.
ERROR CORRECTION Specifies whether or not error correction will occur.
a
&
a
11
12
1: Yes
2: No
*
Error correction will occur.
Error correction wnoillt occur.
AUTOMATIC REPORTS Specifies the conditions
duced.
under which automatic reports will be
1: Off
2: On
3: Errors
Automatic reports are never produced.
Automatic reports are always produced.
Automatic reports are produced when an error occurs.
*
13
HEADER LOCATION
1: Inside the fax areSapecifies that header text will print inside the fax area.
2: Outside the fax aSrepae*cifies that header text will print outside of the fax area.
Specifies where the header will appear on a document.
Optimization 4Ć31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 4-1. HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Parameter (Setting) Options (Continued)
2ĆDigit
Parameter
Number
Parameter Name
Options (choices)
*
factory set
Description
14
REC. PAPER SIZE
1: A4 (metric)
Specifies size of paper in paper IN tray.
A4 (210 mm
x
297 mm).
2: Letter (U.S.)
3: Legal (U.S.)
*
U.S. Letter (8 1/2 in. by 11 in.).
U.S. Legal (8 1/2 in. by 14 in.).
15
PRINT REDUCTION
FAX REDUCTION
Specifies reduction of incoming documents or copies.
1: Auto
*
Incoming documents are reduced to fit the paper used (if
sible).
2: Fixed
Incoming documents are reduced to the percentage set here.
Standard is 94%.
COPY REDUCTION Copies are reduced to the percentage set here.
70% ... 100%
Standard is 94%.
70% ... 100%
16
VOLUME ADJUSTĆ
MENTS
Settings specify the volume (loudness) of the handset ring,
monitor sound, and button (key) press beep.
RING VOLUME
1: Off
2: Soft
*
3: Medium
4: Loud
MONITOR VOLUME
1: Off
2: Soft
*
3: Medium
4: Loud
KEY VOLUME
1: Off
2: Soft
*
3: Medium
4: Loud
17
18
AUTOMATIC REDIAL Specifies whether to automatically redial numbers.
1: Yes
2: No
NUMBER OF TRIES Set the number of redial tries.
*
Redial automatically after failure to connect.
Do not automatically redial after failure to connect.
Number of redial tries that will take place after failure to con
(Default is 15 redials)
1
... 15
RESET
Resets user parameters to their default values.
Listing the Parameters in the HP FAX-900
To print a listing of your current fax parameter settings, use the fax parameter report printing procedure illustrated
below.
Set
Menu
→
6
4
→
→
→
4Ć32 Optimization
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Viewing the Parameter Menu in the HP FAX-900
To view the fax parameters menu, press the buttons in the sequence shown.
Set
Menu
→
→
7
4
→
→
Photo
Stop
to scroll up through the menu, press
to scroll down through the menu, press
→
→
Changing Parameters in the HP FAX-900
To change or customize your fax parameters, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary
information where requested.
Set
Set
Menu
Enter
2-digit Fax
Parameter
Number
→
→
7
4
→
→
→
Set
Select
Option
→
→
→
→
→
Stop
Note
If no activity is detected after 60 seconds, the display reverts back to the Date/Time display.
Use the following table to select the fax parameter and associated options you want to customize. An asterisk after an
option indicates the default setting.
Optimization 4Ć33
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 4-2. HP FAX-900 Parameter Options
2ĆDigit
Parameter
Number
Parameter Name
Options (choices)
factory set
*
Description
01
CONTRAST
1: Normal
2: Darken
3: Lighten
Specifies contrast of scanned documents.
Use if original has contrast of normal quality.
Use if original is unusually light.
*
Use if original is unusually dark.
02
RESOLUTION
1: Standard
2: Fine
Specifies resolution of scanned documents.
Use for typical text documents.
Use for detailed documents and
illustrations.
*
03
05
PHOTO
1: Fast
2: Quality
Specifies print speed and density.
To print fast, use less ink.
To print at highest quality.
*
MEMORY
Specifies setting of the home (start)
position of memory.
Setting not enabled.
1: Off
2: On
*
Setting enabled.
06
07
DIALING METHOD
1: Pulse
Specifies dialing method.
To dial using pulse signals.
To dial using tone signals.
2: Tone
*
HEADER PRINT
*
Specifies location of headers and footers.
Header and footer printed inside image area.
Header and footer printed outside image area.
Header and footer not printed.
1: Inside
2: Outside
3: No Print
08
09
10
HEADER FORMAT
1: Logo ID No.*
2: From To
Specifies header content of outgoing documents.
Your logo and ID appear in header.
Your logo and receiving station name in header.
RCV'D TIME PRINT Specifies printing of receive time on documents.
1: Invalid
2: Valid
*
No receive information printed.
Received Time, Sender's ID
&
page numbers printed.
KEY/BUZZER VOLUME Specifies beep volume (loudness) of fax machine.
1: Off
2: Soft
3. Loud
Beep not audible.
Low (soft) volume.
High (loud) volume.
*
12
COMM. JOURNAL
1: Off
2: Always
Specifies printing of communication journal.
Journal not printed.
Journal is printed after every fax transmission.
Journal is printed only when
communication fails.
3:
Inc. only
*
13
15
AUTO JRNL PRINT
1: Invalid
Specifies communication journal printing.
Does not print journal every 32 transactions.
Automatically printed every 32 transactions.
2: Valid
ATTENDED MODE
1: Tel
2: Fax/Tel Sw.
*
Specifies attended reception mode.
Normally for voice calls, requires user action to receive
Normally for fax calls, requires user action to receive voice ca
(Not available in France or Germany.)
*
a
fax
4Ć34 Optimization
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 4-2. HP FAX-900 Parameter Options (Continued)
2ĆDigit
Parameter
Number
Parameter Name
Options (choices)
factory set
*
Description
16
UNATTENDED MODE Specifies unattended reception mode, connection of answering
machine.
1: Fax
*
Normally receive fax only calls, an answering machine not co
nected.
2: Tam I/F
Receive voice and fax calls, an answering machine is connecte
(Not available in France.)
18
19
20
OP CALL TIMER
Specifies time to make the beep after detecting
rameter 15 is set to option 2. Used to specify time available
up the phone for voice call.
a
call when
1. 20 sec
2. 30 sec
3. 40 sec
4. 50 sec
*
a
OGM LENGTH
__ __
20 sec
Specifies length of time allocated for Out Going Message as
(1 to 60 cosredce)d on answering machine. OGM length should be set to
m
*
the length of time of the recorded message on the answering
chine. during the message, the fax machine monitors the incom
line for
a
fax tone.
SILENT DETECTION
1: Invalid
Specifies reaction to undetected fax signal (effective when Parame
ter 16 set to option 2).
Set if answering machine uses one tape for both incoming and
going messages.
Detects fax calls even if fax signal is not sent.
2: Valid
*
22
23
SUBSTITUTE RCV
1: Invalid
Specifies saving incoming call if unable to print.
Fax calls not answered if out of paper or ink.
Fax calls stored in memory if out of paper or ink.
2: Valid
*
REC. PAPER SIZE
1: A4
Specifies size of paper in paper supply tray.
A4 (210 mm
x
297 mm).
2: Letter
3: Legal
*
U.S. Letter (8 1/2 in. by 11 in.).
U.S. Legal (8 1/2 in. by 14 in.).
24
25
PRINT REDUCTION
1: Fixed
Specifies reduction of incoming documents.
Reduced to percentage set in Parameter 25.
Reduced to fit in print area set in Parameter 23.
2: Auto
*
REDUCTION RATIO
Specifies percentage of original size to which received documen
or
copies are printed if Parameter 24 is set to option 1.
70%
94%
Ć
*
100%
26
32
POLLING PASSĆ
WORD__ __ __
Specifies the 4Ćdigit password shared with polled station to appe
in display.
COPY REDUCTION
*
Specifies copy reduction mode to be ON or OFF.
Copy reduction mode disabled.
Copy reduction mode enabled.
1. Invalid
2. Valid
35
DAYLIGHT TIME
Specifies ability to automatically set machine time according
Daylight Saving Time system.
Function is disabled.
t
1. Invalid
2. Valid
*
Function is enabled.
Optimization 4Ć35
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 4-2. HP FAX-900 Parameter Options (Continued)
2ĆDigit
Parameter
Number
Parameter Name
Options (choices)
factory set
*
Description
36
RING PATTERN
1. Normal
Specifies use of distinctive ring patterns for identifying types of
coming calls. Usually associated with dedicated phone numbers.
Must be used in conjunction with services offered by local ph
companies.
*
2.
3.
4.
5.
A
B
C
D
47
52
REMOTE RCV
1. Invalid
2. Valid
Specifies use of extension phone in reception mode.
Function is disabled.
Function is enabled.
*
DIAG. PASSWORD__
Specifies password requirement to access remote diagnostic rou
tines.
Contact your HP authorized fax dealer for details.
Listing the Parameters in the HP FAX-950
To print a listing of your current fax parameter settings, use the fax parameter report printing procedure illustrated
below.
Set
Menu
→
6
4
→
→
→
Viewing the Parameter Menu in the FAX–950
To view the fax parameters menu, press the buttons in the sequence shown. Press the Stop button to return to the
Date/Time display after scrolling is completed.
Set
Menu
→
→
7
4
→
→
→
Photo
Stamp
to scroll up through the menu
Stop
→
to scroll down through the menu.
The contrast, resolution, and photo print quality parameters can be temporarily changed for a single transaction by
pressing their fax control panel buttons. After the transaction, the temporarily changed parameters return to their
previous settings.
4Ć36 Optimization
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Changing Parameters in the HP FAX-950
To change or customize your fax parameters, press the buttons in the sequence shown and enter the necessary
information where requested.
Set
Set
Menu
Enter
2-digit Fax
Parameter
Number
→
→
7
4
→
→
→
Set
Select
Option
→
→
→
→
→
Stop
Note
If no activity is detected after 60 seconds, the display reverts back to the Date/Time display.
Use the following table to select the fax parameter and associated options you want to customize. An asterisk after an
option indicates the default setting.
Table 4-3. HP FAX-950 Parameter Options
2ĆDigit
Parameter
Number
Parameter Name
Options (choices)
*
factory set
Description
01
CONTRAST
1: Normal
2: Darken
3: Lighten
Specifies contrast of scanned documents.
Use if original has contrast of normal quality.
Use if original is unusually light.
*
Use if original is unusually dark.
02
RESOLUTION
1: Standard
2: Fine
Specifies resolution of scanned documents.
Use for typical text documents.
Use for detailed documents and
illustrations (Fine or 300 DPI).
*
3: 300 DPI
03
04
05
06
PHOTO
1: Fast
2: Quality
Specifies print speed and density.
To print fast, use less ink.
To print at highest quality.
*
STAMP
1. Off
2. On
Specifies whether or not the verification stamp will be activated
Stamp not activated.
Stamp activated.
*
MEMORY
1: Off
2: On
Specifies setting of the home (start) position of memory.
Setting not enabled.
Setting enabled.
*
DIALING METHOD
1: Pulse
2: Tone
Specifies dialing method.
To dial using pulse signals.
To dial using tone signals.
*
Optimization 4Ć37
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 4-3. HP FAX-950 Parameter Options (Continued)
2ĆDigit
Parameter
Number
Parameter Name
Options (choices)
factory set
*
Description
07
HEADER PRINT
*
Specifies location of headers and footers.
Header and footer printed inside image area.
Header and footer printed outside image area.
Header and footer not printed.
1: Inside
2: Outside
3: No Print
08
09
10
HEADER FORMAT
1: Logo ID No.
2: From To
Specifies header content of outgoing documents.
Your logo and ID appear in header.
Your logo and receiving station name in header.
*
RCV'D TIME PRINT Specifies printing of receive time on documents.
No receive information printed.
Received Time, Sender's ID
1: Invalid
2: Valid
*
&
page numbers printed.
KEY/BUZZER VOLUME Specifies beep volume (loudness) of fax machine.
1: Off
2: Soft
3. Loud
Beep not audible.
Low (soft) volume.
High (loud) volume.
*
12
COMM. JOURNAL
1: Off
2: Always
Specifies printing of communication journal.
Journal not printed.
Journal is printed after every fax transmission.
Journal is printed only when
communication fails.
3:
Inc. only
*
13
15
16
AUTO JRNL PRINT
1: Invalid
Specifies communication journal printing.
Does not print journal every 32 transactions.
Automatically printed every 32 transactions.
2: Valid
*
ATTENDED MODE
Specifies attended reception mode.
Normally for voice calls, requires user action to receive
1: Tel
2: Fax/Tel Sw.
*
a fax
Normally for fax calls, requires user action to receive voice ca
UNATTENDED MODE Specifies unattended reception mode, connection of answering
machine.
1: Fax
*
Normally receive fax only calls, an answering machine not co
nected.
Receive voice and fax calls, an answering machine is connecte
2: Tam I/F
18
19
20
OP CALL TIMER
Specifies time to make the beep after detecting
rameter 15 is set to option 2. Used to specify time available
up phone for voice call.
a
call when
1. 20 sec
2. 30 sec
3. 40 sec
4. 50 sec
*
a
a
OGM LENGTH
__ __
20 sec*
Specifies length of time allocated for Out Going Message record
(1 to 60 onsec)answering machine. OGM length should be set to match
length of time of the recorded message on the answering mac
During the message, the fax machine monitors the incoming
for fax tone.
l
a
SILENT DETECTION
1: Invalid
Specifies reaction to undetected fax signal (effective when Parame
ter 16 set to option 2).
Set if answering machine uses one tape for both incoming and
going messages.
Detects fax calls even if fax signal is not sent.
2: Valid
*
4Ć38 Optimization
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 4-3. HP FAX-950 Parameter Options (Continued)
2ĆDigit
Parameter
Number
Parameter Name
Options (choices)
factory set
*
Description
22
SUBSTITUTE RCV
1: Invalid
Specifies saving incoming call if unable to print.
Fax calls not answered if out of paper or ink.
Fax calls stored in memory if out of paper or ink.
2: Valid
*
23
REC. PAPER SIZE
1: A4
Specifies size of paper in paper supply tray.
A4 (210 mm
x
297 mm).
2: Letter
3: Legal
*
U.S. Letter (8 1/2 in. by 11 in.).
U.S. Legal (8 1/2 in. by 14 in.).
24
25
PRINT REDUCTION
1: Fixed
Specifies reduction of incoming documents.
Reduced to percentage set in Parameter 25.
Reduced to fit in print area set in Parameter 23.
2: Auto
*
REDUCTION RATIO
Specifies percentage of original size to which received documen
or
copies are printed if Parameter 24 is set to option 1.
70%
94%
Ć
*
100%
26
27
POLLING PASSWORD Specifies the 4Ćdigit password shared with polled station to appe
in display.
y y y y
POLLED FILE SAVE Specifies the state of the polled file save parameter.
Polled file not saved.
Polled file saved.
1. Invalid
2. Valid
*
28
32
35
STAMP AT MEM. XMSTpecifies the setting of memory transmit stamp.
1. Invalid
2. Valid
*
Memory transmission not stamped.
Memory transmission stamped.
COPY REDUCTION
*
Specifies copy reduction mode to be ON or OFF.
Copy reduction mode disabled.
Copy reduction mode enabled.
1. Invalid
2. Valid
DAYLIGHT TIME
Specifies ability to automatically set machine time according
Daylight Saving Time system.
Function is disabled.
t
1. Invalid
2. Valid
*
Function is enabled.
36
RING PATTERN
1. Normal
Specifies use of distinctive ring patterns for identifying types of
coming calls. Usually associated with dedicated phone numbers.
Must be used in conjunction with services offered by local ph
companies.
*
2.
3.
4.
5.
A
B
C
D
37
38
41
RCV TO MEMORY
y y y y
FAX ACCESS CODE No fax access code normally required, but the user can enter
If entered, the code will be required before each fax operation
y y y y
RELAYED XMT REĆ
QUEST
Specifies whether or not you are requesting that you transmiss
be relayed.
1. Invalid*
2. Valid
Not requesting the relay.
Requesting the relay.
Optimization 4Ć39
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 4-3. HP FAX-950 Parameter Options (Continued)
2ĆDigit
Parameter
Number
Parameter Name
Options (choices)
factory set
*
Description
42
CONFIDENTIAL FAX
PARAMETER
Specifies the state whether or not
tial or not.
a
fax will be treated as
c
1. Invalid
2. Valid
*
Fax will not be treated as confidential.
Fax will be treated as confidential.
43
CONF. FILE SAVE
1. Invalid
2. Valid
Specifies state of confidential file save mode.
Mode disabled.
Mode enabled.
*
44
45
47
PASSWORD
y y
-
y
XMT Normally, no password has been entered for transmission, but
user can enter one.
y
PASSWORD
y y y y
-
RCV Normally, no password has been entered for reception, but
user can enter one.
REMOTE RCV
1. Invalid*
2. Valid
Specifies use of extension phone in reception mode.
Function is disabled.
Function is enabled.
52
53
DIAG. PASSWORD
y y y y y y
Specifies password requirement to access remote diagnostic rouĆ
tines.
Contact your HP authorized fax dealer for details.
OPTION MEMORY
512KB+None
If optional additional memory is installed, the word, None, is
placed with the size of the additional memory.
FAXing Tips
You’ve been using your fax for some time now. It helps expedite your business. Decisions can be made faster, and
information is more accurate because you have it in writing. But your fax can be made to be even more efficient. Take a
few minutes to make it work even more for you. Research shows that most people don’t take advantage of all the
features on a fax machine.
Here are a few ways that you can use your fax to save more time and money:
D
Auto Speed Dial –
Are there some phone numbers that you dial frequently? Most fax machines
have the capability to store these numbers. You program the numbers in once.
After that, just press one or two buttons, and the number is automatically dialed
for you. Put your fax in the automatic document feeder, press the number, and off
the fax goes. The fax will provide a report of what numbers you have stored. You
can place it either on your fax machine or nearby for easy reference.
D
D
Cover Sheets –
Broadcasting –
Most of us have a cover sheet that the entire department uses to include a brief
explanation of your fax. Do you really need this? You are paying phone time with
each page you transmit on a fax in addition to using paper. Could you get by with
a press-on label for some of your faxes instead of a cover sheet?
Do you ever send the same fax to more than one person and stand there faxing the
same thing to each number one at a time? Most fax machines have a broadcasting
capability which allows you to send one fax to a number of people. Your fax is
loaded into memory. You dial in the numbers or use your speed dial keys to send
your fax just one time.
D
Delayed Dialing –
Are most of your faxes sent long distance or even overseas? Phone costs drop
considerably after business hours. through a series of steps, you tell your fax
4Ć40 Optimization
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
machine when you want the fax sent. Your fax can either be put into memory or
placed on the document feeder and sent later in the evening when rates are much
lower.
D
Memory Faxing –
Plain Paper –
Do you need your paperwork right away and don’t want to wait for the fax to go
through? Put your fax into the machine’s memory and then send it. You walk away
with the original. this also makes transmission time faster, reducing your phone
bill.
D
D
Your HP fax machine uses plain paper. Experiment with the paper you will use in
order to optimize quality and cost.
Transmission Time – The faster the transmission time is, the lower your phone bill will be. The
difference between a fax that transmits in 12 seconds versus 15 seconds is 25%.
To minimize your phone costs, use faster transmission speeds.
Your HP fax machine’s ample memory (256 KB minimum), error correction, and redial capability make sending faxes
convenient and efficient.
Optimization 4Ć41
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5
Problem Resolution
Subject
Page
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
The Problem Solving Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Solving Problems in the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Overall Troubleshooting Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Scanner Troubleshooting Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Information Codes for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Service Parameters for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Listing the Service Parameter Settings on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Changing Service Parameters on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 (Test Mode 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Response to Incoming Document With Errors on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Setting Service Parameters to Solve Communication Problems
on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Corrective Actions for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Power-On Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Clearing Paper Jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Avoiding Print Skew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Poor Print Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Solving Problems in the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Routine Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Information Codes for the FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
Function Parameters for the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
Listing the Function Parameter Settings on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 (Test Mode 3) . . . . 5-35
Changing the Function Parameters on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 (Test Mode 1) . . . . . . . . . 5-35
Setting Function Parameters to Solve Communication Problems
on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
Corrective Actions for the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
Clearing a Paper Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
Clearing a Document Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43
Correcting Multiple Sheet Feed or Misfeed of Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43
Adjusting the Pressure Plate Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43
Poor Print Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
Replacing the Verification Stamp on the HP FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
Diagnostic Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
Diagnostic Codes for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46
Diagnostic Codes for the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50
Problem Resolution 5Ć1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5
Problem Resolution
Subject
Page
Remote Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54
Retrievable and Transferable Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
Modifying a FAX-900, or FAX-950 for Remote Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
Diagnostic ROM Installation in the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
Retrieving Customer Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
Retrieving SYS and JNL Data on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57
Retrieving SYS Data on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57
Retrieving JNL Data on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58
Transferring Data to the Customer’s Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59
Transferring SYS Data on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60
Transferring SYS Data on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61
Remote Diagnostics Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62
Test Modes on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63
Entering Test Mode on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63
Test Mode 0 on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 (Printing a GPM Self-Test Pattern) . . . . . . . . . 5-64
Test Mode 1 (Changing Function Parameters) on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65
Test Mode 3 (Listing Function Parameter Settings) on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . 5-65
Test Mode 4 and Test Mode 5 (Factory Only) on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65
Test Mode 6 (Initializing Fax Machine Memory) on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . 5-65
Test Mode 7 (Factory Only) on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66
Test Mode 9 (Testing Image Memory) on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66
Test Mode 10 (Testing LED and LCD Lights) on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67
Test Modes on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67
Entering Test Mode on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68
Test Mode 01 (Print Tests) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68
Test Mode 02 (Pen Recovery) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69
Test Mode 03 (Self Test) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69
Test Mode 04 (Remote Diagnostics) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71
Test Mode 05 (Function Parameters) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71
Test Mode 06 (Calibration Tests) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71
Test Mode 07 (Agency Compliance) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71
Test Mode 08 (Scanner Test Mode) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71
Test Mode 09 (Memory Clear) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71
Test Mode 10 (PC Inter Face) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71
5Ć2
Problem Resolution
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5
Problem Resolution
Subject
Page
Test Modes on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 (Continued)
Test Mode 11 (Service Default) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71
Test Mode 12 (Service Report) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71
Problem Resolution 5Ć3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Introduction
This chapter contains information which can be used to resolve problems encountered while using the printer. Prob-
lems that require removing the printer’s top cover in order to troubleshoot or repair the printer, must be referred to
qualified service personnel. Follow the instructions in this chapter to make certain the problem is in the printer and not
the result of an interface connection problem or a malfunction in the computer or software.
The Problem Solving Process
1. Review the Troubleshooting chapter in the User’s Guide.
Most problems are fairly simple to resolve. The fastest and easiest way to solve them is to identify the prob-
lem and take the corrective steps outlined in this chapter.
2. Gather some basic information before you call.
To facilitatepromptservice, besuretohave the following information readily availablebeforeyoucontactthe
HP Customer Support Center (CSC)
D
D
Product name and serial number
Description of failure
Call HP CSC: (208) 323-2551
Available Monday, Tuesday, Thursday, and Friday from 7:00 am to 6:00 pm (MST); Wednesday from
7:00 am to 4:00 pm (MST).
An HP CSC representative will guide you through the following process to quickly determine and solve any
problems you may have:
D
Setup and Operation Problems
First, the HP CSC representative will help solve any problems or answer any questions relating to setup or
operation.
D
Remote Diagnostics
If setup or operation is not the problem, the HP CSC representative will attempt to identify the problem using
the remote diagnostics feature of your HP facsimile. This powerful capability allows most problems to be
detected and corrected over the telephone line.
D
Arranging Repair
If your problem can not be resolved over the phone, the HP CSC representative will arrange to replace or
repair your HP facsimile using the HP Express Exchange or Standard Return program.
Solving Problems in the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Use the troubleshooting trees, problem solving procedures, information code tables, and function parameter tables on
the following pages to solve problems in the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750.
5Ć4
Problem Resolution
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Overall Troubleshooting Tree
Start
Turn on the
fax machineu
If the fax machine is propĆ
erly plugged in, it is faulty.
Return the machine for reĆ
pair
No
Verify the power cord is
firmly plugged into powĆ
ered electrical receptacle
Contrast
Resolution
LEDs lit?
&
a
Yes
No
The fax machine is faulty.
Return the machine for
repair
Does the LCD
display show
anything?
Yes
Machine
No
No
LCD or transaction
report displays an
info msg or 3Ćdigit
Info Code?
operates properly
in the copy
operation?
B
Yes
Yes
Verify the
See
Information Codes"
in this chapter
communication lines
are ok. Verify the
receiving station can
receive calls from
other fax machines
No
Can the
machine call other
fax machines?
See Setting Service
Parameters to Solve
Communication
Yes
Problems" in this
chapter. If failure
continues, replace
the fax machine
A
Figure 5Ć1. Overall Troubleshooting Tree
Problem Resolution 5Ć5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
A
B
Does it fax
documents
properly to other
machines?
Does it
feed documents
properly from the
ADF?
No
No
Yes
Yes
See Scanner TrouĆ
bleshooting Tree"
later in this
Does the
scanning process
operate
No
chapter
Does it
No
properly?
receive faxes properly
from other
machines?
Yes
See Setting SerĆ
vice Parameters to
Solve CommunicaĆ
tion Problems" in
this chapter. If failĆ
ure continues, reĆ
turn the fax maĆ
chine for repair
No
Does it feed
recording paper
properly?
Yes
Done
Yes
Reload paper. ReĆ
check the copy opĆ
eration. If failure conĆ
tinues, return the fax
machine for repair
No
Does it print
reports properly?
Yes
Recheck the copy operation. If
failure continues, return the
fax machine for repair
Figure 5Ć1. Overall Troubleshooting Tree (Continued)
5Ć6
Problem Resolution
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Scanner Troubleshooting Tree
Start
Ensure paper meets the
paper specifications in
this guide. If not, make
copy of the pages and try
scanning the copy
No
No
Scanner
detects paper in the
ADF?
3Ćdigit info code
on display or
transaction report?
a
Yes
Yes
See information
Codes" later in this
chapter
Scanner
ADF, feed, and eject
rollers turn?
No
C
Yes
Return the fax maĆ
chine for repair
Scanner
fails to pick paper
from the ADF?
Yes
No
Done
Scanner
feeds more than one
Yes
page at
a
time?
No
Inconsistent
vertical spacing on
printouts?
No
Yes
A
B
Figure 5Ć2. Scanner Assembly Troubleshooting Tree
Problem Resolution 5Ć7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
C
A
B
Verify paper meets
scanner paper
specifications. If not,
Verify paper meets
scanner paper
specifications. If not,
No
Paper jams in
the scanner?
make
a
photoĆcopy of
make
a
photoĆcopy of
the pages and try
scanning the copy
the pages and try
scanning the copy
Yes
On the 900/950, if
scanner fails to pick
paper, set the
Verify paper meets
scanner paper
specifications. If not,
pressure plate switch make
1
a
to (to the left). the pages and try
photoĆcopy of
scanner feeds more
than one page at
time, set the
scanning the copy
Faxes sent
a
No
to other stations or
copies contain vertical
lines or blocks?
pressure plate switch
to
3
Retest. On the
(to the right)Verify paper is free of
staples, tap, and
700/750, if the scanĆ paper clips. Verify all
ner fails to pick pappages are free of
continue at next blocfolds, tears, or foreign
substance. Retest
Scans
No
page but no
output (printout
blank)?
Yes
Clean the scanner.
See chapter 3, InĆ
terior Maintenance.
Retest
If the problem
Open the ADF door
continues, replace
and look for
Yes
the ADF separator
obstructions in the
assembly or pad*
scanner path. If no
Verify the paper is
placed face down in
the ADF
obstructions, inspect
the ADF roller on the
900/950. Replace if
necessary. On the
If the problem
continues, replace
700/750, return the
the ADF roller on
fax for repair
the 900/950. On
the 700/750 return
the fax for repair
If the problem
continues, return the
facsimile for repair
* On the 700/750, replace the ADF separator
assembly. On the 900/950, replace the separator
pad.
Done
Figure 5Ć2. Scanner Assembly Troubleshooting Tree (Continued)
5Ć8
Problem Resolution
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Information Codes for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
The HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 display messages in the message window and information codes (info codes) in the
32-transaction report to warn of errors or problems with the machine or its operation. The information messages that
appear in the message window are described in the HP FAX 700/750 User’s Guide.
Table 5-1 lists the information codes for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 and suggests actions for info codes appearing
on the 32-transaction report.
Transmission Problems – In most cases, the action recommended when information codes appear during transmis-
sion (Tx Mode) is to “Resend fax.” If the customer has already attempted to resend the fax and failed, have the custom-
er send a fax to a known-good fax machine at the service center. If this operation fails, have the customer hook his fax
machine to another line and try to send the fax again. This action eliminates the customer’s line as the source of the
problem, and the customer’s machine is probably defective.
Reception Problems – In most cases, the action recommended when information codes appear during reception (Rx
Mode) is to “Retry operation.” If the customer has already contacted the sending party and had them resend the fax,
have the customer perform the following steps to isolate the problem to his fax machine:
1. Have the sending party attempt to send the fax to another party. If this fails then the sending party’s fax ma-
chine or line is probably at fault.
2. Have the customer move his fax machine to another line and attempt reception again. If this fails, the line is
probably not at fault.
3. Have another party attempt to send to the customer’s machine. If this also fails, the customer’s machine is
probably defective.
Procedures for listing and changing function parameters and a table of the service parameters follows the information
codes. If the customer cannot fix the problem, and the HP Customer Support Center cannot fix the problem using
remote diagnostics, have the customer return the unit for repair.
Acronyms used in Table 5-1 are described in the glossary:
Table 5-1. Information Codes on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Info
Code
Mode
Description of the Problem
Action
030
031
Document misfeed
Remove document. Adjust paper guide
assembly. Ensure that ADF is firmly
against the body of the fax machine. Retry
Document jam
Clear the crumpled document from the
ADF
311
421
Service station error (no capping)
Power cycle the machine and retry
Tx
Could not dial due to absence of dial tone Check for dial tone. Dialing the
number, check that fax is at the other end
of the line. Resend fax
422
423
424
425
Tx
Tx
Stopped dialing due to detection of Chbeucsky called number
tone
Time out while waiting for remote pCaartlyled party is not picking up the call. InĆ
Phase A response after dialing
Tx Stop button depressed while sending Resend fax
Phase A party is in phase
Tx External phone is onĆhook at the stRaertsenodf fax
Phase A dialing
vestigate
A
Problem Resolution 5Ć9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-1. Information Codes on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 (Continued)
Info
Code
Mode
Description of the Problem
Action
431
432
433
Rx
Phase A detection
Time out during ringing/DTMF signal Retry reception
Rx External phone is taken offĆhook durRinegtry operation
Phase A ringing discrimination
Rx
Stop button was pressed during CNGRetry operation
Phase A detection while in the FAX/TEL, FAX/TAM
auto switching mode
434
Rx
Stop button was pressed during opeRraettoryr operation
Phase A call while in the FAX/TEL auto switching
mode
435
438
439
441
Rx
Phase
Not an error
No action required
A
Rx
Time out during CNG signal detectioRnetry operation
Phase A while in the manual receiving mode
Rx Time out during DTMF signal discrimRineatrĆy operation
Phase A tion
Tx
Could not receive effective command Resend fax
NonĆECM such as NSF, CSI, DIS, etc. within T1"
time after detection of the CED signal
442
443
Tx
NonĆECM from remote party at the beginning of
command reception, phase
Received command other than DIS/DTRCesend fax
B
Tx
Polling function is not set with remoEtnesure that the remote party is available
NonĆECM party or is not available with remoteandparsteyt up for polling. Retry polling
fax
444
445
Not Used
Tx No response from remote party afterResend fax
NonĆECM sending DCS, TCF signals
446
Tx Received DIS/DTC signals
3
times froRmesend fax
NonĆECM the remote party after sending the DCS,
TCF signals to it
447
448
Tx
NonĆECM at 2400 bps
Line condition is bad. Failed to traiRnesevnedn fax
Tx Received a signal other than DIS/DTRCe/send fax
NonĆECM FTT/CFR from the remote party after
sending DCS, TCF signals to it
449
450
Tx
NonĆECM sending MPS/EOM/EOP signals
it
No response from remote party evenResaeftnedr fax
3
times to
Tx Did not receive appropriate response Resend fax
NonĆECM such as PIN/PIP/MCF/RTP/RTN from the
remote party after sending MPS signal to
it
451
452
Tx Received RTN signal from the remotLeine condition may be bad. Resend fax
NonĆECM party after sending MPS signal to it
Not used
5Ć10 Problem Resolution
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-1. Information Codes on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 (Continued)
Info
Code
Mode
Description of the Problem
Action
453
454
Not used
After sending
Tx
a
post message commLainned condition may be bad. Resend fax
NonĆECM and reception of PIP/PIN signals, received
command from the remote party within
a
T3" time, but it was not the DIS comĆ
mand
455
456
457
458
Not used
Not used
Not used
Tx
Did not receive appropriate response Line condition may be bad. Resend fax
NonĆECM (OIN/PIP/MCF/RTP/RTN) from the remote
party after sending the EOM signal to it
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Tx
Did not receive appropriate response Line condition may be bad. Resend fax
NonĆECM (OIN/PIP/MCF/RTP/RTN) from the remote
party after sending the EOP signal to it
466
467
Tx Received RTN signal from the remotLeine condition may be bad. Resend fax
NonĆECM party after sending EOP signal to it
Tx Received PIP signal from remote parNtyot afaĆn error. No action required
NonĆECM ter sending post message command of
EOP/PPSEOP/EOREOP signals to it. Then
T3" time passed. (Voice request function
is not available with HP 700/750 though.)
However, received image is good
468
469
Tx
Received PIP signal from the remoteNopt aratyn error. No action required
NonĆECM after sending post message command of
EOP/PPSEOP/EOREOP signals to it. Then
T3" time passed. (Voice request function
is not available with HP 700/750 though.)
However, received image is good
Tx
Received PIP/PIN signal from the remNote an error. No action required
NonĆECM party after sending post message comĆ
mand of EOP/PPSEOP/EOREOP signal to
it. Within T3" time, received DIS from the
remote party
470
471
472
Not used
Not used
Tx Received DCN command while in thReesseunbdĆ fax.
NonĆECM routine to wait for DTC/DIS command
Problem Resolution 5Ć11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-1. Information Codes on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 (Continued)
Info
Code
Mode
Description of the Problem
Action
473
Tx
FCS error occurred and carrier contiRnueesednd fax
NonĆECM for T6" time in the subroutine to wait for
DTC/DIS commands
474
475
Tx
NonĆECM
DIS/DTC FIF bit 10 is not set to
1
Resend fax
Tx
Received DCN command in the subrRoeusĆend fax
NonĆECM tine to receive remote party response folĆ
lowing DCS/TCF transmission
476
Tx
Frame error occurred ("T6" time pasRseeds)end fax
NonĆECM in the subroutine to receive response from
the remote party following DCS/TCF transĆ
mission
477
478
Tx FCS error occurred in the subroutineRestoend fax
NonĆECM receive response after sending DCS/TCF
Tx T6" time passed after reception of RReCsePndinfax
NonĆECM the subroutine to receive response followĆ
ing DCS/TCF transmission
479
480
481
482
Tx
Received DCN command in the subrRoeusĆend fax
NonĆECM tine to receive response following MPS/
EOP/EOM transmission
Tx
Frame error occurred in the subroutiRnesetnod fax
NonĆECM receive response following MPS/EOP/
EOM transmission
Tx
FCS error occurred in the subroutineRestoend fax
NonĆECM receive response following MPS/EOP/
EOM transmission
Tx
T6" time passed after reception of RReCsePndinfax
NonĆECM the subroutine to receive response followĆ
ing MPS/EOP/EOM transmission
483
501
Tx
NonĆECM sending EOM
Received RTN from the remote partyResaeftnedr fax
Rx In the manual reception mode, did CnhoetckreĆfor fax completeness. Check with
NonĆECM ceive response from remote fax withtinhe remote party. Retry fax reception
T1" time after sending
(NSF)(CSI)DIS/(NSC)(CIG)DTC to it
502
Rx
Could not receive the command fromChetchke for fax completeness. Check with
NonĆECM remote party within T2" time. Furthetrh,e threemote party. Retry fax reception
last command received was other than
EOM(PRIĆEOM) command. Or, could not
receive the message from the remote
party within T2" time. Further, the last
command received was other than
EOM(PRIĆEOM) command
503
Rx
Received DIS command from the remCohteeck for fax completeness. Check with
NonĆECM party. Or, received NSS command buthte itremote party. Retry fax reception
was not compatible
5Ć12 Problem Resolution
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-1. Information Codes on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 (Continued)
Info
Code
Mode
Description of the Problem
Action
504
Rx Received DTC signal from the remotReemote party may have attempted to poll,
NonĆECM party who was dialing, but polled flbaugt waasproblem exists. Contact the remote
not set
party for clarification
505
506
507
Rx
It took more than
5
sec for
1
scCanheclkinefordurfaĆ x completeness. Check with
the remote party. Retry fax reception
NonĆECM ing message reception
Rx
NonĆECM stipulated time during message receptihoen remote party. Retry fax reception
Rx Overwrite occurred due to the receivCeheck for completeness of the fax. ConĆ
Carrier frequency was not available fCohr ectkhe for fax completeness. Check with
NonĆECM buffer and document memory being tafucllt the sending party about the nature of
the message they sent. Have them resend
in smaller pieces, if appropriate
508
509
Rx
Appropriate post message wasn't tranCsĆheck for fax completeness. Contact the
NonĆECM mitted from the remote party after mseensdĆing station. Retry fax reception
sage reception
Rx
NonĆECM within T1" time following
(NSF)(CSI)DIS/(NSC)(CIG)DTC transmisĆ
sion
Could not get the remote party resCpohnescek for fax completeness. Contact the
sending station. Retry fax reception
510
511
Rx
Received DCN command while in thCe hescukbĆ for fax completeness. Contact the
NonĆECM routine to receive response followinsegnding station. Retry fax reception
DIC/DTC transmission
a
Rx Frame error occurred ("T6") time pasCsheedc)k for fax completeness. Contact the
NonĆECM while in the subroutine to receive asenredminogte station. Retry fax reception
party response following DIS/DTC reĆ
sponse
512
513
Rx
NonĆECM to receive
FCS error occurred while in the subCrhoeuctikne for fax completeness. Contact the
remote party response sefonlldoiwngĆ station. Retry fax reception
a
ing DIS/DTC transmission
Rx Carrier did not go away for T6" tCimheckaftfeorr fax completeness. Contact the
NonĆECM reception of RCP while in the subrosuetnindeing station. Retry fax reception
to receive
transmission
a
response following DIS/DTC
514
515
Rx
NonĆECM command subroutine
Received DCN command while in thCe heck for fax completeness. Contact the
sending station. Retry fax reception
Rx FCS error occurred while in the coCmhmeacnkd for fax completeness. Contact the
NonĆECM subroutine sending station. Retry fax reception
516
Rx Image quality of the received messagCeheck for fax completeness. Contact the
NonĆECM data wasn't good sending station. Retry fax reception
Problem Resolution 5Ć13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-1. Information Codes on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 (Continued)
Info
Code
Mode
Description of the Problem
Action
531
Tx
ECM
When receiving
command from the remote party, and, afĆ
ter the reception of the RNR response, the
a
response to the PRPeStry fax send
remote party did not respond to the
commands
3
RR
532
Tx
ECM
When receiving
a
response to the PRPeStry fax send
command from the remote party, and, afĆ
ter the reception of the 1st RNR response,
could not get MCF/PIP/PIN response from
the remote party within the T5" time
period
533
534
Tx
ECM
During the response reception to theLinePPRc/ondition may be bad. Resend fax
RNR/MCF command received reĆ
sponse other than PPR/RNR/MCF from
the remote party
,
a
Tx
ECM
During the response reception for
PPS.MPS(PPS.PRIĆMPS),
PPS.EOP(PPS.PRIĆEOP),
Retry fax send
PPS.EOM(PPS.PRIĆEOM), received
a
reĆ
sponse other than PPR/RNR/MCF/PIP
from the remote party
535
536
Tx
ECM
During the response reception for thReetrPyPSfax send
command, the remote party did not reĆ
spond to the
During the response reception for thReetrPyPSfax send
command, received response other than
3
CTC command
Tx
ECM
a
CTR from the remote party to the CTC
command
537
538
Not used
Tx
ECM
During the response reception for thReetry fax send
EOR command, and after the reception of
the RNR response, the remote party did
not respond to the
3
RR command
539
Tx
ECM
During the response reception for thReetry fax send
EOR command, and, after the reception of
the RNR response, could not receive the
MCF/PIP/PIN Response from the remote
party within the T5" time period
540
541
Tx
ECM
During the response reception for thReetry fax send
EOR.NUL command, received
other than RNR/ERR from the remote
party
a
response
Tx
ECM
During the response reception for
EOR.MPS(EOR.PRIĆMPS),
EOR.EOP(EOR.PRIĆEOP),
Retry fax send
EOR.EOM(EOR.PRIĆEOM), received
a
reĆ
sponse other than RNR/ERR/PIN from the
remote party
5Ć14 Problem Resolution
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-1. Information Codes on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 (Continued)
Info
Code
Mode
Description of the Problem
Action
542
Tx
ECM
After sending partial page signal othReretry fax send
reĆtries, then transĆ
than PPS.EOP, failed
4
mitted the EOR command indicating
completion or correction. Received ERR
response from the remote party, but disĆ
continued message transmission
543
544
Tx
ECM
After sending partial page signal othReretry fax send
then PPS.EOP, failed
mitted the EOR command indicating
completion or correction and received
ERR response from the remote party
4
reĆtries, then transĆ
Tx
ECM
No response from the remote party Rteotry thfeax send
PPSĆO signal
545
546
547
548
Not used
Not used
Not used
Tx
ECM
Received DCN command while in thReetrsyubĆfax send
routine to receive response following
PPS NULL/MPS/EOP/EOM transmission
a
549
Tx
ECM
Frame error occurred ("T6" timeout) Rwehtirlye fax send
in the subroutine to receive
a
response
following PPS NULL/MPS/EOP/EOM transĆ
mission
550
551
Tx
ECM
FCS error occurred while in the subRreoturytinefax send
to receive
NULL/MPS/EOP/EOM transmission
a
response following PPS
Tx
ECM
Carrier did not go away for T6" tRimetery afatexr send
reception of RCP while in the subroutine
to receive
NULL/MPS/EOP/EOM transmission
a
response following PPS
552
553
554
555
Tx
ECM
Received DCN command while in thReetrsyubĆfax send
routine to receive
Frame error due to T6" timeout whRieletry infax send
the subroutine to receive CTC response
FCS error while in the subroutine toRetryeĆ fax send
ceive CTC response
a
CTC response
Tx
ECM
a
Tx
ECM
a
Tx
ECM
Carrier did not go away for T6" tRimetery afatexr send
reception of RCP while in the subroutine
to receive
a
CTC response
556
557
Tx
ECM
Received DCN command while in thReetrsyubĆfax send
routine to receive an RR response
Tx
ECM
Frame error due to T6" timeout whRieletry infax send
the subroutine to receive an RR response
Problem Resolution 5Ć15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-1. Information Codes on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 (Continued)
Info
Code
Mode
Description of the Problem
Action
558
559
Tx
ECM
FCS error while in the subroutine toRetryeĆ fax send
ceive an RR response
Tx
ECM
Carrier did not go away for T6" tRimetery afatexr send
reception of RCP while in the subroutine
to receive an RR response
560
Tx
ECM
No response from remote party to Rtheetry fax send
EOR.O signal
561
562
563
564
Not used
Not used
Not used
Tx
ECM
Received DCN command while in thReetrsyubĆfax send
routine to receive
EOR NULL/MPS/EOP/EOM transmission
a
response following
565
Tx
ECM
Frame error due to T6" timeout whRieletry infax send
the subroutine to receive
a
response folĆ
lowing EOR NULL/MPS/EOP/EOM transĆ
mission
566
567
Tx
ECM
FSC error while in the subroutine toRetryeĆ fax send
ceive
a
MPS/EOP/EOM transmission
response following EOR NULL/
Tx
ECM
Carrier did not go away for T6" tRimetery afatexr send
reception of RCP while in the subroutine
to receive
NULL/MPS/EOP/EOM transmission
a
response following EOR
571
572
Rx
ECM
Received command was other than PCRhIeĆcQk, for fax completeness. Contact the
CTC, PPS.PRIĆQ, PPS.Q, or EOR.Q sending station. Retry fax reception
Rx
ECM
Called operator due to the PRIĆQ cNomotĆ an error. No action required
mand from remote party, but the operator
didn't go offĆhook within the T3" time
period
573
574
575
576
Rx
ECM
No response from the remote party Cwheitchkin for fax completeness. Contact the
T2" time after the RNR signal wassensednintg instation. Retry fax reception
answer to the remote party's PPS PRIĆQ,
PPS
Q
signals
Rx
ECM
Received signal other than RR/PPSĆQCheck for fax completeness. Contact the
from the remote party after the RNRsendsignngal station. Retry fax reception
was sent to the remote party's PPS PRIĆQ,
PPS
Q
signals
Rx
ECM
No response from the remote party Cwheitchkin for fax completeness. Contact the
T2" time after the RNR signal wassensednintg instation. Retry fax reception
answer to the remote party's EOP PRIĆQ,
EOP
Q
signals
Rx
ECM
Received signal other than RR/PPSĆQCheck for fax completeness. Contact the
from the remote party after the RNRsendsignngal station. Retry fax reception
was sent in answer to the remote party's
EOP PRIĆQ, EOP
Q
signals
5Ć16 Problem Resolution
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-1. Information Codes on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 (Continued)
Info
Code
Mode
Description of the Problem
Action
577
Rx
ECM
After receiving PPS
Q
command, recCehiveecdk for fax completeness. Contact the
DCN command while in the subroutisneenditnog station. Retry fax reception
receive
mission
a
command following RNR transĆ
578
Rx
ECM
After receiving PPS
&
Q
command FCSCheecrkror for fax completeness. Contact the
occurred carrier did not go awaysenfodringthestation. Retry fax reception
T6" time period while in the
commandĆreceive subroutine following
RNR transmission
579
580
Rx
ECM
After receiving the EOR
Q
commandC, hereckĆ for fax completeness. Contact the
ceived DCN command while in the sceonmdiĆng station. Retry fax reception
mandĆreceive subroutine following RNR
transmission
Rx
ECM
After receiving the EOR
Q
commandC, heFcCkS for fax completeness. Contact the
error occurred and the carrier did nsoetndignog station. Retry fax reception
away for the T6" time period while in the
commandĆreceive subroutine following
RNR transmission
581
Rx
ECM
When receiving
a
message, the nextCheck for fax completeness. Contact the
frame was not received within the ssteipnudĆing station. Retry fax reception
lated time period
582
591
Rx
ECM
Image quality of received message dCahtaeck for fax completeness. Contact the
was not good
sending station. Retry fax reception
Tx
In the T1" time period after
(NSF)(CSI)DIS/(NSC)(CIG)DTC was sent,
the Stop button was depressed
Contact sending station
592
Rx
Stop button was pressed during the RereseĆ nd document
sponse wait state ...
After (PRI)MPS/(PRI)EOM/(PRI)EOP
was sent.
After DCS/TCF was sent.
After PPS NULL/PPS (PRI)MPS/PPS
(PRI)EOM/PPS (PRI)EOP was sent.
After EOR NULL/EOR (PRI)MPS/EOR
(PRI)EOM/EOR (PRI)EOP was sent.
After RR response or CTC response
593
594
595
596
601
Tx
Rx
Rx
Stop button was pressed during theRetsraennsdĆ document
mission of
a
document
Stop button was pressed during T1C" ontitmacet sending station
period at the reception of DIS/DTC signal
Stop button was pressed during T2C" ontitmacet sending station
wait state during fax reception
Agency
Comp.
Stop button was pressed while execNutointg applicable
the Agency Compliance Mode
Tx
Misfeed of transmission document
Remove document and resend
Problem Resolution 5Ć17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-1. Information Codes on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 (Continued)
Info
Code
Mode
Description of the Problem
Action
602
Tx
Transmission document jam or documReenmt ove document and resend. If failure
length was greater than the stipulaterdepeats, retry with document 14 inches or
length
less. Check that both rear corners of the
ADF are firmly against the body of the fax
machine. Retry send
610
611
Remote
Diag.
Remote diagnostics was not carried Roeutry operation
properly due to incompatibility with the
target machine, or the target machine was
not configured for remote diagnostics
Remote
Diag.
Cancelled regular faxing because the RetatrryĆ operation
get machine was not configured for reĆ
mote diagnostics
620
621
Modem
Error in the MODEM interrupt handler
Retry operation
Received the remote party's preambleRestriygĆ operation
nal for more than the stipulated
3
minutes
5Ć18 Problem Resolution
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Service Parameters for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Service parameters are internal settings and default modes that determine how the fax machine operates and responds.
Some service parameters select signal levels, signal timing, and default modes of operation. Others display status
information (such as document count) or enter test modes. A complete listing of the service parameters for the HP
FAX-700 and FAX-750 is given in Table 5-2.
Note
Service parameters are initially set at the factory and most parameters will not require any
change.
Listing the Service Parameter Settings on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Note
Service parameters not set to the standard setting may be a result of the user setting the
parameters. Verify the user’s preference for these settings before resetting these parameters.
To print a list of the service parameter settings, press the buttons and follow the procedure below:
Menu
Press & hold
down the
Stop button
Release the Stop
and Menu buttons
7
→
0
→
→
→
→
0
→
The following message appears:
Service Menu (01 – 12)
12: Service P. Report
Press the Enter button. The fax machine will print a list of the service parameter settings. It lists the current and stan-
dard settings.
While the machine is printing a list of the parameters, the following message is on the front panel LCD.
Printing service
parameter list
To exit the service menus and return the fax machine to the standby state, press the Stop button.
The printout is useful for reviewing the service parameter settings or producing a hard copy record of the settings. Use
the following procedure to print the service parameter settings:
Problem Resolution 5Ć19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Changing Service Parameters on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 (Test Mode 5)
Caution
Do not change any service parameter setting unless recommended in a troubleshooting pro-
cedure or by HP Customer Support Center personnel.
To change service parameter settings, press the buttons and follow the procedure below:
Menu
Press & hold
down the
Stop button
Release the Stop
and Menu buttons
7
→
0
→
→
→
→
X 4
0
→
The following message will be on the front panel LCD:
Service Menu (01 – 12)
05: Service Parame
Press the Enter button and either enter the number of the parameter you want to change or browse to the parameter
using the up or down arrow button.
Once you are at the parameter you want to change, press the Enter button. Then change the parameter. In some cases
you will need to use the horizontal arrow buttons to change the parameter, and, in other cases, it will be necessary to
type a number. In every case, you will need to press the Enter button after changing the parameter to make the change
effective.
Once the Enter button is pressed to make your change effective, the fax machine will return to the service parameter
level, and you can either browse to a new parameter and change it or press the Stop button once to return to the service
menu level or twice to return the fax machine to the standby state.
Service parameters and their settings are listed in Table 5-2.
Note
Values given in the table for Current Setting are fictitious and for example only. Where no
parameter description is given, none was available.
5Ć20 Problem Resolution
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-2. HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Service Parameters
Service
Parameter
Number
Display
Indication
Parameter
Description
Settings
Current
Setting
Standard
Setting
01
BI DIR PRNT
DELAY
Run the print test la-
beled bi directional Skew
Check. This parameter
should be set to the
delay that provides the
best print output
11...16
13
14
(straightest vertical lines)
02
03
OOI RATIO
OOI DELTA
Parameter used in OOI
detection algorithm. Do
not change
0...255
0...255
0...255
30
21
0
30
42
0
Parameter used in OOI
detection algorithm. Do
not change
04
05
PRT PARA1
PRT PARA2
Print parameter 2. Not
PRT PARA2 1 adjustable
PRT PARA2 2
PRT PARA2 3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PRT PARA2 4
06
07
PRT PARA3
Print parameter 3. Not
PRT PARA3 1 adjustable
PRT PARA3 2
PRT PARA3 3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PRT PARA3 4
PRT PARA4
Print parameter 4. Not
PRT PARA4 1 adjustable
PRT PARA4 2
PRT PARA4 3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PRT PARA4 4
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
DISPLAY ID
Selects whether to dis-
play the numeric or the
character ID of the re-
mote party
01: numeric ID
02: character ID
2
1
2
1
16
PTT REGULA-
TION
Do not modify
Problem Resolution 5Ć21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-2. HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Service Parameters (Continued)
Service
Parameter
Number
Display
Indication
Parameter
Description
Settings
Current
Setting
Standard
Setting
17
18
NOT USED
MINIMUM ON-
HOOK
Minimum time the ma-
chine goes on-hook be-
tween sending consecu-
tive faxes. If this time
were too short the local
CO might not see the
“on-hook and not pro-
duce a dial tone
0...15 SEC
5
5
19
20
21
RESPONSE
WAIT
Duration of the wait for a
response from the re-
mote station
0...90 SEC
0...10 SEC
0...10 TIMES
55
3
55
3
PAUSE TIME
Duration of a pause
created by pressing the
Space button
BUSY TONE
COUNT
Selects the number of
busy tones detected be-
fore recognition by the
machine that the remote
party is busy
2
2
22
BUSY TONE
DETECT
This specifies whether
the machine will attempt
to detect a busy signal
after dialing. If “on”, the
machine will go back on
hook if it detects a busy
signal
0:off* / 1:on
0
0
23
24
DIAL TONE
DETECT
Selects whether or not
the fax machine will de-
tect a dial tone
0:off* / 1:on
0
2
0
2
LIU TYPE
Selects the type of line
interface unit the fax ma-
chine has
01: US 02: not US*
25
26
NOT USED
MIN MEM TO
RCV
Selects the minimum
percent memory the fax
machine must have avail-
able in order to receive a
fax
0...99%
10
20
60
10
20
60
27
28
SILENT
DETECT DLY
Selects the delay before
detecting machines that
do not respond with a
CNG signal (old fax ma-
chines)
0...99 SEC
0...99 SEC
SILENT
DETECT TO
This is the time from
completing dialing to
when silent detect is
switched off
5Ć22 Problem Resolution
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-2. HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Service Parameters (Continued)
Service
Parameter
Number
Display
Indication
Parameter
Description
Settings
Current
Setting
Standard
Setting
29
SILENT
DETECT IT
Time interval of silence
needed for the 700/750
to detect silence. The de-
fault is 5 seconds, so
there must be a continu-
ous 5 seconds of silence
to the machine to detect
silence
0...99 X 100 ms
50
50
30
31
MAX RING
Selects the maximum
number of rings before a
communication failure is
recognized
1...20 TIMES
20
1
20
1
RTC EOL
Selects the end-of-line
indicator to be received
before return to control
01: EOL *6*
02: EOL *12
32
33
NOT USED
MAX XMT
SPEED
Selects the highest trans-
mission speed for the
modem
01: 2400 BPS
02: 4800 BPS
03: 7200 BPS
04: 9600 BPS*
4
4
4
4
34
MAX RCV
SPEED
Selects the highest re-
ception speed for the
modem
01: 2400 BPS
02: 4800 BPS
03: 7200 BPS
04: 9600 BPS*
35
36
37
XMT LEVEL
RCV LEVEL
Sets the amplitude of the
output signals trans-
mitted
01: 0 DBM...
16: –15 DBM
9
11
0
9
11
0
Sets the sensitivity of the
fax machine to received
signals
01: –33 DBM...
16: –48 DBM
CABLE
EQUALIZE
Selects whether or not to
Equalize loss (amplitude
distortion) Between Ma-
chine and the phone
0:off* / 1:on
company exchange
38
39
ECHO
PROTECT
Selects whether or not to
activate echo protection
0:off / 1:on*
1
3
1
3
XMT TO RCV
INTRVL
Selects the time interval
between when the fax
machine ceases trans-
mission and is ready to
receive a call
01: 100 ms
02: 200 ms
03: 500 ms*
40
NSF
Disable/enable non-stan-
dard facility (only
0:off / 1:on*
1
1
700/750 to 700/750)
Problem Resolution 5Ć23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-2. HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Service Parameters (continued)
Service
Parameter
Number
Display
Indication
Parameter
Description
Settings
Current
Setting
Standard
Setting
41
42
43
CED TO 300
INTRVL
This is the time interval
from the CED (called sta-
tion identification) signal
to the 300 bps signal
01: 75 ms* 02: 1 s
1
1
1
1
1
1
CSI TRANSMIT Selects whether or not to
transmit “Called Sub-
0:off / 1:on*
0:off / 1:on*
scriber Identification”
when called
TSI TRANSMIT
Selects whether or not to
transmit a request for
“Called Transmitting Sub-
scriber Identification”
when contacting another
fax machine
44
45
CIG TRANSMIT Selects whether or not to
transmit a “Calling Sub-
scriber Identification”
0:off / 1:on*
1
0
1
0
when contacting another
fax machine
CHAR ID
TRANSMIT
Selects whether or not to
transmit a character ID
when contacting another
fax machine
0:off* / 1:on
46
47
ERROR
DETECT
Selects the mode of error
detection
01: lines 02: ratio*
2
1
2
1
LINE ERROR
Number of lines received
in error
01: 128 lines*
02: 256 lines
03: 512 lines
04: 1024 lines
05: 2148 lines
48
TOTAL ERROR
Percent of fax received in
error
01: 5%
3
3
02: 10%
03: 15%*
04: 20%
49
50
RETURN
RECEIVE
Selects between discon-
necting or continuing
when the machine re-
ceives an RTN signal
01: disconnect*
02: continue
1
1
1
1
FALLBACK
2400 BPS
If ON and received
image is degraded, re-
send message at 2400
BPS
0:off / 1:on*
5Ć24 Problem Resolution
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-2. HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Service Parameters (continued)
Service
Parameter
Number
Display
Indication
Parameter
Description
Settings
Current
Setting
Standard
Setting
51
FALLBACK
40 ms
When this parameter is
switched on and docu-
ment memory is full, the
machine indicates to the
calling fax machine that
the minimum scan time
per line is 40 ms. This
action slows down the
sending rate of the call-
ing machine
0:off* / 1:on
0
0
52
53
ECM T5 TIMER Protocol timer T5 setting
01: 1 min*
02: 4 min
2...6 piece
1
4
1
4
EOL COUNT
Sets how many EOLs
must be received to indi-
cate an RTC
54
55
56
XMT CRP CMD Selects whether or not to
transmit the Command
0:off* / 1:on
0:off* / 1:on
0
0
4
0
0
4
Repeat command
SHORT
PREAMBLE
Selects whether or not
the protocol preamble will
be short
PREAMBLE
TIME
700/750 to 700/750 NSF
(non-standard facilities)
preamble transmission
time. This is shorter the
the normal CCITT speci-
fication making NSF
01: 200 ms
02: 300 ms
03: 400 ms
04: 500 ms*
transmission faster
57
58
SHORT TCF
Selects whether or not
the Transfer Confirm sig-
nal will be short
0:off* / 1:on
0
6
0
6
CFR TO IMAGE Time between receiving
TIME
01: 75 ms
CFR and sending image
02: 150 ms
03: 225 ms
04: 300 ms
05: 400 ms
06: 450 ms*
07: 525 ms
08: 600 ms
59
TCF OFF
Protocol signal setting
01: 0.1 s
02: 0.2 s
03: 0.3 s*
04: 0.4 s
05: 0.5 s
3
3
Problem Resolution 5Ć25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-2. HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Service Parameters (continued)
Service
Parameter
Number
Display
Indication
Parameter
Description
Settings
Current
Setting
Standard
Setting
60
TCF ON
Protocol setting
01: 0.4 s
02: 0.6 s
03: 0.8 s
04: 1.0 s*
05: 1.2 s
06: 1.4 s
4
1
4
61
TCF
THRESHOLD
Protocol setting
01: 100%*
02: 98%
03: 96%
04: 94%
05: 92%
06: 90%
07: 88%
08: 86%
1
62
63
NOT USED
2400 HAND-
SHAKE
Selects whether or not to
activate 2400 BPS hand-
shaking
0: off* / 1: on
0
0
64
SILENT
DETECT TH
This is the threshold level
for silent detection. It can
be adjusted down if sig-
nal levels are low on the
line, so that the machine
detects silence when
someone is actually leav-
ing a message on the
TAM. It can be adjusted
up if the line is noisy the
the machine never de-
tects silence
01: –33 dBm...
16: –48 dBm
11
11
65
NO CARRIER
DELAY
During reception if image
data is being received
and the signal is lost,
then this is the timeout
after which the machine
will disconnect. 6 s not
required by CCITT, but
specified by German reg-
ulations
01: 2 s
02: 6 s*
2
2
66
67
NO FRAME
DELAY
Default may change to
Setting 02, 4 min
01: 1 min*
02: 4 min
1
0
1
0
COM STOP
Selects between printing
a transaction report or
not printing a transaction
report when the Stop
button is pressed during
transmission
0: off* / 1: on
5Ć26 Problem Resolution
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-2. HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 Service Parameters (continued)
Service
Parameter
Number
Display
Indication
Parameter
Description
Settings
Current
Setting
Standard
Setting
68
DOC JAM
LENGTH
This is the length of doc-
ument being scanned by
the scanner that will
cause the machine to in-
dicate a document jam
01: 0.8 M*
02: 2.0 M
03: 8.0 M
04: no limit
1
1
69
70
DOC MISFEED
NOT USED
Time elapse to detection
of misfeed
0...15 s
10
10
71
72
73
74
75
76
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
COPY COUNT
XMT COUNT
Running count of copies
n (count)
n (count)
none
none
Running count of trans-
missions
77
RCV COUNT
Running count of recep-
tions
n (count)
none
Response to Incoming Document With Errors on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
The following tables describe how the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 determine how to respond to the transmitter when a
document is received with errors. These tables apply only if the transmitter does not have or is not using ECM (Error
Correction Mode).
The signals listed in the tables and their interpretation are as follows:
D
D
MCF (Message Confirmation) – document received with good quality. Continue with next page
RTP (PIP if during voice request) – document received with marginal quality. Train before sending
next page. (RTP – retrain positive)
D
D
RTN (Retrain Negative) – document received with unacceptable quality. Train at slower speed.
DCN (Disconnect) – Too many errors. Disconnect and send signal if the error condition is detected
after complete page is received
The following Line Error Table gives the criterion used by the fax machine to determine which signal to return when
it detects a given number of errors on a page being received, and service parameter 46 is set to LINES.
For example, if service parameter 47 is set to 3 and a page is received with 254 lines in error, then the machine responds
with the RTP signal.
Problem Resolution 5Ć27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-3. Line Error on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Service Parameter 47 Setting
Number of
lines with er-
rors
01 (128)
02 (256)
03 (512)
04 (1024)
05 (2048)
06 (Off)
0-31
32-63
MCF
RTP
RTN
DCN
DCN
DCN
DCN
DCN
MCF
MCF
RTP
RTN
DCN
DCN
DCN
DCN
MCF
MCF
MCF
RTP
RTN
DCN
DCN
DCN
MCF
MCF
MCF
MCF
RTP
RTN
DCN
DCN
MCF
MCF
MCF
MCF
MCF
RTP
RTN
DCN
MCF
MCF
MCF
MCF
MCF
MCF
MCF
MCF
64-127
128-255
256-511
512-1023
1024-2047
>2047
The following Total Error Table give the criterion used by the fax machine to determine which signal to return when
it detects a given percentage of lines with errors on a page being received, and service parameter 46 is set to RATIO.
For example, if service parameter 48 is set to 2, and a page is received with 4% errors, the machine responds with the
MCF signal.
Table 5-4. Total Error on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Percent of
lines with
errors
Service Parameter 48 Setting
01 (5%)
02 (10%)
03 (15%)
04 (20%)
0-2
3-4
MCF
RTP
RTN
RTN
RTN
RTN
RTN
MCF
MCF
RTP
RTP
RTN
RTN
RTN
MCF
MCF
MCF
RTP
RTP
RTN
RTN
MCF
MCF
MCF
MCF
RTP
RTP
RTN
5-7
8-9
10-14
15-19
>20
Setting Service Parameters to Solve Communication Problems on the HP FAX-700 and
FAX-750
Communication problems are announced by information codes in the 400 to 500 range. For basic problems with the
telephone line (unable to dial a station or not answering, for example) consult the troubleshooting chapter in the User’s
Guide for the HP FAX-700/750, User’s Guide for the HP FAX-900, or the User’s Guide for the FAX-950.
Table 5-5 shows the service parameters to adjust for specific communication problems in the HP FAX-700 and
FAX-750. Adjust both the transmitting and receiving fax machines for best results. If the adjustments do not improve
the line quality, set the service parameters of both machines back to the default settings.
5Ć28 Problem Resolution
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-5. Compensating for Communication Problems in the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Transmitting Fax Machine
Receiving Fax Machine
Service
Parameter
Service Parameter
Setting (From ⇒ To)
Service
Parameter
Service Parameter
Setting (From ⇒ To)
For International Com-
munication
38
Off ⇒ On
41
75 ms ⇒ 1 sec
To Equalize Loss (Am-
plitude Distortion Be-
tween Machine and the
Phone Company Ex-
change
37
33
off ⇒ on
37
off ⇒ on
To Cope with Poor S/N
Ratio
9600 bps ⇒ 7200 to 2400
bps
36
34
–33 dBm ⇒ –34 to –48 dBm
9600 bps ⇒ 7200 to 2400
bps
To Cope with Impulse
Noise
47
41
128 ⇒ 256 to 2048
To Cope with Shifted
Signal Sequence
Caused by Echo
38
off ⇒ on
75 ms ⇒ 1 sec
Corrective Actions for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Power-On Problems
Refer to Figure 5-1, “Overall Troubleshooting Tree” at the beginning of this chapter.
Clearing Paper Jams
The HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 fax machines can detect paper jams. An information message in the message window
identifies a paper jam
Perform the following procedure to clear a paper jam:
1. Turn OFF (O) the fax machine.
2. Remove any paper from the paper tray.
3. Remove the wet paper path assembly (the document OUT tray is the top part of the wet paper path assembly.
See Figure 5-3.
Problem Resolution 5Ć29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Wet Paper Path
Assembly
EK_32
Figure 5Ć3. Removing the Wet Paper Path Assembly
4. Remove the jammed document from the front of the machine. Do NOT open the top cover (document feeder
assembly) to remove the document.
5. Pull the remaining paper from around the paper feed rollers.
6. Reinstall the wet paper path assembly.
7. Close the back cover.
Avoiding Print Skew
Print skew occurs when the movement of paper in the printer paper path is not square to the carriage movement. The
result is inconsistent print margins along the paper’s edge. Keep in mind the following information when dealing with
print skew:
D
Before assuming the fax machine has a print skew problem, ensure that the other station has properly
loaded paper. If the other station is the transmitter of the document, ensure that the document was
properly loaded on the ADF and fed through the machine correctly
D
D
D
Ensure that paper is properly loaded in your machine and that both corners of the ADF are firmly in
contact with the body of the fax machine
A skewed output printed on an HP FAX-700 or FAX-750 may be caused by document skew at the
scanner on the transmitting fax machine
Some print skew is normal. Assume that there is a problem only if the fax machine is consistently
omitting data
The Print Skew Specification for the printer paper path is ꢀ0.006 mm per mm on 95% of all pages printed.
Paper must be loaded properly to avoid print skew. To ensure that paper is loaded properly follow the procedure de-
scribed in chapter 2 of this guide.
Poor Print Quality
This section describes possible causes for the following print quality problems:
D
D
D
Faint print
Fuzzy print
Inconsistent print quality
5Ć30 Problem Resolution
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
If print quality problems occur on printouts from an HP FAX-700 or FAX-750 fax machine, check the following:
D
D
D
Print cartridges have a specified life. If the print cartridge date has expired, replace the print cartridge.
See “Solving Print Cartridge Problems” later in this chapter
HP fax machine settings can affect the print quality. Try selecting no print reduction (fixed print
reduction at 100%)
Print quality can vary with paper
– Verify that the paper is not special coated paper. The HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 use an Inkjet print
cartridge, but the print cartridge has been designed to work with plain paper. These special coated
papers do not damage the fax mechanism, but they will not produce satisfactory print quality.
– Verify that the paper meets the specification listed in chapter 1.
– Turn over the paper in the paper IN tray and try printing a fax on the other side of the paper. All
papers have a recommended print side.
– Due to differences in paper, some paper that meets the specifications listed in chapter 1 will not
produce satisfactory results. Try a different brand or type of paper.
D
The print cartridge may be running out of ink. Replace the print cartridge
Solving Problems in the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
Use the problem solving procedures, information code table, and function parameter table on the following pages to
solve problems in the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 fax machines.
The troubleshooting flowcharts provided under the heading, “Solving Problems in the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750”
may also be used for the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950.
Routine Checks
As part of your troubleshooting actions, do the following:
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
Ensure that all telephone, answering machine and fax machine lines and cords are properly connected
Ensure that the telephone line is operational, dial tone is present
Ensure documents are being loaded face down for transmission
Fan paper and document sheets before loading
Check that the paper supply tray is loaded with paper
Ensure proper media used (no plastic, thermal, perforated or heavy-weight paper)
Check that print cartridge is not empty and is properly installed
Periodically clean the print cartridge reservoir or a build-up of ink deposits may cause the ink-drop
sensor to generate a false out-of-ink message
D
Ensure that the answering machine, if used, is compatible, properly set up to answer and record calls,
and is fully operational
Problem Resolution 5Ć31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Information Codes for the FAX-900 and FAX-950
If a difficulty occurs, an information code should appear in your fax machine display. This code can be used to help
identify and resolve the problem. Refer to the following information code table for a description of the codes and
recommendedactions. To correct the problem, performtherecommendedactionsfortheinformationcodesdisplayed.
Table 5-6. Information Codes on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
Code
Description
Action
001
002
Paper supply problem (jam)
Check paper supply
Check for and clear any paper jams
010
No paper
Reload paper (fan sheets)
014
015
Print cartridge problem
Out of ink
Check for proper installation
Replace cartridge
016
030
031
Carriage cannot move
Document misfeed
Oversized document
Remove any obstruction
Clear any document jam
Reload document
060
061
Back cover or automatic document feed door
open
Close
211
Transmission of the data from modem was
stopped
Check modem
Check modem
212
Interface error occurred between CPU and mo-
dem
220
221
Receiver could not detect RTC
Check for line noise
Repair required
Interface error occurred between CPU and
graphic print mechanism (GPM)
301
System fault (software)
GPM error
Repair required
310
311
312
313
314
Check pen carriage movement, remove any ob-
structions
316
Print mechanism error (drop detect (out of ink)
sensor)
Repair required
400,402 Receiving station did not
respond, communication error
Ensure other station is operating
Resend document
401
DCN returned from RCVR when XMTR waits for Ensure mailbox availability
CFR/F11
403
Could not poll called station
Have station enable polling
404
405
Receiving station did not
respond, communication error
Ensure other station is operating
Resend document
406
407
Transmission or receiving password mismatch
Ensure password matching
Called station did not confirm previous page sent Resend document
5Ć32 Problem Resolution
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-6. Information Codes on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 (Continued)
Code
Description
Action
408
409
Called station reports last page is illegible.
Resend document
410
Received DCN while waiting for EOP, MPS, or
EOM
Check phone line, repair may be required
411
412
414
415
Polling password mismatch
No data from sending station
Polling password mismatch
Polling transmission error
Received data has errors
Ensure password matching
Ensure other station is set up for polling
Ensure password matching
Check password matching
416
417
418
419
Check with calling station
420
Enter receive mode without signal from a calling Check with calling station
station
422
427
Incompatible interface
Check with calling station
Check with calling station
Check with calling station
430
434
Communication error while
receiving
436
456
Received data has errors
Received a confidential document or poll request Print File list and check
with insufficient memory to receive the docu-
ment, confidential mailbox is full, or received the
document while printing
contents
457
Remote unit does not have Relay XMT or Confi- Check calling station
dential Communication
459
490
Signal distorted
Check for line noise
Received data has numerous errors
Check with calling station
Check with calling station
492
493
494
Communication error while
receiving
495
Telephone line disconnected
Check with calling station
Check modem
496
497
CS of modem not able to turn ON
540
541
542
543
544
Communication error during
transmission
Check with called station
Resend document
Problem Resolution 5Ć33
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-6. Information Codes on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 (Continued)
Code
Description
Action
550
Telephone line disconnected
Check with calling station
Check with calling station
552
553
554
555
Communication error while
receiving
570
571
572
573
601
Password mismatch during remote diagnostic
communication
Check password
Remote unit did not have remote diagnostic
function
Check with remote unit
Remote unit may require repair
No response during remote diagnostic commu-
nication
No remote unit data reception during diagnostic Remote unit may require repair
communication
Automatic document feed cover opened during
transmission
Close cover and resend
623
630
631
634
638
No document present
Load document
Redial attempt unsuccessful
STOP pressed while dialing
Redial attempt unsuccessful
Power failure during communication
Reload document and resend
Reload document and resend
Reload document and resend
Ensure machine is plugged into wall and pow-
ered ON
870
879
Memory overflow storing
documents for transmission
Transmit without storing in memory
Memory overflow storing
received documents
Add paper, check print
cartridge
Have station resend
962
975
Memory file access error
Repair required
Document in memory lost to power failure
See power failure report from fax machine
Print transaction journal to identify sending sta-
tion
Have station resend
995
Invalid parameter for Relay or Confidential Com- Check parameter setting
munication
5Ć34 Problem Resolution
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Function Parameters for the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
Listing the Function Parameter Settings on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 (Test Mode 3)
Use the following procedure to print a list of the function parameter settings. An asterisk (:) in front of the function
parameter setting means that it has been changed from the factory default setting (U.S. shipment setting).
Note
Note
Function parameters not set to the factory default setting may be a result of the user setting the fax
parameters. Verify the user’s preference for these settings prior to resetting these function
parameters.
Function parameters 080 and 081 are tuned at the factory to optimize the unit’s scanning
operation. Therefore, these settings may differ from the standard function parameters and
resetting the fax machine to the shipment settings does not reset these two settings.
PRS
7
Tone
Dial/Space
Menu
x 4
→
→
→
→
→
L
→
DEF
3
Start
Stop
Test mode 3 prints a list of the function parameter settings. The printout is useful for reviewing the function parameter
settings or producing a hard copy record of the settings. Use the following procedure (verbal description of the dia-
gram above) to print the function parameter settings:
1. With the fax machine in standby mode (message window showing date and time), press Menu. Then press 7.
2. With the message window showing SET MODE NO. =, press Dial/Space four times. The unit sounds an error
beep for each key entry, but this is normal.
3. Press :.
4. With the message window showing SET MODE NO. =, press 3 to select test mode 3.
5. Press Start to print a listing of the function parameters.
6. Press Stop to return to the Standby mode.
Changing the Function Parameters on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 (Test Mode 1)
PRS
7
Menu
Start
Tone
Dial/Space
x 4
→
1
→
→
→
→
L
→
Start
Stop
Start
Parameter
Number
Parameter
Value
→
→
→
To Repeat
Problem Resolution 5Ć35
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Use the following procedure to change the function parameters:
1. With the fax machine in standby mode (message window showing date and time), press Advanced Functions.
Then press 7.
2. With the message window showing SET MODE NO. =, press Dial/Space four times. The unit sounds an error
beep for each key entry, but this is normal.
3. Press :.
4. With the message window showing SET MODE NO. =, press 1 to select test mode 1.
5. Press Start.
6. Enter both digits of the desired function parameter number. If you enter an invalid number, an error beep
sounds. The shipment setting value of the parameter is shown in brackets followed by the present value after
you enter the number. See Table 5-7 for a listing of the function parameters.
7. Press Start.
8. Enter the new value for the function parameter. (It may be necessary to first press Copy/Clear to remove the
old value.) The new value overrides the existing function parameter value.
9. Press Start to store (or confirm) the new value and increment to the next function parameter.
10. You can scroll through the function parameters by pressing the Photo (ƞ) or the Stamp (Ɵ) button.
11. Press Stop twice to return to the standby mode.
Caution
Do not change any function parameter unless recommended in a troubleshooting procedure or by
HP Customer Support Center personnel.
Table 5-7. HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 Function Parameters
No.
Parameter
Selections
Function
00
POLLED FILE SAVE
1 = Off (delete auto)
2 = On (no automatic delete)
Selects whether or not to automati-
cally delete a polled document in the
memory after it is retrieved
(FAX-950 (Off)
Only)
01
ALARM STATUS
(Timer)
1 = Timer (6 seconds)
2 = Constant
Selects No Paper and No ink/toner
alarm status. If “Constant” is se-
lected, the alarm will not stop until the
“Stop” button is pressed
02-03
04
Not Used
NUMERIC ID SET
(On)
1 = Off (will not accept)
2 = On (accepts)
Selects whether or not the machine
will accept a Numeric ID or a change
to a Numeric ID
05
06
07
LANGUAGE
Selects language. Press “ƞ” or “Ɵ”
to select displayed language
ID DISPLAY
(Chara)
1 = Numer (Numeric ID)
2 = Chara (character ID)
Selects which type of ID will be dis-
played
JNL COLUMN
(Station)
1 = Preset station name
2 = Received ID
Selects contents of ID column on the
Journal
5Ć36 Problem Resolution
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-7. HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 Function Parameters (Continued)
No.
Parameter
Selection
Function
18
RX START
(9600 bps)
1 = 2400 bps
2 = 4800 bps
3 = 7200 bps
4 = 9600 bps
Selects receiving modem start speed
19
20
Not Used
CCITT ECM
(On)
1 = Off (Invalid)
2 = On (Valid)
Selects ECM (Error Correction Mode)
status
21
22
EP TONE
(Off)
1 = Off (without EP tone)
2 = On (with EP tone)
Selects whether or not the fax ma-
chine will generate an echo protect
tone
SIG. INTERVAL
(500 ms)
1 = 100 ms
2 = 200 ms
3 = 300 ms
Selects the time interval between re-
ceiving a signal and transmitting a
signal
23
24
25
26
27
TCF CHECK
(Normal)
1 = Normal (Short)
2 = Long
Selects TCF (Transmit ConFirm)
check interval
CED FREQ.
(2100 Hz)
1 = 1080 Hz (non CCITT)
2 = 2100 Hz
Selects CED (CallED station identifi-
cation) frequency
COMM. START-UP
(1’st)
1 = 1’st response
2 = 2’nd response
Selects communication start-up
condition (XMT and polling)
NON-STANDARD
(On)
1 = Off (Invalid)
2 = On (Valid)
Selects own mode (Panafax mode).
SHORT PROTOCOL
(On)
1 = Off (Invalid)
2 = On (Valid)
Selects whether or not a short proto-
col will be used
28
29
Not Used
REMOTE DIAG
(On)
1 = Off (will not accept)
2 = On (accepts)
Selects whether or not the machine
accepts remote diagnostics from a
service station. Same function as fax
parameter 31. (This is only for ma-
chine-to-machine diagnostics)
30
CED & 300 bps
(75 ms)
1 = 75 ms
2 = 1 second
Selects blank time between CED
(CallED station identification) and 300
bps signal
31
32
RTC EOL x 12
(Off)
1 = Off (EOL x 6)
2 = On (EOL x 12)
Selects RTC (Return To Control) sig-
nal
CSI TRANSMIT
(On)
1 = Off (not transmitted)
2 = On (transmitted)
Selects whether or not to transmit the
CSI (Called Subscriber Identification)
signal
33
34
TSI TRANSMIT
(On)
1 = Off (not transmitted)
2 = On (transmitted)
Selects whether or not to transmit the
TSI (Transmitting Subscriber Identifi-
cation) signal
CIG TRANSMIT
(On)
1 = Off (not transmitted)
2 = On (transmitted)
Selects whether or not to transmit the
CIG (CallInG subscriber identifica-
tion) signal
35
36
Not Used
CHARACTER ID
(On)
1 = Off (not transmitted)
2 = On (transmitted)
Selects whether or not the machine
will transmit a character ID
Problem Resolution 5Ć37
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-7. HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 Function Parameters (Continued)
No.
Parameter
Selections
Function
08
09
10
MONITOR
(Off)
1 = Off
2 = On
Selects Monitor ON/OFF for monitor-
ing fax signals
DC LOOP
(Off)
1 = Off (normal)
2 = On (off-hook)
Can select a false, off-hook state for
a back-to-back communication test
TX LEVEL
(–9 dBm)
00 = 0 dBm
.
Selects the signal output level from 0
to –15 dBm in 1 dBm steps
.
15 = –15 dBM
11
12
13
RX LEVEL
(–43 dBm)
1 = –43 dBm
2 = –38 dBm
3 = –33 dBm
4 = –48 dBm
Selects receiving sensitivity of –43,
–38, –33, or –48 dBm
DTMF LEVEL
(–6 dBm)
00 = 0 dBm
.
Selects DTMF(touch tone) output lev-
el from 0 to –15 dBm in 1 dBm steps
.
15 = –15 dBm
G3 RX EQL
(7.2 km)
1 = 0 km
2 = 6 km
Selects cable equalizer in G3 recep-
tion mode
3 = 7.2 km
4 = 13.2 km
14-16
17
Not Used
TX START
(9600 bps)
1 = 2400 bps
2 = 4800 bps
3 = 7200 bps
4 = 9600 bps
Selects transmission modem start
speed
37
PROTOCOL
DISPLAY
(Off)
1 = Off (not displayed)
2 = On (displayed)
Selects whether or not the machine
displays modem speed during com-
munication
38
39
40
41
Not Used
Not Used in U.S.
Not Used
PAUSE TIME
(3 sec)
1 = 1 sec
.
Selects pause time from 1 to 10 se-
conds in one-second steps
.
10 = 10 sec
42
43
44
PHONE CALL (For
Hong Kong version
only)
1 = Ignore (detect primary
ringer)
2 = Answer (detect secondary
ringer)
Selects whether or not to detect the
primary ringer of a double ringer
REDIAL INTERVAL
(3 min)
0 = no waiting
.
Selects redial interval from 0 to 15
minutes in one-minute steps
.
15 = 15 minutes
REDIAL COUNT
(5)
0 = no redial
.
Selects redial count of 0 to 15 times
in one-step intervals
.
15 = 15 times
5Ć38 Problem Resolution
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-7. HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 Function Parameters (Continued)
No.
Parameter
Selections
Function
45
46
47
48
RING DET. COUNT
(2)
1 = 1 ring
.
.
Selects a ring detect count from 1 to
9 times in one-step intervals
9 = 9 rings
ON-HOOK TIME
(5 sec)
0 = 0 sec
.
.
Selects on-hook time between se-
quential communication calls from 0
to 90 seconds in 1 second steps
90 = 90 sec
RESPONSE WAIT
(65 sec)
1 = 1 sec
.
.
Selects waiting time to respond after
finishing the dialing in 1 second steps
90 = 90 sec
EXT. TEL DIAL
(Invalid)
1 = Invalid
2 = Valid
Selects whether or not key pad dial is
available when the external phone is
off-hook
49
50
Not Used
RING DET. MODE
(Normal)
1 = Normal
2 = Rough
Selects seriousness of ringer detec-
tion. If the line signal is “noisy”, set to
Rough so the machine will be more
likely to detect signals
51
TONE DET. MODE
(Normal)
1 = Normal
2 = Rough
Selects seriousness of dial tone and
busy tone detection. If the line signal
is “noisy”, set to Rough so the ma-
chine will be more likely to detect sig-
nals
52
PULSE RATE
(10 pps)
1 = 10 pps
2 = 20 pps
Selects the dial pulse rate
53-54
55
Not Used in U.S.
BUSY TONE CHECK
(On)
1 = Off
2 = On
Selects busy tone detection function
56-57
58
Not Used in U.S.
Not Used
59
CONF. RCV REPORT
1 = Off (not printed out)
2 = On (printed out)
Selects whether or not CONF. RCV
REPORT is printed
(FAX-950 (On)
Only)
60
VERSION
Indicates the machine type (900 or
950) and the ROM version in the
message window
61
TX/RX/PRT
COUNTER
TX/RX/PRINT
Indicates the transmitted, received
and printed document count
62-63
64
Not Used
SILENT DET. T. OUT
(60 sec)
00 = 0 sec
.
Select silent detection timeout time
(TAM I/F)
.
99 = 99 sec
Problem Resolution 5Ć39
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-7. HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 Function Parameters (Continued)
No.
Parameter
Selections
Function
65
66
SILENT DETECTION
(On)
1 = Off
2 = On
Selects the silent detection function
(TAM I/F). Same function as fax pa-
rameter No. 20
SILENT DET. DELAY
(20 sec)
00 = 0 sec
.
Selects silent detection delay time
(TAM I/F)
.
99 = 99 sec
67
68
SILENT INT. TIME
(5000 ms)
00 = 0 ms
.
Selects silent detection integration
time (TAM I/F). The time can be se-
lected from 0 to 9900 ms in 100 ms
steps. For example a setting of 50
would select 5000 ms
.
99 = 99 00 ms
RING COUNT (TAM)
1 = 1 time
.
.
Selects ring detect count of 1 to 9
times in one-step intervals on TAM
I/F mode
9 = 9 times
69
70
Not Used
LINE ERROR
(128)
1 = 128 lines
2 = 256 lines
3 = 512 lines
4 = 1024 lines
5 = 2048 lines
6 = Off (will not disconnect the
line)
Selects the line disconnect condition
during reception. If the number of line
errors exceeds this setting, the ma-
chine will disconnect the line.
Selects the transmit condition of RTP/
PIP or RTN/PIN if function parameter
73, ERROR DETECT, is set to
“LINES”
71
72
TOTAL ERROR
(10%)
1 = 5%
Selects transmit condition of RTP/PIP
or RTN/PIN if function parameter 73,
ERROR DETECT, is set to “RATE”
2 = 10%
3 = 15%
4 = 20%
CONTI. ERROR
(Off)
1 = 3 lines/STD
2 = 6 lines/STD
3 = 12 lines/STD
4 = Off
Selects continuous total error criteria
for Standard Mode. If continuous total
err exceeds this setting, the unit will
transmit RTN/PIN. Available if func-
tion parameter 73, ERROR DETECT,
is set to “RATE”
73
74
75
ERROR DETECT
(Rate)
1 = Lines
2 = Rate
Selects error detect condition
RTN RECEIVE
(Discon)
1 = Disconnect
2 = Continue
Selects the reaction of the fax ma-
chine when RTN is received
MH/MR/MMR
1 = MH (MH only)
2 = MR (MH or MR)
Selects coding scheme
3 = MMR (MH or MR or MMR)
76-79
80
Not Used
DOC TOP FEED
(15 mm)
00 = 0 mm
.
.
Adjusts distance between scanning
sensor ON position and scanning
start position
99 = 99 mm
5Ć40 Problem Resolution
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-7. HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 Function Parameters (Continued)
No.
Parameter
Selections
Function
81
82
DOC END FEED
(7 mm)
00 = 0 mm
.
.
Adjust distance between scanning
sensor Off position and scanning end
position
99 = 99 mm
TX-JAM LENGTH
(2 m)
1 = 1 m
2 = 2 m
Selects jammed length at TX
3 = Unlimited
83
84
Not Used
LINE AS NO PAPER
(Ring)
1 = Ring (be ringing)
2 = Busy (send busy tone)
Selects whether the buzzer is ringing
or sending a busy tone to the remote
station when recording paper runs
out or the unit cannot receive be-
cause of any trouble
85-86
87
Not Used
DARKEN LEVEL
(4)
0 = Darkest Original
.
Selects the printing contrast level
Selects the printing contrast level
Selects the printing contrast level
.
5 = Lightest Original
88
89
NORMAL LEVEL
(2)
0 = Darkest Original
.
.
5 = Lightest Original
LIGHTEN LEVEL
(0)
0 = Darkest Original
.
.
5 = Lightest Original
90 (For
FAX-950 (mm)
Only)
STORE RESOL.
1 = mm
2 = inch
Selects the units of resolution for
storage of documents to memory
91
INK TEST
(On)
1 = Off
2 = On
Selects whether or not the machine
performs an ink test
92
RR/RNR TIMER
(4 min)
1 = 1 min
2 = 4 min
Selects ECM (Error Correction Mode)
T5 timer. (CCITT = 1 min " 15%)
93-99
Not Used
Problem Resolution 5Ć41
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Setting Function Parameters to Solve Communication Problems on the HP FAX-900 and
FAX-950
Communication problems are announced by information codes in the 400 to 500 range. For basic problems with the
telephone line (unable to dial a station or not answering, for example), consult the User’s Guide for the HP FAX-900
and FAX-950.
Table 5-5 shows the function parameters to adjust for specific communication problems in the HP FAX-900 and
FAX-950. Adjust both the transmitting and receiving fax machines for best results. If the adjustments do not improve
the line quality, set the function parameters of both machines back to the default settings.
Table 5-8. Compensating for Communication Problems in the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
Transmitting Fax Machine
Receiving Fax Machine
Function
Parameter
Function Parameter
Setting (From ⇒ To)
Function
Parameter
Function Parameter
Setting (From ⇒ To)
For International Com-
munication
021
025
Invalid ⇒ Valid
1st ⇒ 2nd
018
9600 bps ⇒ 7200, 4800,
2400 bps
2100 Hz ⇒ 1080 Hz
75 ms ⇒ 1 sec
024
030
To Equalize Loss (Am-
plitude Distortion Be-
tween Machine and Ex-
change of Phone Com-
pany
013
4 dB ⇒ 8 or 12 dB
To Cope with Poor S/N
Ratio
010
017
–9 dBm ⇒ 0 to –8 dBm
9600 bps ⇒ 7200 to 2400
bps
011
018
–43 dBm ⇒ –33 or –38 dBm
9600 bps ⇒ 7200 to 2400
bps
023
100
Normal ⇒ Long
To Cope with Impulse
Noise
128 ⇒ 256 to 2048
To Cope with Shifted
Signal Sequence
Caused by Echo
025
1st ⇒ 2nd
024
030
032
2100 Hz ⇒ 1080 Hz
75 ms ⇒ 1 sec
Valid ⇒ Invalid
Corrective Actions for the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
Use the procedures described in this section to perform routine corrective actions such as clearing a paper jam, solving
document misfeed problems, or resolving a poor print quality problem. The HP FAX-950 is shown in the illustrations,
but the procedures are applicable to the FAX-900 also.
Clearing a Paper Jam
To clear a paper jam, perform the following steps:
1. Open the top cover located just above the automatic document feed cover. Grasp each end of the top cover and
lift it open.
2. Remove the jammed paper.
3. Close the top cover.
5Ć42 Problem Resolution
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Clearing a Document Jam
To clear a document jam in the automatic document feed mechanism, perform the following steps:
1. Remove the document from the document IN tray.
2. Lift open the automatic document feed cover.
3. Remove the jammed paper from the automatic document feed mechanism.
4. Close the automatic document feed cover.
Figure 5Ć4. Clearing
a
Document Jam
Correcting Multiple Sheet Feed or Misfeed of Documents
Multiple feeds are when two or more sheets of the document feed through the fax machine at the same time. This
condition can be caused by paper that is unusually thin or sticking together because of humidity or other climatic
conditions. Documents that are of different types or weights of paper also increase the chances of multiple feeds. Mis-
feeds can be caused by paper that is unusually thick or of a heavy-weight bond. Also ensure that the document is free of
staples, paper clips and is not greasy, or torn.
To alleviate multiple sheet feeding or misfeeds of document pages, your HP FAX-900 has an adjustable pressure plate
that you can set to compensate for most paper conditions. This switch is located on the top center edge of the automatic
document feeder. The switch positions (1, 2, 3) are embossed in the automatic document feed cover.
Your fax machine also has a paper separator assembly to help separate pages as they go through the automatic docu-
ment feed mechanism.
To correct multiple sheet feed or misfeed of documents, first try adjusting the pressure plate switch. Instructions for
adjustingthepressureplateswitchareprovidedinthe followingparagraphs. Ifadjustingthepressureplateswitchdoes
not solve the problem, replace the paper separator assembly pad. Instructions for replacing the paper separator assem-
bly pad are contained in chapter 2 starting on page 19.
Adjusting the Pressure Plate Switch
If the document does not feed (misfeed), you can set the pressure plate switch to position 1 to decrease the pressure of
the plate. See Figure 5-5.
If the document feeds more than one page at a time (multiple feed), you can set the pressure plate switch to position 3 to
increase the pressure of the plate.
Switch position 2 is the normal setting for the pressure plate switch.
Adjust the switch setting as necessary. Set to position 1 if misfeeds (failure to feed) occur. Set to position 3 if multiple
sheet feeds occur. Return the switch to position 2 when the fax transmission is completed.
Problem Resolution 5Ć43
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FAX950-21
Figure 5Ć5. Adjusting the Pressure Plate Switch (HP FAXĆ900 and FAXĆ950)
Poor Print Quality
Print quality can be caused by several conditions. Dots, dark streaks or missing lines are visible symptoms. Check and
perform each of the items listed below.
D
D
D
D
Check print cartridge for ink and proper installation.
Clean the print cartridge contacts using a swab moistened with isopropyl alcohol or water.
Ensure that quality paper is used.
Ensure the contrast, quality and resolution settings are properly set for the type of document being
processed.
D
Clean the scanner glass and reflective strip using a soft moist cloth, isopropyl alcohol or water is
recommended. Do NOT use coarse material or abrasives (cleansers) to clean. Scanner glass is located
on the automatic document feed mechanism. The white reflective strip is located on the underside of
the automatic document feed cover. Access is limited. Lift open the cover to access the scanner and
reflective strip.
FAX950-31
Figure 5Ć6. Cleaning the Scanner Glass and Reflective Strip
D
Clean the small rubber rollers located on automatic document feed mechanism. Use a soft cloth and
isopropyl alcohol or water. Manually rotate the rollers to clean the entire surface. Access to the roller
is limited. Lift open the automatic document feed cover to access the rollers.
5Ć44 Problem Resolution
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Replacing the Verification Stamp on the HP FAX-950
When the verification stamp mark begins to fade with use, it is recommended to replace the stamp. Contact your local
HP authorized fax dealer to order.
The procedure for replacing the verification stamp is in chapter 3 on page 60.
Diagnostic Codes
The HP fax machine journals (32-transaction reports) contain a diagnostic code to help analyze the facsimile’s opera-
tion. These diagnostic codes can provide troubleshooting clues by indicating patterns of communication problems.
For example, if a customer complains about slow transmissions, a diagnostic code may reveal the the facsimile is
falling back to a slower transmission speed.
Figure 5-7 shows the diagnostic code on an individual transmission journal for the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950. The
diagnostic code for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 is similar but consists of 10 digits instead of 12.
The 32 transaction report for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 has a result column that will contain the error code for any
error that occurs during a transaction. See Figure 5-8.
FAX-900/950 JOURNAL
::::::::::: –JOURNAL– :::::::::::: DATE SEP–01–1993 ::::: ME 10:27 ::::::
NO.
COM
PAGES
FILE DURATION
00:10’41
X/R
IDENTIFICATION
DATE
TIME
DIAGNOSTIC
01
02
03
04
05
06
420
OK
000
003
001
001
001
007
RCV
XMT
RCV
XMT
SMT
RCV
JUL–13
JUL–14
JUL–21
AUG–09
AUG–10
AUG–13
17:39 001026020000
18:01 20404402C000
15:08 C4142B03C700
12:46 C0044903C700
07:55 C0044903C700
12:45 C0142A0AC000
001
002
00:01’54
00:00’32
00:01’35
00:00’23
00:03’57
ALPHA CORP.
PARTNERS
S-OK
407
OK
007
014
OK
9442595
::::::::::::::::::::::: ( FAX–950 V1.05 ) ::::: – 619 534 6501– ::::::::::::
Figure 5Ć7. Identifying the Diagnostic Code in
a
FAXĆ900/950 Journal
Problem Resolution 5Ć45
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FAX-700/750 JOURNAL
32 TRANSACTION REPORT FOR HP FAX–700 SERIES
VERSION: 01.00
FAX NAME:
FAX NUMBER:
BOB
2329734
DATE:
TIME:
02–AUG–94
14:42
DATE
TIME
REMOTE FAX NAME AND NUMBER
DURATION
PG
RESULT DIAGNOSTIC
01–JUL 00:05 R 619 673 5752
04–JUL 10:13 S 619 483 9786
0:00:29
0:00:30
0:00:15
0:00:22
0:00:10
0:00:29
1
2
1
3
1
1
ERROR 509551112000000
OK
OK
OK
OK
96311300116C
96311300116C
96311300116C
96311300116C
04–JUL 14:02 I
223 456 2531
05–JUL 15:00 O 619 191 4652
05–JUL 15:45 R 297 843 1223
01–JUL 00:05 R 619 673 5752
ERROR 509551112000000
************************************************************************************************** *************** ********
S=FAX SENT
R=FAX RECEIVED
ERROR CODE DIAGNOSTIC CODE
I=POLL IN (FAX RECEIVED
O=POLLED OUT (FAX SENT)
Figure 5Ć8. Identifying an Error Code and Diagnostic Code in
a
FAXĆ700/750 Journal
If necessary, refer to the paragraphs under the heading titled, “Printing Reports”in this guide to find out how to print a
journal on your particular fax machine.
Diagnostic Codes for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Table 5-9 through describe how to decode the meaning of each digit in the diagnostic in the FAX-700 and FAX-750.
Table 5-9. First Digit in the Diagnostic Code for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
First Digit in
Code
Communication
Started
G3/G3 N-S
ECM
0
5
6
9
A
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
G3 Standard
G3 Standard
Yes
Yes
Table 5-10. Second Digit in the Diagnostic Code for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Second Digit in
Code
Communication
Started
Resolution
Coding
Method
0
5
6
7
9
A
B
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Normal
Normal
Normal
Fine
MH
MR
MMR
MH
Fine
MR
Fine
MMR
5Ć46 Problem Resolution
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-11. Third Digit in the Diagnostic Code for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Third Digit in
Code
Modem Speed
0
Communication
not started
1
2
3
4
2400 bps
4800 bps
9600 bps
7200 bps
Table 5-12. Fourth Digit in the Diagnostic Code for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Fourth Digit in
Code
Min Transmission
Time
0
Communication
not started
1
2
3
5
8
20 ms
40 ms
10 ms
5 ms
0 ms
Table 5-13. Fifth Digit in the Diagnostic Code for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Fifth Digit in
Code
Receive Mode
1
Automatic reception
Manual reception
Automatic dialing
Manual dialing
7200 bps
2
4
8
4
Problem Resolution 5Ć47
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-14. Sixth Digit in the Diagnostic Code for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Sixth Digit in
Code
Receive Mode
Receive Active/Inactive
0
No reception
1
2
Manual
Do
FAX mode
Undo
3
4
FAX mode
Do
FAX/TEL mode
Undo
5
6
FAX/TEL mode
Do
FAX/TAM w/o silent detection
Undo
7
8
FAX/TAM w/o silent detection
FAX/TAM w/ silent detection
Do
Undo
9
FAX/TAM w/ silent detection
Distinctive
Do
A
Undo
B
Distinctive
Do
Table 5-15. Seventh Digit in the Diagnostic Code for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Seventh Digit in
Code
Remote Party
Send Start Time
Message Source
0
1
3
5
7
9
B
D
F
No send
Real time
Real time
Delayed
Delayed
Real time
Real time
Delayed
Delayed
1 location
Direct
1 location
Memory
Direct
1 location
1 location
Memory
Direct
Multi-locations
Multi-locations
Multi-locations
Multi-locations
Memory
Direct
Memory
5Ć48 Problem Resolution
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-16. Eighth Digit in the Diagnostic Code for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Eighth Digit in
Code
Send
Receive
Polling Send
Polling Receive
1
2
Do
Do
Table 5-17. Ninth Digit in the Diagnostic Code for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Ninth Digit in
Code
Voice Request
STOP Key
DCN Reception
0
1
No request
No request
No request
No request
Requested
Requested
Requested
Requested
Not depressed
Not depressed
Depressed
Not received
Received
2
3
4
5
6
7
Not received
Received
Depressed
Not depressed
Not depressed
Depressed
Not received
Received
Not received
Received
Depressed
Table 5-18. Tenth Digit in the Diagnostic Code for the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Tenth Digit in
Code
RTN Receive
ID Receive
0
1
2
3
Not received
Not received
Received
Not received
Received
Not received
Received
Received
The eleventh digit of the diagnostic code is the upper byte of the manufacturer’s code. The twelfth digit of the diagnos-
tic code is the lower byte of the manufacturer’s code.
Problem Resolution 5Ć49
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Diagnostic Codes for the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
Table 5-19 through Table 5-27 describe how to decode the meaning of each digit in the diagnostic in the FAX-900 and
FAX-950. The first digit in the diagnostic code is the manufacturer code.
Table 5-19. Second Digit in the Diagnostic Code for the FAX-900 and FAX-950
Second Digit in
Code
DCN
Stop Button
Voice Contact
Requested?
Auto
Dialer
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
Received
Received
Received
Received
Received
Received
Received
Received
Pressed
Pressed
Requested
Requested
Requested
Requested
Pressed
Pressed
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Pressed
Pressed
Requested
Requested
Requested
Requested
Pressed
Pressed
5Ć50 Problem Resolution
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-20. Third Digit in the Diagnostic Code for the FAX-900 and FAX-950
Third Digit in
Code
Receive Start
ID
Polling Tx in
Turnaround Polling
(TSI or CSI)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
Automatic
Manual
Received
Received
Received
Automatic
Manual
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Automatic
Manual
Received
Received
Received
Automatic
Manual
Table 5-21. Fourth Digit in the Diagnostic Code for the FAX-900 and FAX-950
Fourth Digit
in Code
Relayed
SMT
Short
Protocol
Password
XMT
Deferred
Communication
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Problem Resolution 5Ć51
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-22. Fifth Digit in the Diagnostic Code for the FAX-900 and FAX-950
Fifth Digit
in Code
Polling
RCV Mode
RCV
Mode
XMT
Mode
Turnaround
Polling Mode
0
1
2
3
4
8
9
A
B
C
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Table 5-23. Sixth Digit in the Diagnostic Code for the FAX-900 and FAX-950
Sixth Digit
in Code
ECM
G3/G3N-S
Memory XMT
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
G3 Standard
G3 Standard
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
G3 Standard
G3 Standard
G3 Standard
G3 Standard
Yes
Yes
The Seventh Digit in Code is always zero (0).
5Ć52 Problem Resolution
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-24. Eighth Digit in the Diagnostic Code for the FAX-900 and FAX-950
Eighth Digit in Code
Resolution
Encoding
0
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A
C
E
Standard
Standard
Fine
MH
MMR
MH
Fine
MMR
MH
300 dpi
300 dpi
MMR
Standard
Fine
MR
MR
MR
300 dpi
Table 5-25. Ninth Digit in the Diagnostic Code for the FAX-900 and FAX-950
Ninth Digit in Code
Modem Speed
Polling Tx
0
1
2
3
8
9
A
B
2400 bps
4800 bps
7200 bps
9600 bps
2400 bps
4800 bps
7200 bps
9600 bps
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Table 5-26. Tenth Digit in the Diagnostic Code for the FAX-900 and FAX-950
Tenth Digit in Code
Scanning Rate
0
1
2
4
7
20 ms/line
5 ms/line
10 ms/line
40 ms/line
0 ms/line
The Eleventh Digit in Code is always zero (0).
Problem Resolution 5Ć53
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-27. Twelfth digit in the Diagnostic Code for the FAX-900 and FAX-950
Data
Confidential Communication
RTN Receive
0
1
8
9
Yes
Yes
Received
Received
Remote Diagnostics
Remote diagnostics provide a method of remotely troubleshooting HP fax machines at the customers site. On the HP
FAX-700 and FAX-750, no special hardware is needed to perform remote diagnostics. Service personnel can remote-
ly retrieve system and journal data from the customer’s fax machine, analyze the information, and then transfer set-
tings back to the customer’s unit. Service personnel can then poll journals from the repaired machine to verify that the
problem is solved. On the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950, service personnel with a modified (ROM installed) machine
can remotely retrieve system information from the customer’s fax machine, analyze the information, and then transfer
settings back to the customer’s unit. Service personnel can then poll journals from the repaired machine to verify that
the problem is solved. The following are some of the benefits of this type of remote diagnostic repair:
D
Service personnel can respond quickly to customer needs, decreasing the time the product is
inoperative
D
D
Remote diagnostics requires less of the customer’s time
Service personnel can easily verify the repair by retrieving journals on a periodic basis without taking
any of the customer’s time
D
Repair can be done without the customer present
Remote diagnostics may also be valuable when performing a unit exchange of the customer’s fax machine. If the cus-
tomer’s unit is capable of transferring and receiving data, customer settings can be transferred to a remote diagnostic
unit. Then, after the exchangefax machine is received, the customer’ssettings(such asfunctionparametersettings and
one-touch telephone numbers) can be transferred to the customer’s replacement unit. This process saves the customer
the time needed to configure the exchanged unit to match the previous machine settings.
Note
Remote diagnostics require the customer’s HP fax machine to be functional and capable of
sending and receiving information. On the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950, it must also have
function parameter 029 set to ON to remotely diagnose the unit. On the HP FAX-700 and
FAX-750, no special parameter setting is required to carry out the remote diagnostic process.
Note
If ECM (Error Correction Mode) is turned off on either the diagnostic machine or the customer’s
machine, data is transferred at 300 bps, regardless of the modem speed set by functional para-
meters 017 (RCV) and 018 (XMT). This may be useful if you suspect that the customer’s
problem is related to high-speed data transmission.
5Ć54 Problem Resolution
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Retrievable and Transferable Information
Table 5-28 summarizes retrievable and transferable information using the remote diagnostics function.
Table 5-28. Retrievable and Transferable Information
Information
Retrievable?
Transferable?
Journals
Yes
No
1
1
User Parameters
Yes
Yes
Relay and Confidential
Parameters
2
2
Yes
Yes
3
Function/Fax Parameters
Yes
Yes
One-touch and Speed-dial
Numbers
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Program Keys
1
Except date and time
Not applicable to the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 fax machines
Excluding counters and ROM version
2
3
Modifying a FAX-900, or FAX-950 for Remote Diagnostics
The HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 can be modified to be a remote diagnostics station for troubleshooting other fax ma-
chines by replacing the existing firmware on the logic PCA with a special diagnostics ROM. Table 5-29 gives the part
numbers of the diagnostic ROM required.
Table 5-29. Diagnostic ROM Part Numbers
Fax Model
900
Part Number
C3510-60014
C3510-60014
950
Note
No special diagnostics ROM is required for accomplishing remote diagnostics on the
HP FAX-700 and FAX-750 fax machines
Diagnostic ROM Installation in the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
To install a diagnostic ROM in the HP FAX-900 or FAX-950, perform the following procedure:
1. Raise the ADF (automatic document feeder).
2. Using a small flat-head screwdriver, remove the cover over the firmware IC. See Figure 5-9.
Problem Resolution 5Ć55
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Figure 5Ć9. Removing the Firmware IC Cover (HP FAXĆ900 or FAXĆ950)
3. Remove the firmware IC from the logic PCA.
4. Install the remote diagnostic ROM in the firmware ROM socket by aligning the ROM over the socket. Posi-
tion pin 1 at the front left corner of the IC socket. Press the ROM into place and ensure that no IC pins are bent
under the IC.
Retrieving Customer Data
Function parameter 029 must be set to ON on the diagnostic center’s and the customer’s machine in the HP FAX-900
and FAX-950. Fax parameter 52 in the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 (diagnostic password) must be set to the same
password in the diagnostic center’s machine and in the customer’s machine. The center’s fax machine and the custom-
er’s machine must be the same model.
Retrievable Information. The following data can be retrieved from the customer’s machine:
D
SYS data:
H
User information:
± Logo (FAX-900 and FAX-950 Only)
± ID Number
± Character ID (Also known as station name)
± Polling password (FAX-900 and FAX-950 Only)
± TX password (FAX-950 Only)
± Rx password (FAX-950 Only)
H
H
H
H
Relay and confidential communication parameters (FAX-950 Only)
One-touch and speed dial numbers
Program keys (FAX-950 Only)
Fax parameters and function parameters (including ROM version and counters on the FAX-900
and FAX-950)
5Ć56 Problem Resolution
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
D
JNL data:
H
32-transaction journal
Retrieving SYS and JNL Data on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Caution
The below procedure accesses the service menu level of the fax machine and should not be
disclosed to non-HP personnel. Disclosure could result in customers losing data or having their
fax machine rendered inoperative.
To retrieve SYS and JNL data on the FAX-700 and FAX-750, perform the following procedure:
Menu
Press & hold
down the Stop
button
Release the Stop
and Menu buttons
→
7
→
→
→
Enter
Browse to
Option 4
→
→
0
0
→
→
→
→
Enter
Enter
Choose Option 1:
Upload from User
Type phone
number
→
→
The following messages appear in succession:
Dialing
Waiting for Answer
Once the connection is made, the customer’s data will be uploaded to customer support. The process is accomplished
automatically. Later, before downloading modified function parameters or user settings, customer support people
must be sure to explain to the user the details of the changes they plan to make.
Retrieving SYS Data on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
To retrieve SYS data from the HP FAX-900 or FAX-950, perform the following procedure:
1. Set test mode 79 to 2.
Problem Resolution 5Ć57
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PRS
7
Tone
Dial/Space
x 4
Menu
Start
Start
→
→
→
1
→
→
→
→
L
→
PRS
7
WXY
9
ABC
2
Start
→
→
→
Stop
2. Poll the customer’s machine to retrieve its SYS data.
Start
DEF
3
Menu
Enter a 4-digit
password*
→
→
→
→
Start
Dial the telephone
number of the target
machine
→
* The diagnostic center fax machine and the target fax machine must have
the same diagnostic password set.
3. The customer’s user data, relay information, one-touch and speed dial numbers, fax parameters, and function
parameters replace the diagnostic station’s configuration.
Retrieving JNL Data on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
To retrieve JNL data from the HP FAX-900 or FAX-950, perform the following procedure:
1. Set test mode 79 to 3.
PRS
7
Tone
Dial/Space
x 4
Menu
Start
Start
→
→
→
1
→
→
→
→
L
→
PRS
7
WXY
9
DEF
3
Start
→
→
→
Stop
2. Poll the customer’s machine to retrieve its JNL data.
5Ć58 Problem Resolution
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Start
DEF
3
Menu
Enter a 4-digit
password*
→
→
→
→
Start
Dial the telephone
number of the target
machine
→
* The diagnostic center fax machine and the target fax machine must have
the same diagnostic password set.
3. The customer’s 32-transaction journal replaces the diagnostic station’s journal.
After the start button is pressed at the end of the step 2 polling process in each of the retrieval procedures, the following
displays automatically appear in succession:
* DIALING *
123456789
ON LINE * RCV *
ID:
DATE & TIME
nn%
Transferring Data to the Customer’s Machine
On the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950, function parameter 029 must be set to ON on the diagnostic center’s and the
customer’s machine. Fax parameter 52 in the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 (diagnostic password) must be set to the
same password in the diagnostic center’s machine and in the customer’s machine. On the HP FAX-700 and
FAX-750, no special fax parameter settings are required to perform remote diagnostics.
Transferable Information. The following SYS data can be transferred to the customer’s machine:
D
SYS data:
H
User information:
± Logo (FAX-900 and FAX-950 Only)
± ID Number
± Character ID (Also known as station name)
± Polling password (FAX-900 and FAX-950 Only)
± TX password (FAX-900 and FAX-950 Only)
± Rx password (FAX-900 and FAX-950 Only)
Problem Resolution 5Ć59
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
H
H
H
H
Relay and confidential communication parameters (FAX-950 Only)
One-touch and speed dial numbers
Program keys (FAX-950 Only)
Fax parameters and function parameters (including ROM version and counters on the HP
FAX-900 and FAX-950)
Transferring SYS Data on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Caution
Before downloading modified function parameters or user settings, customer support people
must be sure to explain to the user the details of the changes they plan to make. Failure to do so
can cause the customer to lose some of his favored settings or parameters.
Caution
The below procedure accesses the service menu level of the fax machine and should not be
disclosed to non-HP personnel. Disclosure could result in customers losing data or having their
fax machine rendered inoperative.
To transfer SYS data on the FAX-700 and FAX-750, perform the following procedure:
Menu
Press & hold
Release the
→
→
7
down the Stop
button
→
→
Stop and Menu
buttons
Enter
Browse to
Option 4
→
0
→
→
→
0
→
Enter
Enter
Choose Option 2:
Download to User
Type phone
number
→
→
→
The following messages appear in succession:
Dialing
Waiting for Answer
Once the connection is made, customer support data will be downloaded to the user’s fax machine. The process is
accomplished automatically.
5Ć60 Problem Resolution
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Transferring SYS Data on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
To transfer SYS data on the FAX-900 and FAX-950, perform the following procedure:
1. Set function parameter 78 to 2 (SYS).
PRS
7
Tone
Dial/Space
x 4
Menu
Start
Start
→
→
→
1
→
→
→
→
L
→
PRS
7
TUV
8
ABC
2
Start
→
→
→
Stop
2. Place a document on the ADF, dial the telephone number of the customer’s machine, and press the start button:
Dial/Space
Start
Load
Document
Telephone
Number
→
→
→
3. The following displays will appear in succession:
ON LINE * XMT *
ID:
DOCUMENT SET
4. Remove the document from the ADF, and a display with the following information will appear:
DATE & TIME
nn%
5. The SYS data of the diagnostic machine has been transferred to the customer’s machine.
Problem Resolution 5Ć61
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Remote Diagnostics Process
Use the following process to adjust settings in a customer’s HP fax machine from a customer support diagnostic unit:
1. Retrieve the settings and journal from the customer’s machine. Use the information under the heading “Re-
trieving Customer Data” in this chapter. The settings in the customer support diagnostic unit are modified to
that of the customer’s settings.
2. Analyze the settings and journal.
3. Adjust the parameters in the customer support diagnostic unit to fix the problem in the customer’s unit.
4. Transfer the adjusted setting to the customer’s HP fax machine. Use the information under the heading,
“Transferring Data to the Customer’s Machine” in this chapter.
5. Verify that the problem is fixed by retrieving journals at a later date and analyzing the diagnostic code on the
journal.
Analyzing a Customer’s Machine. Once you have retrieved the information from a customer’s HP fax machine,
review the diagnostic code digits from the journal and the function parameter settings.
If you received function parameter settings from the customer’s machine, print a listing of the function parameter set-
tings. In an HP FAX-900 or FAX-950, look for function parameters not set to the U.S. shipment settings and determine
if those settings may be causing the customer’s problems. In the HP FAX-700 or FAX-750, determine whether or not a
setting might be modified to solve the problem indicated. In the FAX-700 and FAX-750 machines, an information
code may be printed on the journal report to indicate the problem.
Read “Setting Function Parameters to Solve Communication Problems on the HP FAX–700 and FAX-750” or “Set-
ting Function Parameters to Solve Communication Problems on the HP FAX–900 and FAX-950” to determine which
function parameters to adjust to solve communication problems.
If you received a journal from the customer’s machine, print the journal using the instructions in “Diagnostic Codes”
in this chapter. See Table 5-30 “Significant Diagnostic Code Digits” for a list of specific diagnostic code digits that
may help identify the probable cause. These code digits can be further decoded for the FAX-700 and FAX-750 using
Table 5-9 through Table 5-18. These code digits can be further decoded for the FAX-900 and FAX-950 using
Table 5-19 through Table 5-27.
Example
On the HP FAX-900 or FAX 950, if digit 5 of the diagnostic code shows that all communication
errors occur when receiving documents, the HP fax machine may need an adjustment to a
function parameter that affects the reception of documents such as Rx Level, G3 Rx Eql, and
Rx Start (function parameters 011, 013, and 018 respectively).
5Ć62 Problem Resolution
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-30. Significant Diagnostic Code Digits
Significant Diagnostic Code Digits
Diagnostic
Code Digit
900/950
Diagnostic
Code Digit
700/750
Description
2
5
9
8
DCN (disconnect) Received?
Receive Mode?
Transmit Mode?
6
1
ECM Used
Standard or Non-Standard
Group 3 mode?
8
9
2
3
Resolution and coding of data.
Communication Speed.
RTN received?
12
10
Test Modes on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
HP fax 900 machines contain internal diagnostics that initialize settings, set fax parameters, and test the product’s
operation. Some test modes have uses other than for troubleshooting. Table 5-31 summarizes the test modes.
Table 5-31. List of HP Fax Test Modes on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
Test Mode
Number
Description
0
Prints a test pattern to check the GPM
(graphics print mechanism)
1
Identifies function parameters for changing
settings
3
4
Prints a listing of the function parameters
Generates transmission speed signals
Generates fax machine tone signals
RAM initialization
5
6
7
Generates DTMF signals
9
Tests the document memory RAM
10
Tests the message window, panel, and
scanner LEDs
Entering Test Mode on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
Test mode is an unlisted choice under Function 7 Set Mode. to reach the test mode menu, use this sequence:
PRS
7
Tone
Menu
Dial/Space
x 4
Start
Test
Mode No.
→
→
→
→
L
→
1. From the standby mode (message window showing date and time), press Menu, then press 7.
Problem Resolution 5Ć63
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2. With the message window showing SET MODE NO. =, press Dial/Space four times. The unit sounds an error
beep each time you press Dial/Space. This is normal.
3. Press “L”.
4. With the message window showing SET MODE NO. = (ENTER 0 - 10), press any number 0 through 10 to
select test modes 0 through 10. See Table 5-31 for a list of test mode numbers.
5. Press Start to enter the test mode.
6. Press Stop to exit test mode (if necessary) and return to standby mode.
Test Mode 0 on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 (Printing a GPM Self-Test Pattern)
When test mode 0 is selected and the Start button is pressed, the HP fax machine will cause the GPM (graphics print
mechanism) to print a test pattern. See Figure 5-10 for an illustration of the typical test pattern generated in test mode
0.
Firmware Date Code or
Revision Number
Print Cartridge
Nozzles Test
Mechanism
Alignment Test
Figure 5Ć10. GPM SelfĆTest Pattern (Test Mode 0)
5Ć64 Problem Resolution
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Test Mode 1 (Changing Function Parameters) on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
The use of test mode 1 to change function parameters has already been described in this chapter under the following
heading, “Changing the Function Parameters on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 (Test Mode 1).”
Test Mode 3 (Listing Function Parameter Settings) on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
The use of test mode 3 to produce a list of function parameters has already been described in this chapter under the
heading, “Listing the Function Parameter Settings on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 (Test Mode 3).”
Test Mode 4 and Test Mode 5 (Factory Only) on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
These modes are used for factory or repair center testing.
Test Mode 6 (Initializing Fax Machine Memory) on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
Use test mode 6 to initialize the fax machine memory or to initialize the function parameters to their default settings.
Procedures for accomplishing initialization follow.
Caution
Do not initialize the fax machine RAM to the “MANUFACTURE SET” setting. Doing so will
render the machine unusable.
To initialize the HP FAX-900 or FAX-950, perform the following procedure:
PRS
7
Tone
MNO
6
Menu
Start
Dial/Space
x 4
→
→
→
→
L
→
Start
Stop
→
Note: It is possible to enter a code from Table 5-32 in order to initialize RAM data instead of
pressing ƞ or Ɵ to select the data to be initialized. The fax machine will immediately
initialize after the last digit of the code is pressed.
Exit Note
If, after cycling through the choices of RAM data to be initialized, you decide not to initialize any
of the choices, press the stop button twice to exit test mode 6 and return the fax machine to
standby mode.
1. With the fax machine in standby mode (message window showing date and time), press Menu, then press 7.
2. With the message window showing SET MODE NO. =, press Dial/Space four times. The unit sounds an error
beep each time you press Dial/Space. This is normal.
Problem Resolution 5Ć65
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3. Press “L.”
4. With the message window showing TEST MODE NO.= (ENTER 0 - 10), press 6 to select test mode 6.
5. Press Start.
6. Press ƞ or Ɵ to select the desired memory setting to initialize. (See note for alternative method using code.)
Note
If you choose the “SHIPMENT SET” selection, the message “RESET COUNTER?
(1:YES 2:NO)” appears. Enter the desired response. Then proceed to step 7.
7. Press Start.
Note
If you chose the “ALL JOBS CLEAR” or the “SHIPMENT SET” selection, the fax machine will
completely initialize the RAM, run the self-test, and return to standby mode. Step 8 will not be
needed in those cases.
8. Press the Stop button twice to return to standby mode.
Table 5-32. RAM Initialization Table
TwoĆDigit
Code
Initialize Mode
Description
99
98
1#
Shipment Setting (A)
Shipment Setting (B)
Manufacturing Setting
Deletes all setting information except for function parameĆ
ters 080 and 081, then sets default values.
Deletes all setting information except for function parame
ters 061, 080, and 081, then sets default values.
Sets manufacturing testing valueso. nlUyseduring
manufacturing. Initializing to this setting will render your
fax machine unusable.
19
13
12
:
All jobs clear
Clears all jobs.
OneĆtouch/Speed dial clear
Journal Clear
Clears oneĆtouch and speedĆdial numbers.
Clears contents of journals.
Parameter Initialize
Logo/ID/Password clear
Restores parameter settings to default values.
Clears the logo, ID, and polling password.
10
Test Mode 7 (Factory Only) on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
Test mode 7 is used for factory or repair center testing.
Test Mode 9 (Testing Image Memory) on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
Test mode 9 is entered for each fax machine as shown at the beginning of this section. After the Start button is pressed,
the message window will identify any image memory test errors and indicate whether it is a system memory error
(document memory on the logic PCA or an optional memory error (document memory on the optional memory card).
5Ć66 Problem Resolution
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
D
D
If the error is in the system memory section, the fax machine is not usable. Return the machine for
repair.
If the error occurs in the optional image memory, the fax machine will operate as a standard unit with
no installed optional memory. Replace the optional memory card.
Press the Stop button to return to the standby mode.
Test Mode 10 (Testing LED and LCD Lights) on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950
Test mode 10 is entered for each faxmachineasshown at the beginning of this section. After the Start button is pressed,
the message window will show the pattern in Figure 5-11.
<LED&LCDĆLIGHTĆTEST>
LIGHTINGĆTESTĆNOWĆ! !
Figure 5Ć11. Control Panel Display Test Pattern
The Contrast, Resolution, and Photo LEDs will blink on the HP FAX–900 and FAX-950. The Memory and Scanner
LEDs will light in the HP FAX-900. The Stamp, Memory and Scanner LEDs will light in the HP FAX–950.
Press the Stop button twice to return to the standby mode.
Test Modes on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
HP fax 700 machines contain internal diagnostics that initialize settings, set fax parameters, and test the product’s
operation. Some test modes have uses other than for troubleshooting. Table 5-33 lists the test modes.
Table 5-33. List of HP Fax Test Modes on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Mode
Number
Mode
Name
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
Print Tests
Pen Recovery
Self Test
Remote Diagnostics
Function (Technical) Parameters
Calibration Tests – Not implemented
Agency Compliance – Do not access
Scanner Test Mode – Do not access
Memory Clear – Do not access
PC Inter Face – Not implemented
Service Default – Do not access
Service Report – Lists Technical
Parameters
Problem Resolution 5Ć67
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Entering Test Mode on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
To reach the test mode menu on the HP FAX-700, press buttons in the following sequence:
Menu
Release the
Press & hold the
Stop button.
→
→
→
→
Stop and Menu
buttons.
7
→
→
0
0
The following message appears in the message (LCD) window:
Service Menu (01–12)
01: Print Tests
You are now at the test (service menu) level. Use the up or down arrow button to browse through the test modes avail-
able. When the service menu selection you wish to perform is in the message window follow the instructions under the
heading for each test to perform the test.
Test Mode 01 (Print Tests) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
While the “01: Print Tests” is in the message window, press the Enter button. Use the up or down arrow button to
browse through the available print tests. The available tests are as follows:
D
Skew/Nozzle Check
Checks that all pen nozzles are firing.
Checks that the pen nozzles are firing at the top and bottom lines of the print area.
D
Smear Check
Prints a very fine mesh of lines over the entire print area. Any tendency toward smearing will be
revealed by this test.
D
D
Black Pattern
Prints a heavy dark pattern over the entire print area. Clogged pens or pens that are not firing due
to breaks in the firing circuitry will be revealed by this test.
Bi-Dir Skew Check
Prints 6 horizontally oriented bands of vertical lines. Each band is labeled with a print delay
number (11 through 16). The print delay for the Skew/Nozzle Check (print test 1) is set for each
fax machine at the factory to the level that provides the straightest vertical lines.
Caution
When performing test number 01, the skew/nozzle check, do not alter the print delay setting,
Doing so will adversely affect machine output.
To perform any of the print tests, press the Enter button while the test is in the message window. If you are running
tests 2, 3, or 4, type the number of copies you want (1 to 99) and press the Enter button. If you are running test 1, press
5Ć68 Problem Resolution
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
the Enter button twice. Then type the number of copies you want (1 to 99) and press the Enter button. When the print
test is over, the fax machine will return to the service menu level.
To exit the print test level and return to the service menu level, press the Stop button once. To return the machine to
the standby mode, press the Stop button again.
Test Mode 02 (Pen Recovery) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
To perform any of the pen recovery test, press the Enter button while the test is in the message window.
The pen recovery tests attempts to clear any clogged pen nozzles by firing each nozzle 64 times. After firing the
nozzles, the fax machine automatically prints the Skew/Nozzle Check; so that the user candetermine the success ofthe
pen recovery test.
When the pen recovery test is complete, the fax machine returns to the service menu level. To return the machine to the
standby mode, press the Stop button.
Test Mode 03 (Self Test) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
To perform any of the self tests, press the Enter button while “03: Self Test” is in the message window. Use the up or
down arrow keys to browse to the self test you want to run. Then press the Enter button to run the test. The available
tests are as follows:
D
D
Document Mem Test – When this test is successfully completed, the following messages will appear
in the message window, and the fax machine will return to the service menu level:
Doing Self Test
Document Mem Test
O K
Local Memory Test – When this test is successfully completed, the following messages will appear in
the message window, and the fax machine will return to the service menu level:
Doing Self Test
Local Memory Test
O K
Problem Resolution 5Ć69
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
D
D
Real Time Clock – When this test is successfully completed, the following messages will appear in
the message window, and the fax machine will return to the service menu level:
Doing Self Test
Real Time Clock
O K
EEPROM Test – When this test is successfully completed, the following messages will appear in the
message window, and the fax machine will return to the service menu level:
Doing Self Test
EEPROM Test
O K
D
D
D
D
Non-Vol Mem Test – Not implemented. The Stop button must be pressed to exit this test and return
to the service menu level.
LED Test – All LEDs blink. The Stop button must be pressed to exit this test and return to the service
menu level.
LCD Test – All LCD alpha-numeric position blocks blink on (black) and off. When the LCD
alpha-numeric blocks are off, the message “Doing Self Test” is visible in the message window.
EPROM Test – When this test is successfully completed, the following messages will appear in the
message window, and the fax machine will return to the service menu level:
Doing Self Test
EPROM Test
O K
5Ć70 Problem Resolution
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
D
SRAM Test – When this test is successfully completed, the following messages will appear in the
message window, and the fax machine will return to the service menu level:
Doing Self Test
SRAM Test
O K
If a self test is unsuccessful, the letters NG will replace the letters OK in the above displays.
Test Mode 04 (Remote Diagnostics) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
The remote diagnostic tests were described beginning on page 5-54.
Test Mode 05 (Function Parameters) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
Press the Enter button when “05: Function Parameters” is in the message window. This action moves the fax machine
to the function parameters test level. Use the up or down arrow buttons to browse through the function parameters.
Details of how to list the current settings of the function parameters and how to modify them were given earlier in this
chapter.
Test Mode 06 (Calibration Tests) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
When these tests are implemented it is recommended that only central repair facilities access them.
Test Mode 07 (Agency Compliance) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
It is not recommended that this mode be accessed.
Test Mode 08 (Scanner Test Mode) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
When these tests are implemented it is recommended that only central repair facilities access them.
Test Mode 09 (Memory Clear) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
It is not recommended that this mode be accessed.
Test Mode 10 (PC Inter Face) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
This mode is not implemented.
Test Mode 11 (Service Default) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
It is recommended that only central repair facilities access this mode. Auto dial numbers will be erased.
Test Mode 12 (Service Report) on the HP FAX-700 and FAX-750
This mode is used to list the current and standard settings of the service parameters and was previously described.
Problem Resolution 5Ć71
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6
Service and Support Information
Subject
Page
Product Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
HP Express Exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Standard Return (U. S. only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
HP Extended Warranties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
U.S. HP Fax Support Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Returning the FAX Machine For Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
HP Support Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Resources for U.S. Customers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Resources for Resellers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Resources for HP Authorized Dealers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Resources for Canadian Product Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
HP Dealer Premier Support Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Hardware Support – HP’s Centralized Repair Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
HP Express Exchange Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
HP Customer Return Repair Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Your Responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Ordering HP Express Exchange Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Ordering HP Customer Return Repair Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Filing Warranty Claims for HP’s Centralized Repair Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Prices and Invoices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
HP Fax Service Provider Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Program Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Becoming an HP Fax Service Provider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Handling Repairs and Exchanges: HP’s Repair Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Service Contracts from HP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
How to Order Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Service and Support Information 6Ć1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Product Warranty
The HP fax products described in this manual are warranted against defects in materials and workmanship for a period
of one year. During the warranty period, HP will, at its option, either replace or repair products which prove to be
defective. In the U.S., defective units are replaced via the Express Exchange program, or as a Standard Return.
HP Express Exchange
In the U. S., HP will deliver a remanufactured replacement unit to the user the next business day when notified before
4:00 pm (PST) and arrange for return to HP of the non-working unit. Outside the U.S., the remanufactured replace-
ment units will be shipped on the day ordered via premium air carrier, but may not arrive next day depending upon user
location.
Standard Return (U. S. only)
If the user wants to keep the fax product they purchased, HP will repair the original unit and return it to the owner
within two business days (plus shipping time).
HP Extended Warranties
HP fax dealers and resellers may market HP SupportPack, and enable end-users to obtain a full three years of support.
HP SupportPack must be purchased by the end-users within the first 30 days of the product purchase from a reseller.
For more information about HP SupportPack contact your HP sales representative if you are an HP authorized dealer,
or an HP authorized distributor if you are an HP fax reseller.
Annual service contracts are available directly from HP for end-users who did not purchase HP SupportPack. Service
contracts may be purchased at any time and become effective 30 days after the date of purchase. For more information,
read the section in this chapter titled, “Service Contracts from HP” and contact HP Direct Marketing Services at
1-800-835-4747.
U.S. HP Fax Support Programs
HP authorized dealers who have signed a current U.S. Dealer Channel Agreement are eligible to participate in the HP
Dealer Premier Support Program. Contact your HP sales representative if you are interested in obtaining information
about qualification requirements to market HP products. The Dealer Premier Support Program is described later in
this chapter. Complete guidelines may be obtained by ordering part number 5091-1927EUS from the Customer In-
formation Center (800) 752-0900.
Resellers of HP fax products who have purchased products through an HP authorized distributor are eligible to partici-
pate in the HP Fax Service Provider Program. The HP Fax Service Provider Support Program is described later in this
chapter. The Program Guide may be obtained by ordering part number 5091-1927EUS from the Customer Informa-
tion Center (800) 752-0900, or from HP FIRST. (See Resources for HP Authorized Dealers.)
Returning the FAX Machine For Service
If it is determined that the fax machine must be sent to Hewlett-Packard for service, it must be packed in a protective
carton. If the original shipping carton cannot be used, a new carton can be ordered from HP Corvallis Service Center,
1030 N.W. Circle Blvd., Corvallis, OR 97330, Telephone (503) 715-2035.
6Ć2
Service and Support Information
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
HP Support Information
Hewlett-Packard stands behind its products with a number of service and support resources ready to answer your
product related questions. These services include:
D
D
D
D
HP FIRST
D HP Dealer Support Center
D HP Corvallis Service Center
D Parts Identification
HP Customer Information Center
HP Customer Support Center
Service Parts ID Bulletin Board
D HP Forum on CompuServe
Resources for U.S. Customers
Table 6-1, U.S. Customer Resources, provides the Hewlett-Packard organizations for customers to call for various
types of product support, the telephone number of each organization, the information or resource provided, and the
hours of operation of the organization. This table is only for U.S. resources. Canadian resources are provided later in
this chapter.
The customer resources should be used before calling the Customer Support Center. Only call the Customer Support
Center if the other customer resources listed do not provide the information needed or resolve the problem.
Table 6-1. U.S. Customer Resources
Organization
Local Support
Telephone Number
(800) 243-9816
Support Provided
Hours of Operation
Help in locating nearest
HP authorized dealer
24 hours per day
7 days per week
HP Audio Tips
(800) 333-1917
Pre-recorded help
messages for common
questions and
information on other HP
customer resources
24 hours per day
7 days per week
(24-hour automated
support service)
HP FIRST Fax
(800) 333-1917
(Must call using a Group information on common
Detailed product support
24 hours per day
7 days per week
(24-hour automated
support service)
3 fax machine)
software applications
and troubleshooting tips
(all sent by facsimile)
HP Download Service
(208) 344-1691
Electronic download of
HP product information,
troubleshooting hints
and updated HP printer
driver information
24 hours per day
7 days per week
(real time access over
modem)
CompuServ
(800) 524-3388
(Must be a subscriber,
ask for agent #51,
Interactive dialog with
worldwide HP customer
community for the
24 hours per day
7 days per week
CompuServ connect
charges apply to caller
exchange of information
Internet
ftp address: 192.6.71.2
or
Information on products, 24 hours per day
printer drivers and
7 days per week
(HP ftp site)
ftp-boi-external.hp.com
support for anyone with
ftp access to the Internet
Service and Support Information 6Ć3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 6-1. U.S. Customer Resources (Continued)
Organization
Telephone Number
Support Provided
Hours of Operation
Printer drivers by mail
(303) 339-7009
Printer drivers may be
obtained by contacting
the software application
manufacturer, however,
HP distributes some of
the most popular
24 hours per day
6 days per week,
closed Sundays
software applications
HP Customer
Information Center
(800) 752-0900
Ordering of User’s
guides, technical
reference guides and
other literature
6:00 am - 5:00 pm PST
weekdays
HP Direct
(800) 538-8787
(800) 633-3600
Customer-orderable
supplies and accessories, weekdays
except documentation
6:00 am - 5:00 pm PST
HP North American
Response Center
HP service contract
information
7:00 am - 6:00 pm PST
weekdays
Post Warranty Support
(900) 555-1500
Post warranty assistance
7:00 am - 6:00 pm MST
($2.50 per minute U.S.,
charges start only when
you connect with a
support technician)
or
on product questions and Mon, Tu, Th, Fri
(fee-based support)
the most common
7:00 am - 4:00 pm MST
software applications
Wed
(800) 999-1148
($25.00 fee per call U.S.,
Visa or MasterCard)
*prices subject to change
without notice
HP Customer Support
Center
(208) 323-2551
Technical Assistance
with setup, operation,
repair information and
exchange program
information
7:00 am - 6:00 pm MST
Mon, Tu, Th, Fri
7:00 am - 4:00 pm MST
Wed
6Ć4
Service and Support Information
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Resources for Resellers
Table 6-2 provides the Hewlett-Packard organizations for HP fax service providers to call, the telephone number of
each organization, the information or resource provided, and the hours of operation of the organization.
Table 6-2. Reseller Resources
Organization
Telephone Number
Support Provided
Hours of Operation
HP Customer Support
Center
(208) 323-2551
Technical Assistance on
HP inkJet printer and fax Mon, Tu, Th, Fri
7:00 am - 6:00 pm PST
11311 Chinden Blvd.
products
7:00 am - 4:00 pm PST
Boise, ID 83714
Questions about HP Fax
Service Provider final
exam program
Wed
HP Customer
Information Center
(800) 752-0900
(503) 715-2035
Product literature
6:00 am - 5:00 pm PST
HP Corvallis Service
Center
Order shipment or return 7:00 am - 4:30 pm PST
remanufactured
1030 N.W. Circle Blvd.
exchange unit
Corvallis, OR 97330
Parts Direct Ordering
(800) 227-8164
(800) 835-4747
Order stocking
remanufactured
exchange units and
accessory parts
6:00 am - 5:00 pm PST
7:30 am - 4:00 pm PST
Hewlett-Packard Co
5301 Stevens Creek
Blvd.
Santa Clara, CA
95052-8059
Attn: HP Dealer Premier
Support Service
Authorization
Final exam mailing
address for HP Fax
Service Provider
program
Must have HP Dealer
Service contract and
dealer ID number
Parts Identification
(916) 783-0804
(916) 785-5945
(Must call using a Group (all by facsimile)
3 fax machine)
HP parts identification
On Line Parts data base
6:00 am - 3:00 pm PST
Service Parts ID
bulletin board
24 hours per day
7 days per week
HP FIRST
(800) 333-1917
(Must call using a Group accessory and service
Product data sheets,
24 hours per day
7 days per week
3 fax machine)
contract information
(all by facsimile)
Service and Support Information 6Ć5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Resources for HP Authorized Dealers
Table 6-3 below provides the Hewlett-Packard organizations for HP authorized dealers to call, the telephone number
of each organization, the information or resource provided, and the hours of operation of the organization.
Table 6-3. HP Authorized Dealers Resources
Organization
HP Customer
Telephone Number
(800) 752-0900
Support Provided
Hours of Operation
Product literature
6:00 am - 5:00 pm PST
Information Center
HP Corvallis Service
Center
(503) 715-2035
Order shipment or return 7:00 am - 4:30 pm PST
remanufactured
1030 N.W. Circle Blvd.
exchange unit
Corvallis, OR 97330
HP Dealer Support
Center
(800) 544-9976
(800) 227-8164
HP Authorized Dealer/
HPSR Only, Pre- &
Post-Sales Support
24 hours per day
7 days per week
Parts Direct Ordering
Order stocking
remanufactured
exchange units and
accessory parts
6:00 am - 5:00 pm PST
Parts Identification
(916) 783-0804
(916) 785-5945
(Must call using a Group (all by facsimile)
3 fax machine)
HP parts identification
6:00 am - 3:00 pm PST
Service Parts ID
bulletin board
On Line Parts data base
24 hours per day
7 days per week
HP FIRST
(800) 333-1917
(Must call using a Group accessory information,
Product data sheets,
24 hours per day
7 days per week
3 fax machine)
service contract pricing
(all by facsimile)
6Ć6
Service and Support Information
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Resources for Canadian Product Support
Table 6-4 lists the Hewlett-Packard organizations for Canadian product support. This table is only for Canadian re-
sources.
Table 6-4. Canadian Product Support Resources
Organization
Local Support
Contact
Support Provided
Hours of Operation
(800) 387-3867
Help in locating nearest
HP authorized dealer
24 hours per day
7 days per week
From Toronto:
Ordering of supplies and
accessories
(905) 206-4727
From rest of Canada:
(800) 387-3154
HP Audio Tips
(800) 333-1917
Pre-recorded help
messages for common
questions and
information on other HP
customer resources
24 hours per day
7 days per week
(24-hour automated
support service)
HP FIRST Fax
(800) 333-1917
(Must call using a Group information on common
Detailed product support
24 hours per day
7 days per week
(24-hour automated
support service)
3 fax machine, all info
sent by facsimile)
software applications
and troubleshooting tips
HP Download Service
(208) 344-1691
Electronic download of
HP product information,
troubleshooting hints
and updated HP printer
driver information
24 hours per day
7 days per week
(real time access over
modem)
CompuServ
(Must be a subscriber,
ask for agent #51)
(800) 524-3388,
(CompuServ connect
charges apply to caller)
Interactive dialog with
worldwide HP customer
community for the
24 hours per day
7 days per week
exchange of information
Internet
ftp address: 192.6.71.2
or
Information on products, 24 hours per day
printer drivers and
7 days per week
(HP ftp site)
ftp-boi-external.hp.com
support for anyone with
ftp access to the Internet
HP Canada Customer
Support Center
Eastern Canada
(800) 268-1221
Western Canada
(800) 361-9791
Technical Assistance
with setup, operation,
repair, and exchange
program information
7:00 am - 4:00 pm
weekdays
HP Canada Customer
Information Center
HP Canada Customer
Information Center
5150 Spectrum Way
Mississauga, Ontario
L4W 4V1
Mailing address for
correspondence
Post-Warranty Support
(fee-based support)
(800) 999-1148
($25.00 fee per call,,
Visa or MasterCard)
*prices subject to change software applications
without notice
Post-warranty assistance
7:00 am - 6:00 pm MST
on product questions and Mon, Tu, Th, Fri
the most common 7:00 am - 4:00 pm MST
Wed
Service and Support Information 6Ć7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
HP Dealer Premier Support Program
Hardware Support – HP’s Centralized Repair Services
Features and Benefits
HP’s centralized repair services are used to support HP fax products that have an Express Exchange Warranty. Repairs
on these products are performed only at the HP Customer Service Center in Corvallis, Oregon. Under the HP Support
Provider option, you provide service for these products, not physical repair.
HP’s centralized repair services simplify repairs for you. You no longer need to plan for or invest in repair parts inven-
tory for these products. Thus, you can concentrate on providing for other products. Service authorization training is
simpler and less time consuming, since the technicians focus on verifying problems, not repairing units. You can still
provide value added services to your customers, such as delivery and installation, even during the warranty period.
There are two centralized repair services:
D
D
HP Express Exchange service
HP Customer Return Repair service
HP Express Exchange Service
With HP Express Exchange service, you arrange for your customer to receive a replacement unit delivered to the cus-
tomer’s door by premium air carrier onthe dayafteryourhelp deskcallsHP. Youmaychoosetoassistyourcustomerin
returning the defective unit to HP or installing the new one. You pay HP on a per-incident basis for products out of
warranty, and charge your customers as you normally would.
HP Customer Return Repair Service
HP Customer Return repair service allows you to return your customer’s product to the designated HP Customer Ser-
vice Center for repair and return. Repair time on the bench is 2 working days (shipping times excluded). If the unit is
out of warranty, you pay HP on a per-incident basis and charge your customers as you normally would.
If your technician is service-authorized on products eligible for HP’s centralized repair services, these services are
available to you as an HP support provider on a per-incident basis.
Your Responsibilities
You are responsible for the return to the HP Customer Service Center of any defective unit that you have had replaced
through the HP Express Exchange service.
Ordering HP Express Exchange Service
To have a unit replaced through HP Express Exchange service:
1. Contact the HP Customer Service Center in Corvallis, Oregon at (503) 750-2035.
2. HP will ask for your technician’s service authorization (CZ) number, as well as information about your dealer-
ship and customer location.
3. HP will send the replacement unit to the location you designate. The replacement unit will be sent out that day
via premium air carrier if your technician calls before 4:00 pm Pacific time.
4. Once the replacement unit is received, you or your customer return the defective unit to the HP Customer Ser-
vice Center in Corvallis, using the packing material, pre-addressed, postage-paid mailing labels, and other
mailing materials which were shipped with the replacement unit.
6Ć8
Service and Support Information
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ordering HP Customer Return Repair Service
To have a unit repaired through HP Customer Return Repair service:
1. Contact the HP Customer Service Center in Corvallis, Oregon at (503) 750-2035.
2. Follow HP’s instructions for packaging and shipping the unit to the HP Customer Service Center in Corvallis.
If the unit is being returned for service under warranty, you should request a package of pre-addressed, post-
age-paid mailing labels for future use from HP at the telephone number above.
3. Once HP returns the repaired unit, assist your customer in reinstalling the unit, as you choose.
Filing Warranty Claims for HP’s Centralized Repair Services
Follow the standard procedures for filing warranty claims for HP fax products. Your technician must be service autho-
rized to make you eligible to receive warranty reimbursements. HP fax products supported through HP’s centralized
repair services require troubleshooting on your part. HP pays you a warranty reimbursement when you provide this
service. Assist the customer in returning the defective product to the HP Customer Service Center in Corvallis.
Prices and Invoices
Prices for HP’s centralized repair services are available on HPNN, or by calling HP at (503) 750-2035. HP offers a 20
percent discount off the HP standard repair (STREP) price for the eligible products.
HP will invoice you for service on a net 30-day basis.
HP Fax Service Provider Program
Program Information
About the Program. The HP Fax Service Provider Program helps you to maintain a close relationship with your
customers by becoming their primary support provider. You design and price support services to meet your customers’
needs, as well as control the support business and receive ongoing income from support contracts you sell.
As an HP Fax Service Provider, you provide service for HP fax products, not physical repair. Your value-added role as
a service provider is to offer a higher level of service by providing fast, efficient, same-day or next-day, on-site ex-
changes. Customers may call you for support, or to determine if their unit is defective and to perform an exchange if
necessary.
Benefits to You. The HP Fax Service Provider Program benefits you in the following ways:
D
D
D
D
35% discount on HP accessory parts and remanufactured exchange units for your technicians who have
successfully completed the service training
Training and certification for your technicians to diagnose product failures usually remotely, and facilitate
an exchange with HP
Phone-in technical assistance for your technicians. HP provides you with access to expert support person-
nel at our Customer Support Center at (208) 323-2551
Support documentation, support manuals, service news articles, and product data sheets for HP fax prod-
ucts
Opportunities to Earn Revenue. As an HP Fax Service Provider, you can generate revenue selling your own on-site
service contracts incorporating HP’s repair services. You can sell HP’s Express Exchange service independently or as
part of your service contract.
If you choose not to stock exchange units and handle returns, you can market HP SupportPack. HP SupportPack is a
three-year warranty product featuring HP’s Express Exchange service for one-day replacement of defective units.
Service and Support Information 6Ć9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Your Responsibilities:
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
Design and price your own support services for HP products
Merchandise and sell support contracts to your customers
Manage your support contracts
Provide a help desk for your customers to call when they have problems
Handle product warranty requests
Stock all needed accessory parts and remanufactured exchange units
Deliver high-quality support services to your customers
Becoming an HP Fax Service Provider
All U.S. resellers who purchase fax products from a Hewlett-Packard authorized distributor are eligible to participate
in the HP Fax Service Provider program. HP Authorized Dealers who have signed a current U.S. Dealer Channel
Agreement are not eligible. Contact your HP sales representative if you are interested in qualification requirements to
market HP products.
How to Become a Service Provider:
1. Obtain and complete HP’s Fax Technical Support Solution Guide and submit the final exam to HP.
2. Sign a Parts Purchase Agreement contract with HP.
a. Obtain a Parts Purchase Agreement contract from the HP Fax Service Provider Contract Administrator at
(916) 785-8591.
b. Send the following items to the address below. HP will send confirmation of your contract acceptance
within ten working days.
D
D
Completed Parts Purchase Agreement contract
HP Fax Service Provider Identification Number (obtained from HP after successful completion
of the Dealer Service Training)
D
D
D
Tax Certificate
Copy of business license
Brochure/catalog that describes your company’s business
Mail the above items to: Hewlett-Packard Support Materials Organization
Attention: Contract Administrator
Hewlett-Packard Support Materials Organization
8050 Foothills Blvd.
Roseville, CA 95747
3. HP will provide you with an HP Fax Service Provider certificate and identification number.
6Ć10
Service and Support Information
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Note
Only U.S. HP fax resellers who have purchased new HP fax products through HP authorized
distributors may obtain accessory parts and remanufactured exchange units. Repair parts are not
available to resellers. (This program does not apply to authorized resellers of Hewlett-Packard
personal computers, network products, and personal computer peripheral products who have
signed contracts directly with HP.)
Handling Repairs and Exchanges: HP’s Repair Services
As an HP Fax Service Provider, you can customize your service contracts with the following repair services available
from HP:
D
D
Express Exchange service – defective unit permanently replaced next day
Customer Return service – unit repaired by HP and reshipped within two days
Express Exchange Service. With HP’s Express Exchange service, a defective unit is replaced the next day to mini-
mize fax down time. You may supply, or arrange for your customer to receive, the remanufactured exchange unit. If
you sell a same-day on-site service contract, you need to stock an exchange unit to fulfill this contract. If you provide
next-day support, the replacement can be delivered to you or your customer. You may also choose to assist your cus-
tomer in installing the replacement and returning the defective unit to HP.
During the warranty period, HP will pay for shipping to and from HP. Products with Express Exchange service are
replacedthenext day via premium air carrier. Apre-addressed, postage-paidmailinglabel, packing material and pack-
agingtapeareincludedwitheachexchange unit for mailing the defective unit back to HP in the same shipping contain-
er. The current list prices for Express Exchange service and repair charges are available on the HP FIRST fax retrieval
system (800) 333-1917.
Your Responsibilities
You are responsible for the return to the HP Corvallis Service Center of any defective unit that you have replaced
through the HP Express Exchange service.
Executing Express Exchange Service
1. After you have determined that a customer’s unit is defective, contact the HP Corvallis Service Center at
(503) 750-2035.
2. Provide your technician’s HP Fax Service Provider identification number, as well as information about your
dealership and customer location if necessary. A purchase order number or valid credit card number will be
required as collateral for the defective exchange unit (value will be the HP list price of the product).
3. HP will send the replacement unit to the location you designate (your dealership or the customer’s site). The
replacement unit will be sent out that day via premium air carrier if your technician calls before 4:00 pm Pacific
Standard time.
4. Once the replacement unit is received, you or your customer return the defective unit to the HP Corvallis Ser-
vice Center using the mailing materials shipped with the replacement unit.
Customer Return Service. Customers may have their unit repaired by HP and returned to them. You may choose to
return the unit to HP for your customer, or have your customer ship it directly to HP. Repair time is two working
days(shippingtimeexcluded). If the unit isout ofwarranty, there isa per-incident charge for this repair. The current list
prices for repair charges are available on the HP FIRST fax retrieval system (800) 333-1917.
Service and Support Information 6Ć11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Facilitating Customer Return Repair Service
1. Contact the HP Corvallis Service Center in Oregon at (503) 750-2035 for instructions for packaging and ship-
ping the unit. If the unit is under warranty, HP will send you a package of pre-addressed, postage-paid mailing
labels.
2. Once HP returns the repaired unit, you may choose to assist your customer in reinstalling the unit.
Service Contracts from HP
If you choose not to provide support services, you may refer your customers directly to Hewlett-Packard, or market
HP’s enhanced warranty. HP SupportPack is a two-year warranty enhancement with Express Exchange service. HP
SupportPack enhances the normal warranty for an additional two years, for a total of three years. You may purchase
HP SupportPack through your distributor to market to your customers. HP SupportPack must be purchased by cus-
tomers within thirty days of their fax purchase.
Three types of service contracts for out-of-warranty support are available directly from HP:
1. Express Exchange.
2. Return to HP.
3. On-site Service at any time.
The service contracts become valid 31 days after the purchase. Additional information is available from HP Service
Agreement Information and Sales at (208) 553-4747. These service contracts may only be purchased from HP and are
not available for resale by HP Fax Service Providers.
Ordering Information
Training Material. A list of available training materials and accessory parts is available by calling the HP FIRST fax
retrieval system (800) 333-1917. Questions about this information are handled by the HP Customer Support Center at
(208) 323-2551.
Accessory Parts and Remanufactured Stocking Units. As part of the HP Fax Service Provider Program, HP sells
exchange units and accessory parts to facilitate the service that you provide to your customers. Orders can reach you as
quickly as the next day, or by standard four day delivery.
Parts Policies
Eligibility
To be eligible to purchase remanufactured exchange units and accessory parts at a 35% discount, you must become an
HP Fax Service Provider. See, “Becoming an HP Fax Service Provider” above.
6Ć12
Service and Support Information
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Accessory Replacement Parts
HP offers replacement accessory parts only for HP fax product parts which customers may have lost or broken. A
remanufactured exchange unit is available when it has been determined that the customer’s unit is defective. Replace-
ment repair pats for defective units are not available.
Standard delivery time for accessory parts and remanufactured exchange units is four days. One-day delivery is avail-
able for a nominal fee. HP Fax Service Providers receive a 35% discount on accessory parts and exchange units.
Inventory Rebalancing
HP enables resellers to rebalance their inventories by allowing 180 days for parts to be returned. Parts must be returned
unused and in the original or suitable packaging. Returns are credited at the current price less a restocking fee of five
percent or $25, whichever is higher. All credits for returns in this category are used to offset any sums owed HP and the
remaining balance, if any, is refunded to the reseller in the form of credits to their accounts.
Reseller Discount
HP sells parts at a 35% discount to resellers with technicians who are HP Fax Service Providers. The discount applies
only to the accessory parts and remanufactured exchange units for which the technician is specifically authorized.
Expedited Shipments
In addition to four-day standard delivery, HP offers expedited shipment of replacement and exchange orders. For a
nominal handling fee per item, HP will ensure next-working-day delivery or urgently needed accessory parts and ex-
change units (subject to part availability at HP). Request “hotline” delivery at the time you place your order. Hotline
charges are not reimbursable.
Use of HP-Supplied Parts
Only HP-supplied parts are to be used for supporting HP products. All remanufactured exchange units are only for use
in supporting HP products and are not to be sold separately.
Export Regulations
These parts are subject to U.S. export control regulations. No parts supplied by HP to you in the U.S. are to be ex-
ported, regardless of the intended use of the parts.
Minimum Order
The minimum order size for parts or tools is $20.
Parts Warranty
HP parts are under warranty against defects in material and workmanship for 180 days from the date of shipment from
HP. Remanufactured exchange units are warranted from the date of installation at an end-user’s site, for a period of 90
days or the remainder of their current product warranty, whichever is greater.
How to Order Replacement Parts
1. Determine which parts to stock or replenish.
2. Place your order by contacting HP’s Parts Direct Ordering Group at (800) 227-8164 between 6:00 am and
5:00 pm PST.
Service and Support Information 6Ć13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3. Provide HP with the following information:
D
D
D
D
Your company name and HP Fax Service Provider identification number
The part numbers and quantities you want to order
Your full name and telephone number
Your purchase order number
Unless you request hotline expedited shipment, you should receive your order within four working days, followed
shortly by an invoice.
6Ć14
Service and Support Information
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FAX GLOSSARY
This glossary lists terms and their associated descriptions to help identify the context in which the terms are
used. The term with associated variations is followed by the description of the context.
300 dpi
300 dots per inch, horizontally and vertically, the highest resolution settings on the HP fax machines covered
in this guide.
32-transaction journal
A report showing the last 32 sending and receiving transactions of a fax machine.
A4
A standard paper size used outside the United States. Its dimensions are 210 mm by 297 mm (8.27 in by 11.7
in).
access code
See fax access code.
ADF
An acronym for Automatic Document Feeder. The ADF is used for processing documents to be sent or co-
pied.
ADF door
The cover to the ADF mechanism, scanning glass, and scanning plate.
ADRS
An abbreviation for the word address. For example; The fax machine address is unknown.
ASF
An acronym for Automatic Sheet Feeder. The ASF is used to move paper from the paper supply underneath
the print cartridge so that the received image or the image to be copied can be printed on the paper.
Attended Mode
An operating mode which requires user presence and action for communications.
AUTO
An abbreviated form of the word automatic. For example; The communication journal will be automatically
printed after 32 transmissions when fax parameter 13 is set to option 2.
automatic document feeder (ADF)
The mechanism that delivers one page at a time to the scanner from a stack of up to 20 document pages
automatic fax reception mode
A mode in which the fax machine expects to receive only document transmissions. In this mode the fax ma-
chine answers all calls as if they were from another fax station, regardless of whether an answering machine
is connected.
G-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
automatic print reduction
A feature of the fax by which an incoming image is reduced to fit within the printable region of the paper
supply. See also reduction ratio.
automatic sheet feeder (ASF)
A name forthe collectionof mechanical componentsthat guide a sheet ofpaperfrom the papersupplythrough
the ASF moving parts and beneath the print cartridge.
back cover
The cover to the fax machine printer mechanism.
battery, Configuration Memory Backup
When fully charged, this battery maintains configuration information (such as fax parameters, and phone
numbers) for at least ten days after power failure or power turned off. It takes 48 hours to fully recharge this
battery.
bond paper
High-quality paper suitable for recording facsimile images.
BPS
Bits-per-second. Refers to the speed of data transmission. A measure of the rate at which bits are transferred
on a data channel.
broadcasting
Refers to the transmission of a document to multiple stations at the same time.
carrier frequency
Main frequency upon which the modulation scheme is based.
CCD
Charge-coupled device. A type of solid-state photoelectric device used in scanners for converting the optical
content of the original image into an equivalent electrical signal.
CCITT
The Consultative Committee on International Telegraph and Telephone, an organization that develops in-
ternational communication standards.
CED*
Called station identification. This control signal has a frequency of 1100 Hz.
CFR*
Confirmation to Receive.
*CCITT signal for Group 3 transmission. For more information, see Group 3 standards documentation.
G-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
chart No. 1
An industry standard test image to compare the transmission speed and capabilities of facsimile machines.
The chart is patterned after a two-paragraph business letter.
CIG*
Calling subscriber identification.
CNG*
Calling tone. This signal has a frequency of 1100 Hz.
code
A code is a string of alphabetic and/or numeric characters (a word or expression) used to establish security.
May also be referred to as a password.
coding scheme
The data compression method used by faxmachines. The schemes available on HP faxmachinesareModified
Read, Modified Huffman, and Modified Modified Read.
Communication COMM. (abbreviation)
The sending and receiving of documents between fax stations.
Communication Journal
A record from the fax machine of the most recent transaction initiated (transmission and polling). This journal
can be printed automatically.
Confidential CONF. (abbreviation)
Confidential refers to the controlled access to certain fax machine functions or transactions. User set as re-
quired.
contrast
Refers to the relative difference of light and dark areas of documents. The user can compensate for the contrast
of a document being sent by altering the setting of fax parameter 1.
Contrast
A control-panel button on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 that lets you specify the contrast for the next trans-
mission. The analogous button on the HP FAX-200 and FAX-310 is labeled Original.
control panel
The area at the top of the fax machine that contains the function buttons, numeric keypad, one-touch keypad,
and message window.
control signal
Signals produced or received by the fax machine that allow communication to occur between fax machines.
*CCITT signal for Group 3 transmission. For more information, see Group 3 standards documentation.
G-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Copy/List
A control panel button that lets you copy a document and clear previous input when performing an operation
or setting up a function.
CPU
Central Processing Unit.
CRP*
Command Repeat.
CSI*
Called Subscriber Identification.
CTC*
Continue To Correct.
CTR*
Continue To correct Response.
current
Refers to the present status. For example, the current dialing mode you are in only allows for three individual
numbers.
current settings
The customized parameter options as you last set them. See also factory settings, options, parameters, and
temporary settings.
cut-edge condition
Refers to the condition of paper edges, a factor that can affect paper feed.
DAA
Data Access Arrangement. See LCU.
DCN*
Disconnect.
DCS*
Digital Command Signal.
Daylight Time
Refers to the ability of the fax machine to automatically set machine time according to Daylight Savings
Time. Can be enabled or disabled by the user through fax parameter 35.
dedicated fax machines
See standalone fax machines.
*CCITT signal for Group 3 transmission. For more information, see Group 3 standards documentation.
G-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
deferred transmission DEFF (abbreviation)
Refers to the deferral or time-delay of a transmission. Users can defer transmissions to a later time in order
to benefit from less expensive night-time phone rates or adjust for time zone differences.
Dial/Space
A control-panel button that lets you initiate dialing of a telephone number, enter a space in the message win-
dow, or initiate a voice contact request.
digitize
The process of converting a hard copy image to a binary representative of ones and zeroes.
destination
Refers to the fax station being called or transmitted to.
dialing method
Refers to a user selectable means of dialing a phone number (direct dialing, one-touch dialing, speed dialing,
etc.).
dialing mode
Refers to a mechanical method of dialing (pulse or tone). Pulse dialing is also known as rotary dialing where
electro-mechanical pulses denote the dialed digits versus an audible tone signal.
direct dialing
A method of dialing in which you press the [Dial/Space] button and manually dial a telephone number on
the numeric keypad.
directory cover
A plastic cover over the directory sheet on the control panel.
Directory Sheet
Refers to a printed listing of information, such as the one-touch directory.
DIS*
Digital Identification Signal.
document
Refers to the entire message that is to be transmitted, copied, or received.
document end feed
The distance a page travels in the scanner once the scanner sensor detects the end of the page.
document IN tray
A tray that attaches to the fax to support the original document.
*CCITT signal for Group 3 transmission. For more information, see Group 3 standards documentation.
G-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
document memory capacity
The amount of information that a fax machine can store in memory. The HP FAX-200 and HP FAX-900
store up to 12 pages depending on the density of the text. The HP FAX-310 and HP FAX-950 store up to
28 pages depending on the density of the text.
document OUT tray
The place on a fax machine where original documents are placed after they are scanned.
document top feed
The distance a page travels in the scanner before the scanning process starts once the scanner sensor detects
the top of the document.
dpi (dots per inch)
A measurement of the resolution of a scanned document. See also resolution.
DTC*
Digital Transmit Command.
DTMF
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency. A method of generating two frequencies to encode dialing buttons. This opera-
tion is sometimes call touch tone or push button dialing.
ECM*
Error Correction Mode.
EEPROM
Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory.
EOL*
End Of Line.
EOM*
End of Message.
EOP*
End of Procedure.
EOR*
End Of Retransmission.
EP
Echo Protect tone.
ERR*
End of Retransmission Response.
*CCITT signal for Group 3 transmission. For more information, see Group 3 standards documentation.
G-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Error Correction Mode
ECM (abbreviation)
Refers to the fax machine’s ability to automatically resend pages of a document that did not transmit correctly
due to telephone line problems.
facsimile machine
Equipment that electronically transmits an image of a document form one location to another.
factory settings
The original “standard” parameter options, as set when a fax machine is shipped. See also current settings,
options, parameters, and temporary settings.
fallback
The ability to automatically transmit at a slower speed if transmission errors occur or to slow down the sender.
FAST
Refers to the print mode where the message being printed is processed faster, using less ink. For example;
a fax machine uses less ink when printing in the FAST print mode.
fax
An acronym commonly used for the word facsimile. A fax or facsimile is the document transferred from one
fax machine to another.
fax access code
A code that can be set by the user to prevent unauthorized operation of the fax machine.
Fax Parameter List
A list that shows the current and standard parameter settings for a fax machine.
FAX/TEL SW.
An acronym used to describe the switching ability of the fax machine when distinguishing between fax and
voice calls. The user can enable the mode through fax parameter 15. Used in the attended operating mode.
FCC
See Federal Communications Commission.
Federal Communications Commission (FCC)
A U.S. government organization that regulates communications originating or terminating in the United
States.
FIF*
Facsimile Information Field.
*CCITT signal for Group 3 transmission. For more information, see Group 3 standards documentation.
G-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
file
Refers to a particular item or document stored in the fax memory. As documents are stored for memory trans-
mission, they are assigned a sequential file number. A file report can be printed listing files currently stored
in memory.
fine
Refers to resolution setting used for detailed text documents and illustrations. For example; For illustrations,
use FINE resolution to obtain a better image.
finishing dimensions
The length and width of a page, how squarely it is cut, and how closely it adheres to the stated size.
fixed print reduction
A feature that allows the specification of a fixed reduction ratio for all incoming documents. See also reduc-
tion ratio.
FLASH
A network control signal providing a momentary hook-on signal. It is used to activate optional telephone
services.
footer
Test included near the bottom of a transmitted document, specifying the total page count.
FTT*
Failure To Train.
G3
See Group 3.
GC*
Group Command.
GPM
Graphics Print Mechanism. A thermal inkjet device inside the HP Fax machines described in this guide that
prints transmitted images, reports, lists, and copies of documents. This mechanism is similar to the mecha-
nism found in the HP DeskJet family printers.
grain
The alignment of the paper fibers. In long-grain paper, fibers run parallel to the length of the paper; in short-
grain paper, fibers run parallel to the width (perpendicular to the length) of the paper.
Group 3 (G3)
A collection of items, usually similar. For example; Group 3 fax machines comply with certain regulatory
constraints.
*CCITT signal for Group 3 transmission. For more information, see Group 3 standards documentation.
G-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
halftone
Refers to the printing process in which gradation of tone is obtained. Also a label for a control-panel button
that allows an HP FAX-200 or FAX-310 fax machine to distinguish up to 32 levels of gray from black and
white. A button labeled Photo performs a comparable function in the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950.A
HDLC
High Level Data Link control.
header
The top portion of the document where the date, time, logo and identification information is printed.
home
Refers to a defined starting position (as in homing a cursor or returning to the home position in memory).
For example, to enable memory to return to the home position, set fax parameter 05 to option 2.
ID
An abbreviation for the word identification.
I/F
An acronym for the word interface.
image memory capacity
See document memory capacity.
image reduction
See automatic print reduction, and fixed print reduction. See also reduction ratio.
INCOMP.
An abbreviation for the word incomplete.
Individual Transmission Journal
A report containing information about the last document sent from a fax machine.
invalid
Refers to a state or condition of being inactive or deactivated.
journal
JRNL (abbreviation)
Refers to the printouts of various fax machine functions. For example, the communication journal is a printed
listing of the last 32 transactions processed by the fax machine. See also 32-Transaction Journal.
Key/Buzzer volume
Refers to the loudness or volume of the keys (buttons) when pressed and the beep (tone). Can be user set
through fax parameter 19 for the HP FAX-200 and FAX-310. Can be user set through fax parameter 10 for
the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950.
*CCITT signal for Group 3 transmission. For more information, see Group 3 standards documentation.
G-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
keypad
See numeric keypad.
LCS*
Line Conditioning Signal
LCU
Line Control Unit. This PCA (Printed Circuit Assembly) inside the fax machine contains the hardware to
connect the fax machine to the telephone.
LIU
Line Interface Unit. See LCU above.
logo
A company name or other identification which can be included in the header of documents that are sent.
manual reception mode
A mode in which a fax machine treats all calls as voice calls. All calls must be answered manually.
MCF*
Message ConFirmation.
memory (Abbreviation is MEM)
Refers to the fax machine’s internal memory or storage capability.
memory reception
The ability of a fax machine to store an incoming document in memory for printing at a later time.
memory transmission
A transmission method where the entire document is loaded and stored into fax machine memory before be-
ing transmitted. After the last page is stored, the dialing sequence automatically starts.
message window
The display area on the control panel that shows messages, prompts, and status information.
modem
A device that converts signals from a fax machine into signals that can be transmitted over telephone lines
and vice versa.
Modified Huffman, Modified Modified Read, and Modified Read
Names for three coding schemes for compressing data used by the HP fax machines described in this guide.
moisture content
The ratio of moisture to the dry mass of paper. This varies for different types of paper and may change consid-
erably if open paper is subjected to temperature and humidity extremes.
*CCITT signal for Group 3 transmission. For more information, see Group 3 standards documentation.
G-10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
MPS*
Multi-Page Signal.
multifile transmission
Refers to the fax machine’s ability to send several documents to different stations at the same time.
NO. (singular) NOS. (plural)
NO. is an abbreviation for the word number. Does NOT denote a negative response.
name
Refers to the alphabetic identifier assigned to a fax station. For example; The station name is HPFAX.
NO. of stations
Refers to the quantity of stations to be used in the task being performed. Does NOT refer to the phone number
of a station nor act as an identifier. For example; Enter the number of stations to be called.
Normal
Refers to a common or routine conditional state of operation. For example; Normal contrast is used for com-
mon everyday fax reception not involving light or dark originals.
Not Registered
A term used to indicate that a particular entry (one-touch or speed dial number) does not have any information
stored in memory for that entry.
NSC*
NonStandard facilities Command.
NSF*
NonStandard Facilities.
NSS*
Non-Standard Setup.
number (singular) numbers (plural)
Refers to a single numeric digit (as in the number 2), or series of numeric digits (as in a telephone number
having several digits).
numeric ID
A number of up to 20 digits which identifies the fax machine and which can be displayed on a compatible
receiving machine.
numeric keypad
The group of numeric keys on the fax machine’s control panel.
*CCITT signal for Group 3 transmission. For more information, see Group 3 standards documentation.
G-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
OFF
Refers to a state or condition of being deactivated or disabled or power is not applied.
off-hook dialing
The manual dialing of a telephone number with the attached telephone off the hook. Off-hook dialing is typi-
cally used when you want to tell someone at another station to set up for a document transmission.
OGM LENGTH
OGM is Outgoing Message Length. It refers to the length of time used for an outgoing message recorded on
an answering machine. For example; “Hello, this is me. I am not able to answer the phone right now. Please
leave a message.” The length of time can be set by the user through fax parameter 18.
ON
Refers to a state or condition of being activated or enabled or power is applied.
one-touch
ONE-TCH (abbreviation)
One-Touch refers to an abbreviated dialing method. Specifically, it implies that one touch (press) of a particu-
lar key will dial the receiving station. It isa very quick and simple way of dialing other faxmachines(stations).
Eachone-touchkey(button)accessesatelephonenumberandassociatedstationnamewhichareprogrammed
into the fax machine memory by the user. To use a one-touch key (dial a one-touch number), the user must
press the appropriate “One-Touch” button. The one-touch key, programmed by the user, identifies the phone
number (station) being called. After pressing the one-touch key, the fax machine automatically starts the dial-
ing sequence.
one-touch dialing
A method of dialing in which a single number on the one-touch keypad is pressed to dial a telephone number.
one-touch keypad
One-touch keys on the control panel that are preset to dial a telephone number.
One-Touch/Speed List
A list of the name or station assigned to each one-touch and speed-dial number defined on your fax machine.
OOPS flag
Out-Of-Paper Sensor flag detects the leading and trailing edge of the paper like the scanner read sensor does.
A paper jam (info code 002) is generated if the OOPS flag detects paper at the print cartridge and the pivoting
platen after an attempt to eject paper.
opacity
The degree to which a page “hides” printed matter on its reverse side and on adjacent sheets.
options
The values to which a parameter can be set. See also current settings, factory settings, parameters, and tempo-
rary settings.
OP CALL TIMER
OP Call Timer is Operator Call Timer. It refers to the length of time used by the fax machine to wait to hear
the fax tone signal. The length of time can be set by the user through fax parameter 18 for the HP FAX-900
and FAX-950.
G-12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Original
A control-panel button on the HP FAX-200 and FAX-310 that lets you specify the contrast for the next trans-
mission. The analogous button on the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 is labeled Contrast.
page (singular) pages (plural)
Refers to one single-sided sheet of a document. A document can have several pages.
paper IN tray
The tray in your fax machine that contains the paper supply.
paper IN tray extender
A slide-out panel on the paper IN tray that accommodates paper longer than 11 inches.
paper OUT tray
The tray where received fax messages and copies are placed after they are printed.
paper size guides
Guides placed in the bottom of the paper tray in the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950 to accommodate the width
of the paper to be used.
paper width adjustment lever
A lever (in the HP FAX-200 and FAX-310) that is adjusted to accommodate the width of the paper in the paper
IN tray.
parameter (singular)
parameters (plural)
PARA (abbreviation)
Refers to the characteristic(s) of a function. For example; Fax parameter 1 has 3 choices pertaining to contrast.
password
A password is a string of alphabetic and/or numeric characters (a word or expression) used to establish securi-
ty. It is used by authorized persons to gain access to information. May also be referred to as a code.
PBX
PBX = Private Branch Exchange. A telephone switchboard system designed to handle multiple telephone
lines.
PCA
Printed Circuit Assembly. A circuit board with electronic parts mounted on it.
pels
Picture elements; a horizontal resolution density element that corresponds with the number of photosensors
in the charge-coupled device.
Photo
Refers to print speed and density for photograph quality printing. Also a label for a control-panel button that
allows an HP FAX-900 or FAX-950 fax machine to distinguish up to 64 levels of gray from black and white.
G-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
photocopy paper
a grade of paper characterized by its good color, brightness, cleanliness, smooth finish, heat stability, and
resistance to curling.
PIN*
Procedure Interrupt Negative.
PIP*
Procedure Interrupt Positive.
PIS*
Procedure Interrupt Signal.
polling
POLL (abbreviation)
Refers to the fax machine’s ability to contact other fax machines in order to retrieve a document. Can be used
to get a document instead of waiting for it to be sent. Advance notice to the other machine is required for
set-up. A password may also be required.
polling password
A four-digit code that allows the polling of a secure document.
power failure report
A report that specifies which files have been lost during a power outage.
Power light
The light on an HP FAX-200 or FAX-310 fax machine that indicates that the machine has been switched on.
PPR*
Partial Page Request.
PPS*
Partial Page Signal.
pressure adjust lever
The lever on an HP FAX-900 or FAX-950 automatic document feeder that can be set to allow the correct feed-
ing of document pages into the fax machine scanner.
pressure plate switch
a switch on the automatic document feeder that can be adjusted to allow the correct feeding of document pages
into the fax machine scanner.
PRI-EOM*
Procedure Interrupt - End Of Message.
*CCITT signal for Group 3 transmission. For more information, see Group 3 standards documentation.
G-14
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PRI-EOP*
Procedure Interrupt - End Of Procedure.
PRI-MPS*
Procedure Interrupt - Multi-Page Signal.
PRI-Q*
Procedure Interrupt - Q.
print cartridge
A cartridge that holds the ink used by a fax machine.
printable area
The fax machines printable area. Printable areas for the HP fax machines described in this guide are defined
in chapter one.
program
PRG (abbreviation)
Refers to the task of entering and storing information into the fax machine.
program list
A list of the names and telephone numbers assigned to each program key (P1, P2, P3, or P4).
programmed dialing
A method of dialing in which a program key (P1,P2,P3, or P4) on the one-touch keypad is pressed to dial
a sequence of telephone numbers.
PSTN
PSTN = Public Switched Telephone Network. A telephone system comprised of voice quality telephone
lines.
Pulse (Dialing)
Refers to the electro-mechanical pulse method of dialing used by various telephone systems. Pulse dialing
is also known as rotary dialing.
QUALITY
Refers to the print mode where the message being printed is processed at the best print quality.
RAM
Random-Access Memory.
RCV RCV’D (past tense)
RCV is an abbreviation for the word receive.
receive
The process of accepting a transmission from another fax machine.
*CCITT signal for Group 3 transmission. For more information, see Group 3 standards documentation.
G-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
record REC (abbreviation)
REC is an abbreviation for the word record. It refers to the historical data file regarding already processed
documents. For example; A record of the last 32 transactions can be printed using the communication journal
printout.
recording paper
The plain paper on which a fax machine prints incoming documents, report, lists, and copies.
REC. paper size
Refers to the paper size loaded into the paper supply tray of the fax machine. Can be user set for Letter (8
1/2 x 11), Legal (8 1/2 x 14) or A4 (210mm x 297mm).
redial count
The number of times the fax machine attempts to redial a telephone number.
redial interval
The time between automatic redialings.
Redial/Pause
A control-panel button that lets you redial the last telephone number entered or store a pause in a telephone
number.
reduction ratio
The size ( as a percentage of the size of the original) at which the received image (or copy) is printed. See
also automatic copy reduction, automatic print reduction, fixed copy reduction, and fixed print reduction.
relay (Abbreviation is RLY)
Means to pass a message along from one station to another.
relay network
A group of facsimile machines (or stations) programmed to communicate by way of a relay station.
relay station relay STN (abbreviation)
RLY STN (abbreviation)
A relay station is an intermediate station used to transfer (relay) a message from one station to another.
relayed transmission
A form of transmission used in a relay network. With relayed transmission, a document is sent to a relay sta-
tion which sends the document to another relay station or to its final destination.
relay transmission result report
The report returned by each relay station that handles a document as it is routed to its destination.
Remote Receive (Abbreviation is Remote RCV)
Refers to the use of an extension phone in receive mode. Can be user enabled or disabled through fax parame-
ter 47.
G-16
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
reserved transmission
A transmission that is set up to begin as soon as the fax machine finishes the current operation.
resolution
The number of dots scanned or printed per inch. Your fax machine scans horizontal and vertical resolutions
separately. The image quality increases as the number of dots per inch increases.
Resolution
A control-panel button that lets you select the scanning resolution for the next transmission.
result report
See relay transmission result report.
RETURN
RTN (abbreviation)
To go back to a previous menu item, state or condition.
ring detect
The number of times the fax machine rings before answering the call.
ring pattern
Refers to the use of distinctive ringing patterns for identifying types of incoming calls (voice, fax, or even
a specific pattern assigned to individuals. Usually requires dedicated phone lines. Must be used in conjunc-
tion with services offered by local phone companies.
RLY
Abbreviation for the word relay, which means to pass a message along from one station to another.
RR*
Receive Ready.
RTC*
Return To Control.
RTN*
Retrain Negative.
RTP*
Retrain Positive (PIP if during a voice request). A response from a receiving unit indicating that a document
has been received with marginal quality. Retrain before sending next page.
SAVE
Means to store or retain a file in memory until used. See also STORE.
*CCITT signal for Group 3 transmission. For more information, see Group 3 standards documentation.
G-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
scan scanning
Refers to the optical process the fax machine uses to read the document information for transmission or copy-
ing.
scanner
The part of your fax machine that converts a document into an electronic image suitable for transmission.
scanning glass
The part of the scanner through which a document is read.
scanning method
The method the scanner uses to digitize the original document for transmission. The HP fax machines de-
scribed in this guide use the charge-coupled device method of digitizing documents.
scanning plate
A scanner part that holds the original document close to the scanning glass as the document movers through
the ADF.
selection
Refers to an option or choice that the user invokes. For example, the current selection contains one parameter.
select mode
A sequence (Advanced Functions) that allows the operator to turn various features on or off for the next trans-
action. The features that can be changed in the select mode are the communication journal, password trans-
mission, receive-to-memory, and error correction mode.
Self Test
Refers to the automatic diagnostic routine performed by the fax machine when turned ON.
semi-dual access
The ability of the fax machine to send or receive a fax while a received fax is still printing.
setting
Refers to a function or option selection (as in a certain position or choice of uses). For example, the setting
of fax parameters can be set to ON or OFF.
shared reception mode
A mode in which the fax machine distinguishes between document transmissions and voice calls, handling
calls from fax stations and passing voice calls to either the handset or an attached answering machine.
silent detection
Refers to the fax machine’s ability to react to undetected fax signals. Can be enabled or disabled by the user
through fax parameter 12 in the HP FAX-200 and FAX-310. Can be enabled or disabled by the user through
fax parameter 20 in the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950.
skew
The way an image prints in relation to the paper. The borders of a skewed image do not run parallel to the
edges of the paper.
G-18
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
smoothing
Refers to the process of improving print quality of faxes sent at standard or fine resolution.
speed dialing
A method of dialing in which you press the Speed Dial button and enter a two-digit code to dial a telephone.
speed No. (singular) speed Nos. (plural)
Speed number(s) refers to an abbreviated dialing method. It is a speedy (fast) way of dialing other fax ma-
chines (stations). Each speed dial number consists of a telephone number and associated station name which
are programmed into the fax machine memory by the user. To use a speed dial number, the user must press
the “Speed Dial” button and then enter a two-digit speed dial code. The two-digit speed dial code, pro-
grammed by the user, identifies the phone number (station) being called. After entering the code, the fax ma-
chine automatically starts the dialing sequence.
stamp
Refers to the stamp that places a stamp mark used to indicate that a page has been successfully transmitted.
The stamp can be activated or deactivate by the user. The stamp is present only in the HP FAX-310 and
FAX-950.
standalone fax machines
Fax machines that have the scanner, the printer, and the modem integrated into one machine are standalone
fax machines. All of the HP fax machines covered in this guide are standalone fax machines.
Standby Mode
In this mode, the fax machine is idle, ready for transmission or reception. The message window displays the
date and time.
standard (Abbreviation is STD)
Refers to the resolution setting used for typical text documents.
standard resolution
The industry standard for standard resolution is 203 dpi by 98 dpi. It is the lowest resolution setting on your
fax machine.
standard settings
See factory settings.
standby mode
The mode in which the fax machine is idle (ready for transmission or reception). When the fax machine is
in standby mode, the message window displays the date and time.
Start
A control panel button that begins setup of a particular function, begins an operation, or confirms a selection.
station (Abbreviation is STN)
A station is a fax machine, usually referring to the destination (receiving) fax machine being called.
G-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
station name
Refers to the name (company name or alphabetic characters) used to identify a fax station. Both the sending
and receiving fax stations use station names for identification purposes.
station number
Refers to the telephone number of a fax machine (usually referring to the receiving station or machine being
called).
STD
Abbreviation for the word standard. Refers to the resolution setting used for typical text documents.
Stop
A control-panel button that stops the current activity and returns the machine to standby mode.
STORE
Means to save or retain a file in memory until used. See also SAVE.
stored documents
Documents that have been received or copied into a fax machine’s memory.
substitute reception (Abbreviation is substitute RCV)
Refers to the ability of the fax machine to save incoming fax calls if unable to immediately print the received
fax due to an out of paper or ink condition. If fax parameter 17 is set to Valid in the HP FAX-200 and FAX-310,
the machine will store the message if the machine has run out of paper or ink. If fax parameter 22 is set to
Valid in the HP FAX-900 and FAX-950, the machine will store the message if the machine has run out of
paper or ink. The message can be printed after correcting the condition. If set to Invalid, the fax call is not
answered if out of paper or ink.
TAM
Telephone Answering Machine.
TAM I/F
A term used for Telephone Answering Machine Interface. The user can set the fax machine for TAM I/F
through fax parameter 16. Used for unattended operating mode.
TCF*
Transmit Confirm.
TEL
An abbreviation for the word telephone.
telephone mode
See manual reception mode.
*CCITT signal for Group 3 transmission. For more information, see Group 3 standards documentation.
G-20
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
telephone number
Tel. No. (abbreviation)
The numeric sequence of digits assigned to a fax machine or telephone. Used for dialing to connect to other
party.
temporary settings
Changes (to parameters) made at the control panel and affecting a single transmission. Parameters return to
their current settings after that transmission. See also current settings, factory settings, options, and parame-
ters.
timed communications
See deferred transmission, deferred polling.
tone (dialing)
Refers to the audible tone method of dialing used by various telephone systems.
train
(verb) To perform a procedure called training to calibrate the fax machine scanner. During the training proce-
dure, the scanner scans a standard image on a scanner training card. A program internal to the fax machine
analyzes the image and compares it to an internal mathematical model to establish certain variables used by
the scanner. Training is done only at an HP centralized repair facility.
training
(noun) See train for a description of this procedure.
transaction journal
See 32-transaction journal.
transmission password
A fax parameter (PASSWORD–XMT) that is compared against the transmission password of a receiving sta-
tion before the HP FAX-310 or HP FAX-950 fax machine transmits a document.
transmission settings
Control panel buttons that let you temporarily change parameter settings, such as Original and Resolution,
for a single transmission.
transmit
The process of sending a fax to another fax machine.
TSI*
Transmitting Subscriber Identification.
TX or Tx
TX is an abbreviation for the word transmit. See also XMT. Tx is an abbreviation for the transmit mode.
*CCITT signal for Group 3 transmission. For more information, see Group 3 standards documentation.
G-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
type
Refers to a style or method (species). For example, the type of transmission used, memory or direct, is up
to the user.
unattended mode
An operating mode usually associated with the use of an answering machine. Allows unattended operation
to receive voice and/or fax calls.
valid
Refers to a state or condition of being active or activated.
verification stamp
A small mark printed on each page of a document as it is scanned for transmission, and the stamp inside the
fax machine scanning mechanism that makes the mark.
wax pick
A measure of the surface strength of a sheet of paper. Wax pick characterizes the resistance of the surface layer
of a sheet to the breakaway of surface fragments.
XMT
XMT is an abbreviation for the word transmit. See also TX.
G-22
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
character ID, setting, FAXĆ900
&
950, 2Ć41
A
checks, routine, FAXĆ900
cleaning
&
950, 5Ć30
ADF Document Catcher Tray, installation, 2Ć17
cap, service station, FAXĆ700
950,
&
750, 3Ć59
adjusting, pressure plate switch, FAXĆ900
5Ć42
&
drain pan, FAXĆ900
&
950, 3Ć59
paper guide/roller assembly, FAXĆ700
&
750,
answering machine, connection
3Ć59
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
750, 2Ć33
950, 2Ć34
scanning glass
&
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
scanning plate
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
750, 3Ć57
950, 3Ć58
attended/unattended, modes
FAXĆ700 750, 3Ć34
FAXĆ900 950, 3Ć36
&
&
&
&
750, 3Ć57
950, 3Ć58
&
automatic reduction
wiper, service station, FAXĆ700
clearing
document jam, FAXĆ900
&
750, 3Ć59
copying documents at, FAXĆ900
printing documents at
&
950, 3Ć47
&
950, 5Ć42
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
750, 3Ć43
950, 3Ć45
paper jams
FAXĆ700
&
&
750, 5Ć28
950, 5Ć41
avoiding, print skew, FAXĆ700
&
750, 5Ć29
FAXĆ900
&
code
diagnostic, eleventh digit, 5Ć52
diagnostic, first digit, 5Ć49
B
diagnostic, journal, FAXĆ900
diagnostic, second digit, 5Ć49
diagnostic, seventh digit, 5Ć51
&
950, 5Ć44
broadcasting
deferred
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900, 4Ć25
FAXĆ700 750, 4Ć24
&
750, 4Ć25
error
codes
diagnostic, 5Ć44
&
diagnostic, journal, FAXĆ700
&
750, 5Ć45
&
multiple document, to multiple stations,
FAXĆ950, 4Ć28
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
&
750, 5Ć45
950, 5Ć49
multiple documents, to multiple stations,
FAXĆ900, 4Ć26
information
FAXĆ700
&
&
750, 5Ć9
sending, FAXĆ950, 4Ć27
FAXĆ900
950, 5Ć31
button, volume adjust, FAXĆ900
&
950, 3Ć15
coding scheme
Modified Huffman (MH), 1Ć2
Modified Modified Read (MMR), 1Ć2
Modified Read (MR), 1Ć2
C
cap, service station, cleaning, FAXĆ700
cartridge, print, installing, 3Ć55
cartridges, print, 3Ć52
&
750, co3mĆ5m9unication problems, solving with function
parameters, 5Ć27
FAXĆ900 950, 5Ć41
&
communications
confidential
cartridges, print, removing, 3Ć53
deleting, FAXĆ950, 4Ć19
FAXĆ950, 4Ć16
changing
fax parameters
polling, FAXĆ950, 4Ć18
printing, FAXĆ950, 4Ć18
sending, FAXĆ950, 4Ć17
storing, FAXĆ950, 4Ć18
confidential network
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900, 4Ć32
FAXĆ950, 4Ć37
start time, FAXĆ900
station, FAXĆ900
&
750, 4Ć29
&
950, 4Ć23
&
950, 4Ć23
setting number and password, FAXĆ950, 4Ć17
using, FAXĆ950, 4Ć17
character, entry, FAXĆ950, 2Ć40
character code, entry, FAXĆ900, 2Ć39
comparison, product, 1Ć8
I-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
data, JNL, retrieving, FAXĆ900
data, SYS
&
950, 5Ć57
C (Cont'd)
retrieving, FAXĆ900
transferring
&
950, 5Ć56
confidential
communications, FAXĆ950, 4Ć16
network communications
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
750, 5Ć59
950, 5Ć60
&
FAXĆ950, 4Ć17
setting number and password, FAXĆ950, 4Ć17
data, SYS
&
JNL, retrieving, FAXĆ700
&
750, 5Ć56
confidential communications
deleting, FAXĆ950, 4Ć19
polling, FAXĆ950, 4Ć18
printing, FAXĆ950, 4Ć18
sending, FAXĆ950, 4Ć17
storing, FAXĆ950, 4Ć18
date and time, setting
FAXĆ700 750, 2Ć36
FAXĆ900 950, 2Ć37
&
&
dealer, resources, 6Ć6
deferred polling
FAXĆ900, 4Ć12
FAXĆ950, 4Ć13
configuration, fax machine, 2Ć36
connection
deferred transmission
answering machine
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
using
&
750, 4Ć5
950, 4Ć8
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
telephone, FAXĆ700
telephone line
&
750, 2Ć33
&
&
950, 2Ć34
&
750, 2Ć28
FAXĆ700
&
750, 4Ć6
FAXĆ900, 4Ć8
FAXĆ950, 4Ć9
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
750, 2Ć27
950, 2Ć28, 2Ć31
&
deleting, file, FAXĆ900
&
950, 4Ć24
control panel
description
keys
&
functions
FAXĆ700, 1Ć3
FAXĆ750, 1Ć3
FAXĆ950, 1Ć4
FAXĆ750, 3Ć5
FAXĆ900, 3Ć8
FAXĆ950, 3Ć11
overlay, views, 2Ć6
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900, 1Ć4
FAXĆ900
product, 1Ć3
&
750, 1Ć3
950, 1Ć4
controls, user interface
&
FAXĆ700
&
750, 3Ć6
FAXĆ900, 3Ć9
detection, distinctive ring
FAXĆ700 750, 2Ć29
FAXĆ900 950, 2Ć30
FAXĆ950, 3Ć12
&
conversion, data, 1Ć2
copying, document
&
diagnostic, codes
FAXĆ700 750, 5Ć45
FAXĆ900 950, 5Ć49
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
750, 3Ć46
950, 3Ć46
&
&
&
correcting, multiple sheet feed or misfeed, docuĆ
diagnostic and error code, journal, FAXĆ700
&
750,
ments, FAXĆ900
&
950, 5Ć42
5Ć45
diagnostic code
950, 3Ć54
cover, top, lifting open, FAXĆ900
customer, resources, 6Ć3
&
eleventh digit, 5Ć52
first digit, 5Ć49
journal, FAXĆ900
second digit, 5Ć49
&
950, 5Ć44
seventh digit, 5Ć51
D
diagnostic codes, 5Ć44
data
diagnostic ROM, installation, FAXĆ900
diagnostics, remote, process, 5Ć61
&
950, 5Ć54
analog, 1Ć2
conversion, 1Ć2
digital, 1Ć2
FAXĆ900
&
950, 3Ć29
I-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
D (Cont'd)
E
editing, files, in memory
FAXĆ900, 4Ć22
dialing (Cont'd)
direct
FAXĆ950, 4Ć22
FAXĆ700
oneĆtouch
FAXĆ700
&
750, 3Ć28
750, 3Ć18
entry
&
character, FAXĆ950, 2Ć40
character code, FAXĆ900, 2Ć39
FAXĆ900, 3Ć19
FAXĆ950, 3Ć22
programmed group, FAXĆ950, 4Ć5
speed
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
error, line, table, FAXĆ700
error, total, table, FAXĆ700
&
750, 5Ć27
750, 5Ć27
&
&
750, 3Ć25
950, 3Ć26
errors, response to document with, FAXĆ700
750, 5Ć26
&
&
dialing method, pulse, setting
exchange, HP Express, 6Ć2
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
750, 2Ć43
950, 2Ć44
expandable memory card, installation, FAXĆ950,
2Ć20
&
direct, dialing
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
extended warranties, 6Ć2
extension
&
750, 3Ć28
950, 3Ć29
&
document IN tray, FAXĆ700
&
750, 2Ć19
750, 2Ć18
direct transmission, reservation, FAXĆ950, 3Ć30
distinctive ring, detection
document OUT tray, FAXĆ700
&
exterior maintenance, 3Ć56
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
750, 2Ć29
950, 2Ć30
&
document
copying
F
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
loading
&
&
750, 3Ć46
950, 3Ć46
fax
configuration, 2Ć1
installation, 2Ć1
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
&
750, 3Ć16
950, 3Ć17
fax machine, configuration, 2Ć36
fax products, 1Ć18
receiving, FAXĆ700
&
750, 3Ć34
document IN tray
extension, FAXĆ700
installation, FAXĆ900
Fax/Tel auto switch mode reception, to use, 3Ć37
faxing tips, 4Ć40
&
750, 2Ć19
950, 2Ć20
&
features, product, 1Ć6
950, 5Ć42
document jam, clearing, FAXĆ900
&
file
950,
Document OUT tray, installation, FAXĆ900
2Ć19
&
communication settings, printing, FAXĆ900
950, 4Ć24
deleting, FAXĆ900
&
document OUT tray, extension, FAXĆ700
2Ć18
&
750,
&
950, 4Ć24
file list, printing, FAXĆ900
&
950, 4Ć23
documentation, ordering additional, 1Ć20
files, memory, editing
FAXĆ900, 4Ć22
documents
multiple sheet feed or misfeed, correcting,
FAXĆ900 950, 5Ć42
polling, from other stations
FAXĆ700 750, 4Ć11
FAXĆ900, 4Ć11
FAXĆ950, 4Ć12
FAXĆ950, 4Ć22
&
fixed reduction
copying documents at
&
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
printing documents at
FAXĆ700 750, 3Ć44
FAXĆ900 950, 5Ć34
&
750, 3Ć47
&
950, 3Ć48
drain pan, cleaning, FAXĆ900
duplex, 1Ć2
&
950, 3Ć59
&
&
I-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
information codes
F (Cont'd)
fixed reduction
printing documents at
function parameter, settings
changing
FAXĆ900
function parameter, settings
changing
&
950, 3Ć45
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
listing
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
&
750, 5Ć20
950, 5Ć35
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
750, 5Ć20
750, 5Ć9
&
&
750, 5Ć19
950, 5Ć34
&
&
950, 5Ć31
function parameters
ink life, 1Ć14
installation, 2Ć1
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
750, 5Ć21
950, 5Ć35
&
ADF catcher tray, 2Ć17
diagnostic ROM, FAXĆ900
document IN tray, FAXĆ900
&
950, 5Ć54
950, 2Ć20
950, 2Ć19
&
G
document OUT tray, FAXĆ900
&
expandable memory card, FAXĆ950, 2Ć20
handset, 2Ć24
glass, scanning, cleaning
FAXĆ700 750, 3Ć57
FAXĆ900 950, 3Ć58
&
FAXĆ750, 2Ć24
&
FAXĆ950, 2Ć26
print cartridge
guides, paper size, 2Ć12
setting, 2Ć12
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
750, 2Ć9
950, 2Ć7
&
interior maintenance, 3Ć57
items, replacement, 3Ć61
H
handset, installation
FAXĆ750, 2Ć24
J
jam, document, clearing, FAXĆ900
FAXĆ750
&
950, 2Ć24
&
950, 5Ć42
FAXĆ950, 2Ć26
jams, paper, clearing
handset ringer, volume adjust
FAXĆ750, 3Ć14
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
750, 5Ć28
950, 5Ć41
&
FAXĆ950, 3Ć16
JNL data, retrieving, FAXĆ900
&
950, 5Ć57
HP express exchange, 6Ć2
K
key, program, erasing, FAXĆ950, 4Ć5
I
ID number, setting, FAXĆ900
&
950, 2Ć42
keys, program
identification view
FAXĆ700, 2Ć3
FAXĆ750, 2Ć4
FAXĆ900, 2Ć5
FAXĆ950, 2Ć5
FAXĆ950, 4Ć3
programming, FAXĆ950, 4Ć3
L
line error, table, FAXĆ700
Information, reseller resources, 6Ć5
&
750, 5Ć27
information
list
product description, 1Ć3
product technology, 1Ć2
retrievable, 5Ć54
support, 6Ć3
file, printing, FAXĆ900
test modes, FAXĆ700
&
950, 4Ć23
750, 5Ć66
&
listing, fax parameters
transferable, 5Ć54
FAXĆ700
&
750, 4Ć29
I-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
L (Cont'd)
mode, test
0, FAXĆ900
01, FAXĆ700
02, FAXĆ700
03, FAXĆ700
04, FAXĆ700
05, FAXĆ700
06, FAXĆ700
07, FAXĆ700
08, FAXĆ700
09, FAXĆ700
1, FAXĆ900
10
&
950, 5Ć63
750, 5Ć67
750, 5Ć68
750, 5Ć68
750, 5Ć70
750, 5Ć70
750, 5Ć70
750, 5Ć70
750, 5Ć70
750, 5Ć70
950, 5Ć64
&
listing, fax parameters (Cont'd.)
FAXĆ900, 4Ć32
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
FAXĆ950, 4Ć36
loading
document
FAXĆ700
document (Cont'd)
FAXĆ900 950, 3Ć17
paper supply tray
&
750, 3Ć16
&
&
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
750, 2Ć13
950, 2Ć16
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
750, 5Ć70
950, 5Ć66
&
&
logo, setting
11, FAXĆ700
12, FAXĆ700
3, FAXĆ900
&
750, 5Ć70
750, 5Ć70
950, 5Ć64
FAXĆ900, 2Ć43
FAXĆ950, 2Ć43
&
&
4
&
5, FAXĆ900
&
950, 5Ć64
6, FAXĆ900
7, FAXĆ900
9, FAXĆ900
&
&
&
950, 5Ć64
950, 5Ć65
950, 5Ć65
M
modem, 1Ć2
modes
maintenance
exterior, 3Ć56
interior, 3Ć57
attended/unattended
FAXĆ700 750, 3Ć34
FAXĆ900 950, 3Ć36
fax operating, 3Ć3
test
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
test, list, FAXĆ700
test, list, FAXĆ900
&
margins
&
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
750, 1Ć16
950, 1Ć17
&
media
&
750, 5Ć66
950, 5Ć62
750, 5Ć66
950, 5Ć62
print area
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
&
750, 1Ć16
950, 1Ć17
&
&
&
printable area
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
multiple sheet feed or misfeed, documents,
&
750, 1Ć16
950, 1Ć17
FAXĆ900
&
950, 5Ć42
&
size setting, FAXĆ900
sizes
&
950, 2Ć11
N
name, setting, FAXĆ700
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
750, 1Ć16
950, 1Ć17
&
&
750, 2Ć38
750, 2Ć38
types, 1Ć14
number, setting, FAXĆ700
&
memory
program key, erasing, FAXĆ950, 4Ć5
transmission, FAXĆ900 950, 3Ć30
&
O
oneĆtouch, dialing
memory card, expandable, installation, FAXĆ950,
2Ć20
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900, 3Ć19
FAXĆ950, 3Ć22
&
750, 3Ć18
mode
shared reception
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
750, 3Ć39
950, 3Ć40
operating, modes, 3Ć3
operation, 3Ć1, 3Ć2
options, parameter
&
test, entering
FAXĆ700
&
750, 5Ć67
950, 5Ć62
FAXĆ900
&
FAXĆ700
&
750, 4Ć30
I-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
FAXĆ900
options
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900, 4Ć34
FAXĆ950, 4Ć37
&
950, 5Ć34
O (Cont'd)
&
750, 4Ć30
options, parameter (Cont'd.)
FAXĆ900, 4Ć34
FAXĆ950, 4Ć37
parameters
changing
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900, 4Ć32
FAXĆ950, 4Ć37
function
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
listing
FAXĆ700
ordering information
additional documentation, 1Ć20
documentation, 1Ć18
fax machines, 1Ć18
front panel overlay, 1Ć18
media, 1Ć18
&
750, 4Ć29
&
&
750, 5Ć21
950, 5Ć35
print cartridge, 1Ć18
SIMMs, 1Ć18
overlay, control panel, views, 2Ć6
overview, technical, 1Ć2
&
750, 4Ć29
FAXĆ900, 4Ć32
FAXĆ950, 4Ć36
service, FAXĆ700
viewing
&
750, 5Ć19
P
FAXĆ900, 4Ć32
FAXĆ950, 4Ć36
pan, drain, cleaning, FAXĆ900
&
950, 3Ć59
password, polling, FAXĆ900
&
950, 4Ć10
panel, control, keys
FAXĆ700, 3Ć5
&
functions
password transmission, FAXĆ950, 4Ć15
plate, scanning, cleaning
FAXĆ900, 3Ć8
FAXĆ950, 3Ć11
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
750, 3Ć57
950, 3Ć58
&
paper, 1Ć14
specifications, 1Ć15
polling
by other stations, FAXĆ950, 4Ć15
deferred
paper guide/roller assembly, cleaning,
FAXĆ700 750, 3Ć59
&
FAXĆ900, 4Ć12
paper jams, clearing
FAXĆ700 750, 5Ć28
FAXĆ900 950, 5Ć41
FAXĆ950, 4Ć13
&
deferred programmed, FAXĆ950, 4Ć5
documents, from other stations
&
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900, 4Ć11
FAXĆ950, 4Ć12
FAXĆ700 750, 4Ć10
FAXĆ900 950, 4Ć10
programmed, FAXĆ950, 4Ć5
&
750, 4Ć11
paper separator, replacement
FAXĆ700 750, 2Ć21
FAXĆ900 950, 2Ć22
&
&
&
paper size, setting
FAXĆ700 750, 2Ć45
FAXĆ900 950, 2Ć46
&
&
&
polling password, FAXĆ900
&
950, 4Ć10
750, 5Ć28
paper supply tray, loading
FAXĆ700 750, 2Ć13
FAXĆ900 950, 2Ć16
powerĆon, problems, FAXĆ700
&
&
&
pressure plate switch, adjusting, FAXĆ900
5Ć42
&
950,
paper tray, media size setting, FAXĆ900
2Ć11
&
950,
print area
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
750, 1Ć16
950, 1Ć17
parameter
&
function settings
changing
print cartridge
installation
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
installing, 3Ć55
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
listing
FAXĆ700
&
&
750, 5Ć20
950, 5Ć34
&
750, 2Ć9
950, 2Ć7
&
&
750, 5Ć19
I-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
P (Cont'd)
features, 1Ć6
specifications, 1Ć10
warranty, 6Ć2
print cartridges, 3Ć52
ink life, 1Ć14
product information, 4Ć1, 4Ć2
removing, 3Ć53
product technology, 1Ć2
print margins
program key memory, erasing, FAXĆ950, 4Ć5
program keys, FAXĆ950, 4Ć3
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
750, 1Ć16
950, 1Ć17
&
programmed deferred polling, FAXĆ950, 4Ć5
programmed deferred transmission, FAXĆ950, 4Ć5
programmed group dialing, FAXĆ950, 4Ć5
programmed polling, FAXĆ950, 4Ć5
pulse dialing method, setting
print quality
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
poor
&
750, 3Ć49
950, 3Ć50
&
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
reception
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
&
750, 5Ć29
950, 5Ć43
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
750, 2Ć43
950, 2Ć44
&
&
750, 3Ć41
950, 3Ć41
&
transmission
FAXĆ700
&
&
750, 3Ć32
950, 3Ć33
Q
quality, print
FAXĆ900
print skew, avoiding, FAXĆ700
printable area
&
750, 5Ć29
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
750, 3Ć49
950, 3Ć50
&
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
750, 1Ć16
950, 1Ć17
&
printer, operation, 3Ć1, 3Ć2
R
ratio, reduction
printing
file communication, settings, FAXĆ900
4Ć24
file list, FAXĆ900
reports
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
950,
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
750, 3Ć43
950, 3Ć43
&
&
950, 4Ć23
receiving, document, FAXĆ700
&
750, 3Ć34
&
750, 3Ć51
950, 3Ć52
reception
&
print quality
priority, transmission, FAXĆ950, 3Ć30
problem resolution, 5Ć1, 5Ć2, 5Ć3
problem solving, process, 5Ć4
problems
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
substitute memory
FAXĆ700 750, 3Ć42
FAXĆ900 950, 3Ć42
&
750, 3Ć41
&
950, 3Ć41
&
&
powerĆon, FAXĆ700
solving
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
solving, communication, with function parameĆ
ters, 5Ć27
FAXĆ900
&
750, 5Ć28
reception, shared
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
750, 3Ć39
950, 3Ć40
&
750, 5Ć4
950, 5Ć30
&
&
reduction
ratio
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
size, 3Ć43
&
750, 3Ć43
950, 3Ć43
&
950, 5Ć41
&
process
problem solving, 5Ć4
remote diagnostics, 5Ć61
reduction, automatic
copying documents at, FAXĆ900
printing documents at
FAXĆ700 750, 3Ć43
FAXĆ900 950, 3Ć45
&
950, 3Ć47
product
comparison, 1Ć8
description, 1Ć3
&
&
I-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
scanning glass, cleaning
FAXĆ700 750, 3Ć57
FAXĆ900 950, 3Ć58
R (Cont'd)
&
&
reduction, fixed
copying documents at
FAXĆ700 750, 3Ć47
FAXĆ900 950, 3Ć48
printing documents at
FAXĆ700 750, 3Ć44
FAXĆ900 950, 3Ć45
scanning plate, cleaning
FAXĆ700 750, 3Ć57
FAXĆ900 950, 3Ć58
&
&
&
&
service
fax machine return for, 6Ć2
parameters, FAXĆ700 750, 5Ć19
&
&
&
relayed transmission
FAXĆ950, 4Ć19
service and support, 6Ć1
service station cap, cleaning, FAXĆ700
&
750, 3Ć59
750,
sending, FAXĆ950, 4Ć21
setĆup, FAXĆ950, 4Ć20
service station wiper, cleaning, FAXĆ700
3Ć59
&
remote diagnostics, process, 5Ć61
replacement, paper separator
setting
character ID, FAXĆ900
date and time
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
950, 2Ć41
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
750, 2Ć21
950, 2Ć22
&
&
750, 2Ć36
950, 2Ć37
replacement items, 3Ć61
&
ID number, FAXĆ900
logo
&
950, 2Ć42
replacing, verification stamp, FAXĆ950, 3Ć60, 5Ć44
reports, printing
FAXĆ900, 2Ć43
FAXĆ950, 2Ć43
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
750, 3Ć51
950, 3Ć52
&
number and name, FAXĆ700
paper size
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
750, 2Ć38
requirements, FCC, transmission, 3Ć16
&
750, 2Ć45
950, 2Ć46
reservation, direct transmission, FAXĆ950, 3Ć30
&
Resources
settings, communication, printing, FAXĆ900
4Ć24
&
950,
for Canadian product support, 6Ć7
for resellers, 6Ć5
setup, 2Ć1
resources
shared reception, mode
customer, 6Ć3
dealer, 6Ć6
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
750, 3Ć39
950, 3Ć40
&
response, to document with errors, FAXĆ700
750, 5Ć26
&
size, reduction, 3Ć43
skew, print, avoiding, FAXĆ700
&
750, 5Ć29
retrievable information, 5Ć54
solving, problems
returning, fax machine for service, 6Ć2
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
750, 5Ć4
950, 5Ć30
&
ring detection, distinctive
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
750, 2Ć29
950, 2Ć30
speaker, volume adjust, FAXĆ900
&
950, 3Ć15
&
speaker, monitor, and button, volume adjust,
ringer, handset, volume adjust, FAXĆ750, 3Ć14
FAXĆ700
&
750, 3Ć14
ROM, diagnostic, installation, FAXĆ900
5Ć54
&
950,
specifications
paper, 1Ć15
product, 1Ć10
scanner, 1Ć13
routine checks, FAXĆ900
&
950, 5Ć30
speed, dialing
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
750, 3Ć25
950, 3Ć26
S
&
scanner, specifications, 1Ć13
stamp, verification, replacing, FAXĆ950, 5Ć44
I-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
S (Cont'd)
stamp, verification
04, FAXĆ700
05, FAXĆ700
06, FAXĆ700
07, FAXĆ700
08, FAXĆ700
09, FAXĆ700
1, FAXĆ900
10
&
&
&
&
&
&
750, 5Ć70
750, 5Ć70
750, 5Ć70
750, 5Ć70
750, 5Ć70
750, 5Ć70
950, 5Ć64
replacing, FAXĆ950, 3Ć60
switching ON, FAXĆ950, 2Ć46
start time, changing, FAXĆ900
&
950, 4Ć23
&
station, changing, FAXĆ900
&
950, 4Ć23
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
750, 5Ć70
950, 5Ć66
stations, multiple
deferred sending
&
11, FAXĆ700
12, FAXĆ700
3, FAXĆ900
&
750, 5Ć70
750, 5Ć70
950, 5Ć64
FAXĆ700
&
750, 4Ć25
&
FAXĆ900, 4Ć25
&
multiple document, sending
FAXĆ900, 4Ć26
FAXĆ950, 4Ć28
sending
4
&
5, FAXĆ900
&
950, 5Ć64
6, FAXĆ900
7, FAXĆ900
9, FAXĆ900
entering
&
&
&
950, 5Ć64
950, 5Ć65
950, 5Ć65
FAXĆ700
&
750, 4Ć24
FAXĆ950, 4Ć27
FAXĆ700
&
750, 5Ć67
950, 5Ć62
FAXĆ900
&
stopping, transmission
FAXĆ700 750, 3Ć31
FAXĆ900 950, 3Ć31
&
test modes
&
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
list, FAXĆ700
list, FAXĆ900
&
750, 5Ć66
950, 5Ć62
750, 5Ć66
950, 5Ć62
&
substitute memory, reception
FAXĆ700 750, 3Ć42
FAXĆ900 950, 3Ć42
&
&
&
&
tips, faxing, 4Ć40
top cover, lifting open, FAXĆ900
950,
support, information, 6Ć3
switch, pressure plate, adjusting, FAXĆ900
5Ć42
switching ON, stamp, verification, FAXĆ950, 2Ć46
SYS JNL data, retrieving, FAXĆ700
SYS data
retrieving, FAXĆ900
transferring
&
950, 3Ć54
&
total error, table, FAXĆ700
train, GĆ21
&
750, 5Ć27
&
&
750, 5Ć56
transferable information, 5Ć54
transmission
deferred
&
950, 5Ć56
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
deferred programmed, FAXĆ950, 4Ć5
memory, FAXĆ900 950, 3Ć30
password, FAXĆ950, 4Ć15
print quality
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
750, 4Ć5
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
750, 5Ć59
950, 5Ć60
&
950, 4Ć8
&
&
T
&
750, 3Ć32
950, 3Ć33
&
table
line error, FAXĆ700
total error, FAXĆ700
priority, FAXĆ950, 3Ć30
relayed
&
750, 5Ć27
750, 5Ć27
&
FAXĆ950, 4Ć19
telephone, connection, FAXĆ700
telephone line, connection
&
750, 2Ć28
sending, FAXĆ950, 4Ć21
setĆup, FAXĆ950, 4Ć20
requirements, FCC, 3Ć16
stopping
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
750, 2Ć27
950, 2Ć28, 2Ć31
&
FAXĆ700
FAXĆ900
&
750, 3Ć31
950, 3Ć31
test mode
&
0, FAXĆ900
01, FAXĆ700
02, FAXĆ700
03, FAXĆ700
&
950, 5Ć63
750, 5Ć67
750, 5Ć68
750, 5Ć68
&
tree, troubleshooting
overall, 5Ć5
&
&
scanner, 5Ć7
I-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
FAXĆ950, 2Ć5
T (Cont'd)
troubleshooting, 5Ć1, 5Ć2, 5Ć3
viewing, fax parameters
FAXĆ900, 4Ć32
tree
FAXĆ950, 4Ć36
overall, 5Ć5
scanner, 5Ć7
views, control panel, overlay, 2Ć6
volume
button adjust, FAXĆ900
handset ringer, FAXĆ950, 3Ć16
handset ringer adjust, FAXĆ750, 3Ć14
speaker adjust, FAXĆ900 950, 3Ć15
speaker monitor, and button adjust, FAXĆ700
&
950, 3Ć15
U
user interface, controls
&
FAXĆ700
&
750, 3Ć6
,
&
FAXĆ900, 3Ć9
750, 3Ć14
FAXĆ950, 3Ć12
using, deferred transmission
FAXĆ700
&
750, 4Ć6
W
FAXĆ900, 4Ć8
FAXĆ950, 4Ć9
warranties, extended, 6Ć2
warranty, product, 6Ć2
weight
V
verification stamp, replacing, FAXĆ950, 3Ć60, 5Ć44
FAXĆ700, 1Ć3
FAXĆ750, 1Ć3
FAXĆ950, 1Ć4
FAXĆ900, 1Ć4
view, identification
FAXĆ700, 2Ć3
FAXĆ750, 2Ć4
FAXĆ900, 2Ć5
wiper, service station, cleaning, FAXĆ700
3Ć59
&
750,
I-10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
|
GTI Indoor Furnishings Graphiclite 100 User Manual
Haier TV DVD Combo L15C10A User Manual
Haier TV Receiver D29FA9 A User Manual
Hamilton Beach Toaster 24502 User Manual
Healthrider Home Gym HREVEL05983 User Manual
Honeywell Fan HS1665 User Manual
Hotpoint Microwave Oven 6660 User Manual
HP Hewlett Packard Network Card F1381A User Manual
Husqvarna Lawn Mower YTH2042XP User Manual
IBM Computer Accessories 8870 User Manual